Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2013

 

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CYAN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7373   20-5862569
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, California 94954

(707) 735-2300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Mark A. Floyd

Chief Executive Officer

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, California 94954

(707) 735-2300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

David J. Segre

Robert G. Day

Michael E. Coke

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Kenneth M. Siegel

Vice President and General Counsel

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, California 94954

(707) 735-2300

 

Eric C. Jensen

Andrew S. Williamson

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
    Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $ 75,000,000     $ 10,230  

 

 

 

(1) Includes offering price of any additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Dated April 4, 2013

 

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Cyan, Inc.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $            and $            .   We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CYNI.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See the section titled “ Risk Factors ” on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus.   Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to Cyan

   $                    $                

 

(1) See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    J.P. Morgan
Jefferies
Pacific Crest Securities

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Industry and Market Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Dilution

     42   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     44   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     46   

Business

     75   

Management

     96   

Executive Compensation

     105   

Certain Relationships, Related Party and Other Transactions

     115   

Principal Stockholders

     118   

Description of Capital Stock

     121   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     127   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     130   

Underwriting

     134   

Legal Matters

     139   

Experts

     139   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     139   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Cyan,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Cyan, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

We have pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. Our solutions enable network operators to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance, while reducing costs. We have designed our solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications, including business Ethernet, wireless and broadband support services and cloud connectivity. By deploying our solutions, network operators can transform legacy networks into open, multi-vendor, carrier-grade software-defined networks, or SDNs. Our solutions not only reduce network operators’ ongoing capital and operating expenses, but also enable their networks to more flexibly support rapidly changing service requirements and new business models.

New applications and communications trends are driving tremendous growth in bandwidth demand, resulting in increased service requirements as well as dramatic shifts in overall network traffic patterns. At the same time, competition from traditional vendors as well as new market entrants is limiting service providers’ ability to sustain and grow revenue. As a result, service providers must upgrade their networks to handle the exponential scaling challenges driven by these trends as well as to profitably deliver the growing breadth of premium services demanded by their subscribers. Other network operators are also facing these scalability requirements while seeking to deliver new applications that improve the productivity and efficiency of their businesses. We designed our solutions to enable network operators to address these challenges while scaling their networks and services efficiently.

Fundamental to our solution is our software-defined networking approach that enables an array of Cyan as well as third-party applications to manage and control underlying network infrastructure. In December 2012, we released our Blue Planet platform, a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Blue Planet is designed to simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks. Blue Planet enables our customers to make more efficient use of existing network assets, cost-effectively expand network capacity and significantly accelerate the delivery of premium, revenue-generating services to their customers. By deploying Blue Planet, our customers can also provide their end-customers with network-as-a-service, or NaaS, allowing for real-time tailoring and customization of their network architecture and services to meet their end-customers’ specific needs.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We also offer high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, known as our Cyan Z-Series, that have been designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. Our Z-Series platforms have been designed to transport traffic over the most efficient network layer, utilizing both electrical and optical domains, to enable network operators to maximize network capacity at the lowest cost per bit. To date, sales of our Z-Series platforms have accounted for substantially all of our revenue. Standalone sales of Blue Planet have accounted for an immaterial amount of our revenue to date and are expected to increase only modestly as a portion of our revenue in the near term. However, we expect that the portion of our revenue derived from standalone sales of Blue Planet will increase over the longer term.

Our customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators. Our solutions have been deployed primarily across North America as well as in Asia and Europe by over 125 customers, including, among our top ten customers by revenue in 2012, Great Plains Communications Inc., Intelleq Communications LLC, Lynx Network Group, Inc., US Carrier Telecom, LLC, US Signal Company, LLC, Vision Net, Inc. and Windstream Corporation.

Our revenue increased from $23.5 million in 2010 to $40.4 million in 2011, and to $95.9 million in 2012. Our net losses were $16.3 million, $15.9 million and $16.6 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Industry Background

Network operators, which include service providers as well as others with similar network requirements, are facing immense pressure on their existing networks and business models. Despite growing demand for bandwidth and expanded service offerings, service provider revenue has remained relatively flat, mainly due to competitive pressures. Accordingly, service providers are increasingly challenged to provide their services in a cost-effective manner, and to deliver new services that drive additional revenue streams. In addition, the service provider business model is changing from one of deploying fixed bandwidth to one of dynamically provisioning services. However, due to the proprietary and inflexible nature of existing networks and infrastructure, dynamically provisioning services and managing these networks and infrastructure have become cost-prohibitive. This is especially true in regional and metro networks, which typically utilize legacy network architectures that have been built over decades. Network operators have also historically used a variety of technologies to deliver reliable service at scale, which has added to the complex and disparate nature of these legacy regional and metro networks.

Today’s networks require dramatic transformation to meet the service demands driven by significant technology shifts, including the proliferation of mobile devices, the rapid adoption of bandwidth-intensive applications and the growth in cloud computing. Additionally, network operators are now seeking to offer new premium services such as business Ethernet, cloud connectivity, wireless and broadband backhaul, which use wireless and broadband communications systems, respectively, to transmit data across the network from an end-user to a large proprietary network or the Internet, wholesale transport, and private networks with guaranteed service levels as opposed to traditional best-efforts service delivery models. As a result, network operators are being forced to upgrade their networks to profitably deliver these premium services as well as to handle the increased demands of their end-customers, which include higher throughput and utilization, better performance and increased provisioning speed.

To address these pressures, network operators have increasingly looked to deploy Ethernet-based technologies. Ethernet now supports high-bandwidth, carrier-grade environments with enhanced

 

 

2


Table of Contents

granularity at a significantly lower price per bit than traditional technologies. As a result, network operators are expected to shift more of their capital budgets towards purchasing Ethernet-based solutions.

We believe that legacy approaches to designing regional and metro networks are inadequate to effectively handle next-generation service demands. These legacy approaches, which include adding dedicated networks, deploying router-based products and modifying existing operations support systems, suffer from multiple challenges, including limitations on scalability, performance, flexibility and the ability to provision new services efficiently and cost-effectively. As a result, we believe that network operators require a new approach to drive network transformation.

As part of this new approach to network transformation, network operators are seeking an open architecture that is conducive to deploying multi-vendor, best-of-breed networks and to supporting future innovations while enhancing network efficiency and performance. Moreover, to remain competitive, network operators need to evolve their networks to support higher-bandwidth requirements, introduce new revenue-generating, premium services, and manage network traffic at the optimal layer in a low-latency, cost-optimized way using either the optical or Ethernet layers. To achieve this network transformation, we believe that network operators require new approaches to both their software and infrastructure.

We believe that network operators would be able to achieve this network architecture transformation with spending typically earmarked for products and markets including: Ethernet services edge routing, which routes traffic on the edge of the network without accessing routers at the network’s core; access aggregation, which aggregates traffic on the edge of the network; metro WDM, or wave-division multiplexing, which allows a single optical fiber to carry multiple optical signals on separate wavelengths; multi-service provisioning platforms, which interconnects with legacy optical equipment and Ethernet local area networks; and packet-optical equipment, which enables the transport of packets on optical network infrastructure. According to ACG Research, markets for these products were forecasted to collectively represent approximately $15.7 billion in worldwide revenue in 2012. We believe that our solutions address a substantial portion of these aggregated markets. In addition, our solutions also address a portion of the operational support systems, or OSS, market, which is not included in the ACG Research forecast above.

Our Solution

Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications.

In December 2012, we introduced our Blue Planet platform, which is purpose-built to address network operator requirements and enables the deployment of software applications to manage and control underlying network infrastructure. We also offer high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, known as our Cyan Z-Series, designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services.

Customers may choose to deploy Blue Planet either on a standalone basis or integrated with our Z-Series platforms. By deploying our solutions, network operators can realize the following benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

Deliver Virtual Networks .    Our solutions enable our customers to activate, control and modify network services through our centralized, software control plane, thereby permitting them to present a custom network to each enterprise customer and rapidly offer services. Additionally,

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

our approach embraces a multi-vendor environment by integrating with third-party network devices and centralizing the visualization and management of disparate network elements.

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance Flexibility and Support Open Architectures.     Our multi-layer solutions give network operators the flexibility to support a changing service mix and the ability to evolve their networks to a packet-based approach at their own pace.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase Capacity and Scalability.      Our solutions are designed to scale in a distributed and highly available manner, increasing network capacity and optimizing cost per bit by tailoring traffic transport to the appropriate network layer, leveraging both electrical and optical domains. Additionally, our Z-Series platforms support high-capacity networks by facilitating backplane and switch fabric interconnect rates in excess of 100G per card slot, enabling an easy migration to future 40G and 100G Ethernet services.

 

  Ÿ  

Accelerate Time to Value.     Our Blue Planet platform includes advanced network and service planning applications, enabling network operators to design multi-layer networks quickly and cost-effectively utilizing our advanced three-dimensional visualization tools. Additionally, our carrier-grade SDN approach enables network operators to access network peripherals and functions remotely, thereby allowing them to rapidly extend the delivery of new services throughout their networks.

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance Performance and Intelligence.     Our Blue Planet platform includes real-time and historical analytics to track network performance and assist in capacity planning. Network operators and their end-customers can use Blue Planet extensively to troubleshoot network performance issues, monitor and report on network service level agreements, or SLAs, and make better business planning decisions.

 

  Ÿ  

Offer a Broad Range of Premium Applications.     Our solutions enable network operators to derive additional sources of revenue through the delivery of differentiated Ethernet services that enhance their end-customers’ experiences. Moreover, Blue Planet allows network operators to either develop their own custom applications, utilize our applications or seamlessly integrate third-party applications.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Networks Cost Effectively.      Our solutions enable network operators to reduce capital and operating expenses by minimizing the need for disparate legacy networks and related software. The modular design of our solutions further reduces costs by enabling our customers to add services and functionality on a pay-as-you-grow basis as well as by limiting field technician dispatches. Additionally, our multi-layer approach to networks enhances long-term capital efficiency and reduces operating expenses by enabling our customers to migrate to packet-based networks over time.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish our position as a leading provider of open, carrier-grade networking solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Extend Our Technology Leadership in High-Performance, Carrier-Grade Networking.     We intend to leverage our technology leadership position by continuing to define the market requirements for carrier-grade SDNs and invest in sales and marketing resources to raise awareness of the full benefits of virtualizing high-performance networks.

 

  Ÿ  

Develop Innovative Products and Technology.     We plan to continue to introduce new software and hardware products that enable our customers to more efficiently offer new services and increase their profitability.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Expand Our Service Provider Customer Base.     We intend to target new service provider customers by continuing to invest in our sales force, field operations and support functions as well as by deepening our engagement with our current channel partners and establishing relationships with new channel partners.

 

  Ÿ  

Sell Additional Solutions to Existing Customers.     Our solutions are well suited for a pay-as-you-grow approach. We intend to continue investing in our existing customer relationships to drive the adoption of additional products as our customers scale and evolve their network services over time.

 

  Ÿ  

Extend Our Presence in New Geographies.     We are growing our channel partner network to further support our growth and international expansion, and we plan to leverage our relationships with existing customers in Asia, Europe and South America to enhance our brand recognition.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand in Emerging Customer Verticals.     We plan to target emerging customer verticals with use cases well suited to the benefits of our solutions, including large data center networks, governments, cable multiple systems operators, or MSOs, as well as enterprises that build and operate large, private networks.

Risks Affecting Us

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

we have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects;

 

  Ÿ  

our business depends on the capital spending patterns and financial capabilities of our service provider customers, and any decrease or delay in their capital spending may adversely affect us;

 

  Ÿ  

our largest customer, Windstream Corporation, has publicly indicated its intention to reduce its overall capital expenditures in 2013, and, as a result, our operating results may be harmed if we are unable to expand our sales to other existing or new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

we currently generate the majority of our revenue from the sale of our Z-Series platforms, and a decrease in purchases of these platforms may adversely affect us;

 

  Ÿ  

if the software-defined networking market does not develop as we anticipate or if Blue Planet or other new solutions we develop face challenges for market acceptance, demand for our solutions may not grow, and our future results could be adversely affected;

 

  Ÿ  

we operate in highly competitive markets, and competitive pressures from existing vendors and new entrants may adversely affect us;

 

  Ÿ  

our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we are unable to effectively manage this growth and expansion, or if our business does not continue to grow as we expect, including with respect to our recruitment of qualified personnel, our business and operating results may suffer; and

 

  Ÿ  

our revenue, gross margin and other operating results may fluctuate significantly and be unpredictable, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware on October 25, 2006 under the name Cyan Optics, Inc. and we changed our name to Cyan, Inc. on November 9, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, California 94954, and our telephone number is (707) 735-2300. Our website is www.cyaninc.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Cyan, the Cyan logo, “Blue Planet,” “Z-Series,” “CyNOC,” “Cyan PRO,” “CySupport,” “CyService,” and other trademarks or service marks of Cyan appearing in this prospectus are the property of Cyan. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares

Option to purchase additional shares

   We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional              shares from us.

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes and potential acquisitions. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Concentration of ownership

   Upon completion of this offering, the executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders of our company and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding capital stock.

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

   “CYNI”

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 36,472,225 shares of common stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

10,212,760 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,009,597 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.34 per share (of which warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering);

 

  Ÿ  

             additional shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,242,353 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 33,897,005 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of outstanding options or outstanding warrants; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from us in this offering.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
             2010                     2011             2012  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 23,484      $ 40,421      $ 95,872   

Cost of revenue

     18,263        27,074        57,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,221        13,347        38,557   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     10,430        12,986        18,447   

Sales and marketing

     7,919        12,825        25,243   

General and administrative

     2,380        3,310        6,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,729        29,121        49,745   

Loss from operations

     (15,508     (15,774     (11,188

Interest expense

     (429     (419     (33

Other income (expense), net

     (406     322        (5,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (835     (97     (5,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,343     (15,871     (16,561

Provision for income taxes

     1        14        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

   $ (7.54   $ (6.63   $ (6.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

     2,167        2,396        2,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

       $ (0.31
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

         36,412   
      

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma net loss per share of common stock.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data :

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,221      $ 20,221       $                

Working capital

     13,919        20,173      

Property and equipment, net

     6,485        6,485      

Total assets

     70,789        70,789      

Total debt

     12,563        12,563      

Total deferred revenue

     17,417        17,417      

Preferred stock warrant liability

     6,254        —        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,133        —        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (83,055     21,332      

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 33,897,005 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1 above and the sale by us of              shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the consolidated balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and may increase the risk of your investment.

We were incorporated in 2006, and began selling our solutions and generating revenue in 2009. Our limited operating history makes financial forecasting and evaluation of our business difficult. Moreover, we compete in markets characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. We have experienced rapid growth since our inception, and we continue to increase the breadth and scope of our solutions and, correspondingly, the breadth and scope of our operations. For example, in December 2012, we released for general availability our Blue Planet carrier-grade software-defined networking platform. We have limited historical data and have had a relatively limited time period in which to implement and evaluate our business strategies as compared to companies with longer operating histories. As a result, it is difficult to forecast our future revenue growth, if any, and to plan our operating expenses appropriately, which in turn makes it difficult to predict our future operating results. In the course of our development efforts, we may experience design, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new solutions, services and enhancements. If we are not successful, we could experience lower sales, which would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our business depends on the capital spending patterns and financial capabilities of our service provider customers, and any decrease or delay in their capital spending may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our revenue to date has been derived primarily from our service provider customers. Demand for our solutions depends on the amount and timing of capital spending by these customers as they construct, expand and upgrade their networks. The global economic downturn and uncertainty has contributed to a slowdown in spending in many industries, including by telecommunications service providers. In response to any future challenging economic conditions and decreased availability of capital, spending for network infrastructure projects could be further delayed or cancelled. In addition, capital spending is cyclical in our industry and sporadic among individual service providers, and can change on short notice. As a result, we may not have visibility into changes in spending behavior until near the end of a given quarter. Further, infrastructure improvements may be further delayed or prevented by a variety of factors, including cost, regulatory obstacles, consolidation in the industry, lack of consumer demand and alternative technologies for service delivery. Any reductions in capital expenditures by service providers could adversely affect our operating results and future growth.

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our revenue as a result of our customers’ spending patterns. We generally expect an increase in business activity as we approach December, as some of our customers accelerate spending to use remaining capital budget dollars. Similarly, we generally expect a decrease in business activity in our first quarter, as some of our customers finalize their spending budgets and project initiatives become

 

11


Table of Contents

clarified. In addition, from time to time, customers may place large orders that may significantly affect sequential trends. Furthermore, we may experience lower gross margin in a particular period as a result of large initial deployments by our customers since these deployments typically include a significant proportion of lower margin Z-Series chassis. As a consequence of this seasonality and the effect of large customer purchases, our quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate.

We currently generate the majority of our revenue from a concentrated base of customers, including Windstream Corporation. Since Windstream has publicly indicated its intent to reduce its overall capital expenditures in 2013, unless we can substantially expand our sales to other existing or new customers, we will not be able to grow our revenue.

Windstream Corporation, or Windstream, accounted for approximately 37% and 45% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Windstream has publicly indicated its intention to reduce its overall capital expenditures in 2013. Accordingly, we expect our sales to Windstream to decline in future periods. Nonetheless, we anticipate that a large portion of our revenue will continue to depend on sales to Windstream. In addition, given the episodic nature of capital expenditures associated with network deployments, we may derive a substantial amount of our revenue from a limited number of customers in future periods. As a result, unless we can substantially expand our sales to other existing or new customers, we will not be able to grow our revenue.

As a consequence of our customer concentration and the frequently concentrated nature of our customers’ purchases, our quarterly revenue and operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to predict. Sales of our solutions to our customers, including Windstream, are made pursuant to purchase orders, and not pursuant to long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain or increase sales to any current or future customer from period to period, or that we will be able to offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by these customers with purchases by new or existing customers. The loss of, or a significant delay or reduction in purchases by, any of our significant customers could adversely affect our business and operating results.

We currently generate the majority of our revenue from the sale of our Z-Series platforms and therefore a decrease in purchases of these platforms would adversely affect our revenue and our operating results.

Historically, our Z-Series platforms have accounted for substantially all of our revenue, and we expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales of these platforms in the near term. As a result, our future growth and financial performance will depend heavily on our ability to continue to sell existing, and to develop and sell enhanced, versions of our Z-Series platforms, both to existing and new customers. If current market demand for these products diminishes, or we fail to deliver product enhancements, new releases or new products that customers want, overall demand for our solutions and related services would decrease, and our operating results would be harmed.

If the software-defined networking market does not develop as we anticipate, and if we are unable to increase market awareness of our company and our solutions within that market, demand for our solutions may not grow, and our future results would be adversely affected.

Fundamental to our solution is our software-defined networking approach that enables an array of third-party applications to manage and control underlying network infrastructure. As a result, our success will depend to a significant extent on potential customers recognizing the benefits of our solutions over legacy systems and products, and the willingness of service providers, high-performance data centers and other network operators to increase their use of software-defined

 

12


Table of Contents

networking solutions in their networks. The market for SDNs is at an early stage with a small installed base and limited market adoption, and it is difficult to predict important trends, including the potential growth, if any, of this market.

If the market for software-defined networking solutions does not evolve in the way we anticipate or if customers do not recognize the benefits of our solutions, we likely would not be able to increase sales of our hardware and software solutions. In such event, our revenue would not grow, or would decline, and our operating results would be harmed. To date, some network operators have been reluctant to switch to SDNs because they have invested substantial resources to maintain and integrate legacy solutions into their networks. These network operators may continue allocating their network budgets to the maintenance and upgrading of their legacy systems and products and therefore not adopt our SDN solutions in addition to or as a replacement for these legacy systems and products.

Even if the market for SDN solutions develops as we anticipate, market awareness of our SDN solutions will be essential to our continued growth. We cannot assure you that network operators will accept the value proposition that we believe our solutions provide. If we are not successful in creating market awareness of our company and our full suite of SDN solutions, our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

We recently launched a new software-defined networking platform, Blue Planet, and if this or other new solutions we develop face challenges for market acceptance, our revenue and operating results would be adversely affected.

We released Blue Planet in December 2012. Currently, our Blue Planet offering has an unproven revenue model and accounts for an immaterial amount of our revenue. If network operators do not perceive the benefits of Blue Planet, the market for Blue Planet may not develop or may develop more slowly than we expect, either of which would adversely affect our revenue growth prospects. The widespread acceptance of Blue Planet will require not only the recognition and adoption of software-defined networking as a whole over legacy systems and products, but also the deployment of Blue Planet as a standard solution for our current and potential customers to manage their SDNs. We also face the risk of having a limited time to market in order to establish Blue Planet over any alternative solutions or technologies that network operators utilize for SDNs and other network management. In addition, we have limited experience in pricing Blue Planet separately from our Z-Series platforms, which could result in underpricing that adversely affects our expected financial performance, or overpricing that inhibits our customers’ acceptance of Blue Planet. Even if the initial development and commercial introduction of Blue Planet is successful, we cannot assure you that it will achieve widespread market acceptance or that any market acceptance will be sustainable over the longer term. If Blue Planet does not gain market acceptance at a sufficient rate of growth, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

We operate in highly competitive markets, and competitive pressures from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business, operating results and market share.

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing customer needs and evolving industry standards. We expect competition to intensify in the future as existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products. Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to compete effectively to meet the demand for existing products as well as innovate to bring new products and solutions to market.

We compete either directly or indirectly with large networking and optical companies, such as Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co. Limited and Juniper Networks, Inc., and specialized technology providers that offer solutions that

 

13


Table of Contents

address a portion of the issues that we address. In addition, we seek to replace legacy network control tools and processes that network operators have either already purchased or internally developed, and potential customers may be reluctant to adopt a solution that replaces or changes existing systems and processes in which they have made significant investments. In the future, in selling Blue Planet we may also compete with companies that are focused on providing virtualization software solutions for other end-markets as they may try to adapt their solutions to meet the needs of network operators or compete with networking companies that develop or acquire SDN solutions. Some of our competitors have made, or may make, acquisitions of businesses that may allow them to offer solutions that are more directly competitive and comprehensive than those they currently offer.

We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future. Additionally, many of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers or channel partners in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Our competitors may be able to anticipate, influence or adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily and develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. In addition, competitors with substantially larger installed customer bases may leverage their relationships and incorporate functionality into their existing products in a manner that may discourage customers from purchasing our solutions. These larger competitors may also have more diversified businesses that allow them to better withstand significant reductions in capital spending by customers. Moreover, potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing providers rather than a new provider, regardless of product performance or features, because our solutions may require additional investment of time and funds to install the solutions and to train operations personnel. In addition, some of our competitors may offer substantial discounts or rebates to win new or retain existing customers, or may bundle different products and services together in a package to their customers where they include products and services that directly compete with our solutions at very low prices or even for free. If we are unable to win customers, or if we are forced to reduce prices in order to secure customers, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and if we are unable to effectively manage this growth and expansion, or if our business does not continue to grow as we expect, including with respect to our recruitment of qualified personnel, our operating results may suffer.

We have experienced rapid growth and have significantly expanded our operations since inception, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively.

We believe that our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to identify, attract and retain highly qualified and skilled personnel, particularly engineers and sales personnel. Our employee headcount has increased from 39 as of December 31, 2008 to 219 as of December 31, 2012, and we currently plan to substantially increase our headcount across all functions in 2013. To do so, we seek to identify and attract the highly skilled personnel we believe are essential to our success. Competition for skilled personnel is intense, particularly for those specializing in network and software engineering and sales, and those located in the San Francisco Bay Area. In addition, our headquarters location in Petaluma, in the northern part of the San Francisco Bay Area, may make it more difficult to attract qualified personnel that live in other parts of the Bay Area. We must continue to expand our sales force, including hiring additional sales managers, to grow our customer base and increase our sales. However, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in attracting qualified personnel, or that newly hired personnel will function effectively, both individually and as a group. In addition, newly hired sales

 

14


Table of Contents

personnel do not typically become productive for a significant period following their initial hiring, resulting in increased near-term costs relative to their respective sales contributions.

Our ability to manage our operations and growth will further require us to refine our operational, financial and management controls, human resource policies, and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to efficiently expand our sales force, engineering, operations, IT or financial systems, or otherwise manage our growth, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may lose the ability to close customer opportunities, enhance our existing products and services, satisfy customer requirements, respond to competitive pressures or otherwise execute our business plan. These additional investments will increase our operating costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls in the short term by reducing expenses. Moreover, if we fail to scale our operations successfully, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

We have a history of losses, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability.

Since our inception, we have incurred net losses in each quarterly and annual period, and as of December 31, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $86.6 million. Although our revenue has grown rapidly in recent periods, our revenue growth is likely to slow and our revenue may decline in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including uncertain demand for our solutions, increasing competition or our failure to capitalize on potential growth opportunities. Accordingly, you should not rely on our revenue growth in any prior quarterly or annual period as an indicator of our future performance. In addition, we anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we continue to expend substantial financial resources on sales and marketing, including domestic and international expansion efforts, product and feature development, technology infrastructure, additional headcount and general administration. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently, or at all, to offset these higher expenses. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash, cash equivalents and operating cash flows, are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of additional indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, improve our gross margin or manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses in the future and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our revenue, gross margin and other operating results may fluctuate significantly and be unpredictable, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.

Our operating results may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. For example, the timing and size of sales of our Z-Series platforms and other solutions have been highly variable and difficult to predict, leading to uncertainty and limiting our ability to accurately forecast revenue, and resulting in significant fluctuations in revenue from period to period. This variability has been compounded by our customer concentration and the frequently concentrated nature of our customers’ purchases, which are made pursuant to purchase orders and not pursuant to long-term committed-volume purchase contracts. In addition to, or as elaborated in, other risks listed in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may affect our operating results include:

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in demand for our solutions, and the timing of orders from our customers and channel partners;

 

15


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the capital spending patterns of network operators and any decrease or delay in capital spending by network operators due to economic, regulatory or other reasons;

 

  Ÿ  

the inherent complexity, seasonality, length and associated unpredictability of our sales cycles for our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

changing market conditions, particularly any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants, network operator consolidation and any related discounting of products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to expand our international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to control costs such as the costs of the components for our Z-Series platforms;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of our contract manufacturer and component suppliers to timely meet our manufacturing and supply needs at acceptable prices, or at all;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and execution of product transitions, new product introductions or product upgrades by us or our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to timely and effectively develop, introduce and gain market acceptance for new solutions, products, technologies and services, such as Blue Planet, and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully expand the Z-Series, Blue Planet and professional service solutions we sell to existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the interoperability of our solutions with service providers’ networks, and technical challenges in network operators’ overall networks, unrelated to our solutions, which could delay adoption and installation of our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

decisions by potential customers to purchase alternative products and services from other providers and their willingness to deploy our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

any decision by us to increase or decrease operating expenses in response to changes in the marketplace or perceived marketplace opportunities;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to derive benefits from our investments in sales, marketing, engineering or other activities;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to build and manage our channel partner and distribution networks, and the effectiveness of any changes we make to our distribution model; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions, both domestically and abroad.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results from period to period. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our internal operating plan or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. If we fail to meet such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action litigation.

We operate in a rapidly evolving market and if we are unable to develop and introduce new solutions or make enhancements to existing solutions that successfully respond to emerging technological trends and achieve market acceptance, our revenue and growth prospects would likely be adversely affected.

Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technology, changing customer needs, evolving industry standards and frequent introductions of new products and services. Our future success will

 

16


Table of Contents

depend significantly on our ability to effectively anticipate and timely adapt to such changes, and to develop and offer, on a timely and cost-effective basis, hardware and software solutions with features that meet changing customer demands, technology trends and industry standards. Our solutions have been developed to rely upon open standards for integration and functionality with legacy networks and third-party vendor network equipment and applications, and we cannot assure you that these standards will continue to receive market acceptance. Additionally, such open standard design could make it easier for competitors to more quickly and inexpensively develop and offer their own products and services based on the same technology. If our competitors introduce new products and services that compete with ours, we may be required to reposition our solutions or introduce new solutions in response to such competitive pressure. If we fail to develop new products or product enhancements, or our customers or potential customers do not perceive our solutions to have compelling advantages, our business, revenue and growth prospects would be adversely affected.

We intend to continue making significant investments in further developing our Blue Planet and Z-Series platforms and enhancing the functionality of our existing solutions. Developing our solutions is expensive, complex and involves uncertainties. We intend to continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts to maintain our competitive position. However, we may not have sufficient resources to successfully manage these hardware and software development cycles, and these investments may take several years to generate positive returns, if ever.

The future growth of our business depends, in significant part, on increasing our international sales, and even if we are successful in expanding internationally, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

We currently generate substantially all of our sales from customers in the United States, and have only recently begun marketing, selling and supporting our solutions internationally, primarily through channel partners. We have limited experience managing the sales, support and administrative aspects of a worldwide operation. The future growth of our business depends, in significant part, on increasing our international sales. We may not be successful in our efforts to expand our international operations, including as a result of not being able to increase or maintain international market demand for our solutions, and entry into additional international markets will require significant management attention and financial resources. Our failure to successfully grow internationally could limit the future growth of our business and, consequently, affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In the course of expanding our international operations and operating overseas, we will be subject to a variety of risks, directly and indirectly through our channel partners, including:

 

  Ÿ  

international trade costs and restrictions, including trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions, affecting our sales;

 

  Ÿ  

treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax codes, including being subject to foreign tax laws and responsibility for paying withholding income or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy, data protection, communications and Internet laws and regulations, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with U.S. laws and regulations applicable to foreign operations, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory limitations on our ability to sell our solutions in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, compensation and benefits and compliance programs;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in and costs of staffing foreign operations;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in enforcing contracts, longer accounts receivable payment cycles and the potential corresponding adverse impact on our days sales outstanding;

 

  Ÿ  

the imperative to upgrade our solutions to meet more stringent performance criteria or adapt our solutions to meet the standards of one or more other countries;

 

  Ÿ  

the risk of change in political or economic conditions for foreign countries, and the potential for political unrest, acts of terrorism, hostilities or war;

 

  Ÿ  

localization of products and services, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

differing laws and business practices, which may favor local competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign currency fluctuations and controls; and

 

  Ÿ  

limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection in foreign jurisdictions.

Each of these risks could have an adverse effect on our overall business, operating results and financial condition.

We engage channel partners to promote, sell, install and support our solutions internationally, and we intend to rapidly expand our international channel partner network. Any failure to effectively develop and manage this distribution channel could adversely affect our business, operating results and market share.

We engage channel partners who provide sales and support services for our solutions, and we are relying on the rapid expansion of our channel partner network to pursue our international expansion efforts. If we do not properly train our channel partners to sell, install and service our solutions, or if a new channel partner is not able to execute on our sales strategy, our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer. The loss of a key channel partner or the failure of a channel partner to provide adequate customer service could have a negative effect on customer satisfaction and could cause harm to our business. Our use of channel partners and other third-party support partners, and the associated risks, are likely to increase as we seek to expand our international sales. Generally, our channel partners do not have long-term contractual commitments or exclusivity to us. We also compete with other network systems providers for our channel partners’ business as many of our channel partners market competing products. If a channel partner promotes a competitor’s products to the detriment of our solutions or otherwise fails to market our solutions effectively, we would lose market share.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable investment of time and expense. As a result, our sales and revenue are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from period to period, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly.

Our sales process entails planning discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing networks and identifying how these potential customers can leverage our solutions within their networks. The sales cycle for a new customer deployment, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. We spend substantial time, effort and money in our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales of our

 

18


Table of Contents

solutions. If we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our business, operating results and financial condition would be harmed. In addition, purchases by network operators of our solutions are subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. If sales expected from a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, we may not achieve our revenue expectations.

We do not have long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers for our Z-Series platforms, and therefore have no guarantee of future revenue from any customer, which may cause our operating results to be adversely affected.

Sales of our Z-Series platforms are made pursuant to purchase orders, and we have not entered into long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers, including our largest customer, Windstream. As a result, any of our customers may cease to purchase our hardware solutions at any time. In addition, our customers may attempt to renegotiate their terms of purchase, including price and quantity, or may delay or cancel already submitted purchase orders. If any of our customers stop purchasing our hardware solutions for any reason, or purchase fewer solutions, our operating results and financial condition would be harmed.

We currently rely upon a single contract manufacturer to manufacture our hardware solutions, and if we encounter problems with the contract manufacturer, our operations could be disrupted, which would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

We contract with Flextronics International, Ltd., or Flextronics, as the sole manufacturer of all of our Z-Series platforms. Our reliance on Flextronics makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs. We have limited direct control over the quality and control systems of Flextronics, and therefore may not be able to ensure levels of quality suitable for our customers. The revenue that Flextronics generates from our orders represents a very small percentage of its revenue. As a result, fulfilling our orders may not be considered a priority by Flextronics. If Flextronics were unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our Z-Series platforms in required volumes and at high quality levels, or if Flextronics significantly increased our costs to have them manufacture our products, we would have to identify, qualify and select an acceptable alternative contract manufacturer. Such alternatives may not be available to us when needed, may take a significant amount of time to contract with and establish manufacturing or supply relationships, and may not be in a position to timely satisfy our production requirements at commercially reasonable prices and quality. Any significant interruption in manufacturing would require us to reduce the amount of Z-Series platforms available to our customers, which in turn would reduce our revenue and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

If we fail to accurately forecast our manufacturing requirements or manage our inventory with our contract manufacturer, we could incur additional costs, lose revenue and harm our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

The suppliers of the components used in our Z-Series platforms deliver the components directly to our contract manufacturer, Flextronics, but we bear the inventory risk under our arrangements with Flextronics. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, we had commitments to Flextronics totaling $5.6 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Lead times for the materials and components that we order through Flextronics vary significantly and depend on numerous factors, including the specific supplier, contract terms and market demand for a component at a given time. The lead times for certain key materials and components could be lengthy depending on overall market demand, requiring us or Flextronics to order materials and components several months in advance of their use in

 

19


Table of Contents

manufacturing our products. If we overestimate our production requirements, Flextronics may purchase excess components and build excess inventory. If Flextronics purchases excess components or builds excess products, we could be required to pay for these excess components or products and recognize related inventory write-down costs. We also are required to reimburse Flextronics if our inventory is rendered obsolete for any reason. If we experience inventory write-downs associated with excess or obsolete inventory in any significant amount, this would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Conversely, if we underestimate our product requirements, our contract manufacturer may maintain inadequate component inventory and be unable to manufacture our Z-Series platforms in sufficient quantities to timely meet customer demand. Any shortfall in available products could result in delays or cancellation of orders by our customers, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

Certain component parts used in the manufacture of our products are sourced from single or limited source suppliers. If we are unable to source these components on a timely basis, we will not be able to meet our customers’ product delivery requirements, which could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships.

We depend on certain sole-source and limited source suppliers for key components that Flextronics, our contract manufacturer, uses in the manufacture of our Z-Series platforms. Any of the sole-source and limited source suppliers upon whom we rely could stop producing our components, cease operations or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, our competitors. In particular, our reliance on Broadcom Corporation for certain key semiconductors used in our hardware solutions makes us vulnerable to shortages or pricing pressure on these important components. Neither we nor Flextronics generally has long-term supply agreements with component suppliers, and our purchase volumes currently may be considered too low for us to be a priority customer by many of such suppliers. As such, we cannot be guaranteed a continuous source of, or favorable pricing for, components from any of these suppliers. Furthermore, patent infringement lawsuits between semiconductor companies could have an adverse effect on our ability to acquire components that are sole sourced and integrated into our family of Z-Series platforms, leading to production delays and additional engineering costs, potentially harming our business and customer relationships. Any such interruption or delay may force us to seek similar components or products from alternative sources, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching suppliers may require that we redesign our Z-Series platforms to accommodate new components, and to re-qualify these solutions, which would be costly and time-consuming. Any interruption in the supply of sole-source or limited source components for our solutions would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could result in lost revenue or higher expenses, any of which would harm our business, operating results, financial condition and customer relationships .

Our future success depends in part on revenue from subscriptions for Blue Planet and our other services, and because we recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant service period, downturns or upturns in sales will not likely be reflected in full in our operating results for the period in which such downturns or upturns occur.

Sales of new or renewal subscription, support and maintenance contracts, especially with respect to subscriptions for Blue Planet, may decline and fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including our customers’ level of satisfaction with our solutions, the prices of our solutions, the prices of products and services offered by our competitors and reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our sales of new or renewal subscription, support and maintenance contracts decline, our revenue and revenue growth will decline and our business will suffer. In addition, we recognize subscription and service contract revenue ratably over the term of the relevant contractual period, typically one year. As a result, much of the subscription and service revenue that we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from subscription and service contracts entered into during previous quarters. Accordingly,

 

20


Table of Contents

any decline in new or renewed subscription or service contracts in any one quarter will not be fully reflected in revenue in that quarter but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. In addition, our subscription model for Blue Planet also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our subscription revenue through additional sales in any period, as subscription revenue must be recognized over the term of the contract.

Our solutions are highly complex and may contain undetected hardware errors or software bugs, which could harm our reputation and increase our warranty obligations and service costs.

Our solutions are highly technical and, when deployed, are critical to the operation of our customers’ networks. Our solutions have from time to time contained and may in the future contain undetected errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our solutions may only be discovered after a solution has been deployed and used by customers, and may in some cases only be detected under certain circumstances or after extended use. Any errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our solutions after commercial release could result in loss of our revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customer goodwill and customer relationships, harm to our reputation and increased service costs, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, any errors discovered in Blue Planet could cause customers and potential customers to abandon or never adopt the Blue Planet platform, which could adversely affect our ability to grow our business. In addition, quality or performance problems related to our Z-Series platforms that are covered under warranty could require us to repair or replace defective products at no additional cost to the customer. Moreover, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of contract from our customers, or be required to indemnify our customers for damages and third-party claims for a variety of reasons. Any increased costs, liabilities and diversion of resources associated with a warranty or other claim related to errors or alleged errors in our solutions could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions must interoperate with existing legacy and competitor software applications and hardware products found in our customers’ networks. If our solutions do not interoperate properly, future sales of our solutions could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.

Our solutions must interoperate with our customers’ existing and planned networks, which often have varied and complex specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, software applications and products from multiple vendors and may contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. Our solutions must communicate, manage and analyze networks and the traffic across these networks, often across differing legacy protocols and technologies. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these existing and planned networks and network components, including legacy networks that operate on technology originally designed several decades ago. To meet these interoperability requirements, we continuously engage in development efforts that require substantial resources. If we fail to maintain compatibility with other software or equipment included in our customers’ existing and planned networks, we may incur significant warranty, support and repair costs, cause significant customer relations problems and divert the attention of our engineering personnel from our product development efforts, and our business and operating results would be adversely affected. In addition, if our competitors, whose software or equipment incorporate these protocols and technologies, fail to make available to us on an ongoing basis the interfaces and other information we require to maintain the interoperability of our solutions with their software and equipment, our business and operating results would be adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with evolving network industry technical requirements and standards, sales of our existing and future solutions would be adversely affected, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

The markets for our solutions are characterized by a significant number of standards, both domestic and international, which are evolving as new network technologies are deployed. Our solutions must comply with these standards in order to be widely marketable. In some cases, we may be required to obtain certifications or authorizations before our solutions can be introduced, marketed or sold in new markets or to new customers. In addition, our ability to expand our international operations and create international market demand for our solutions may be constrained by regulations or standards adopted by other countries that may require us to redesign our existing solutions or develop new products suitable for sale in those countries. We cannot assure you that we will be able to design our solutions to comply with evolving standards and regulations. The cost of complying with evolving standards and regulations, or our failure to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certifications, may prevent us from selling our solutions where such standards or regulations apply, which could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

Our ability to sell our solutions is highly dependent on the quality of our support and service offerings, and our failure to offer high quality support and services would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

Once our solutions are deployed within our customers’ networks, they depend on our support organization to quickly resolve any issues relating to those products. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions. If we do not effectively assist our customers in deploying our solutions, succeed in helping them quickly resolve post-deployment issues or provide effective ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing customers and harm our reputation with potential new customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

Weakened global economic conditions may harm our industry, business, operating results and financial condition.

Our overall performance depends in large part on global economic conditions, which may remain challenging for the foreseeable future. Global financial developments seemingly unrelated to us or the network industry may harm our business by negatively affecting the demand for networking equipment. The United States, Europe and other key international economies have been adversely affected in the recent past, and continue to face economic uncertainty. These conditions affect the rate of spending on network services, could adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase our solutions and could delay prospective customers’ purchasing decisions. In addition, a prolonged economic downturn could affect the viability of our current business strategy. All of these factors could reduce our revenue and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Changes in government-sponsored programs, especially decreases in government funding, could affect the timing and buying patterns of certain of our customers, which would cause reduced sales of our solutions and fluctuations in our operating results.

Over the past several years, some of our customers were Independent Operating Companies, or IOCs, and other telecommunications network providers that benefited from federal and state subsidies. Approximately 6.9%, 12.3% and 9.3% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, was attributable to sales of our solutions to IOCs and other service providers that used government-supported loan programs or grants to fund purchases from us, such as those originating from the Rural Utility Service, or RUS, program administered by the U.S. Department of

 

22


Table of Contents

Agriculture, and broadband stimulus programs under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. For example, award grants under the broadband stimulus programs were issued between November 2009 and September 2010, with all funds that were awarded expected to be expended by September 2013. We expect that changes to or elimination of these programs are likely, especially given the current U.S. federal government fiscal issues, and that these support or stimulus funds will not be available to IOCs in whole or in part, which could reduce the ability of IOCs to access capital and reduce our revenue opportunities for selling our solutions to these IOCs. To the extent that any of our customers have received grants or loans under these RUS and stimulus programs, but no longer have access to such assistance, they may substantially reduce or curtail future purchases of our solutions.

Our business substantially depends on the continued growth in demand for Internet and other network services, and lack of growth or contraction of demand for these services could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our future growth depends in large part on the continued growth in the demand for Internet and other telecommunications and network services, and in particular the demand for services that require greater bandwidth, such as the proliferation of mobile devices, rapid adoption of bandwidth-intensive applications and the growth of cloud computing. Our future growth also depends on the deployment of our solutions by customers who provide those services. To the extent that the growth in the demand for these network services slows or an economic slowdown or economic uncertainty and related reduction in capital spending adversely affects spending on Internet, mobile and other network infrastructure, we could experience substantial harm to our business, operating results and financial condition. Even if the demand for Internet and other network services does experience the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy that, in turn, depends on growth in network services, all of which are subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of growth of Internet and other network services included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Third parties may assert that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity, and litigation related to intellectual property rights, in the technology industry in general and the networking industry in particular. From time to time, our competitors, other third-party developers of technology or non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights. Regardless of the merit of any such claim, responding to such claims can be time consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and may cause us to incur significant expenses. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in defending against any such claims. In addition, patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time before being published, so we cannot be certain that we were the first to conceive inventions covered by our patents or patent applications. Moreover, we cannot be certain that we are not infringing third parties’ patent or other intellectual property rights. An adverse outcome with respect to any intellectual property claim could invalidate our proprietary rights and/or force us to, among other things, do one or more of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

obtain from a third party claiming infringement a license to sell or use the relevant technology, which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

  Ÿ  

stop manufacturing, selling, or using our solutions that embody the asserted intellectual property and refund to customers all or a portion of the fees related to the purchase or license of such solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

pay substantial monetary damages;

 

23


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

indemnify our customers and/or commercial partners against third-party claims for intellectual property infringement pursuant to indemnification obligations under our contracts, generally without limit; or

 

  Ÿ  

expend significant resources to redesign our solutions that use the infringing technology and to develop or acquire non-infringing technology.

Additionally, if we offer employment to personnel employed or formerly employed by competitors, we may become subject to claims of unfair hiring practices and/or breaches of confidentiality related to the intellectual property of such competitors, and incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against these claims, regardless of their merits. Any of these actions could adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and growth prospects.

If we are unable to successfully manage our use of “open source” software, our ability to sell our products and services could be harmed, which could result in competitive disadvantages, and subject us to possible litigation.

We incorporate open source software code in our proprietary software that is part of both our Z-Series and Blue Planet platforms. Use of open source software can lead to greater risks than the use of proprietary or third-party commercial software since open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls with respect to origin, functionality or other features of the software. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their products to publicly disclose all or part of the source code in their software and make any derivative works of the open source code generally available in source code form for limited fees or at no cost. Although we monitor our use of open source software, open source license terms may be ambiguous, and many of the risks associated with the use of open source software cannot be eliminated. If we were found to have inappropriately used open source software in our solutions, we may be required to release our proprietary source code, re-engineer our software, discontinue the sale of certain solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, or take other remedial action. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with applicable open source licenses, we may be subject to costly claims of intellectual property infringement or demands for the public release of proprietary source code. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and put us at a competitive disadvantage.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position, ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expense to enforce our rights.

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secret laws, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as customary contractual provisions. To date we have only two issued U.S. patents and have received a notice of allowance for a third, and do not have any patents issued outside the United States. We have not, to date, emphasized any patent program for our know-how, and the patents that we have filed or are pending may not cover important aspects of our technology, and may not be enforceable. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other commercially available software. We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. We also incorporate certain generally available software programs into Blue Planet and our other software solutions pursuant to license agreements with third parties. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors.

 

24


Table of Contents

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially harming our business. Our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. Effective trademark, copyright, trade secret and patent protection may not be available to us in every country in which we provide our solutions. The laws of some foreign countries are not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions may be inadequate. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and such monitoring may be insufficient to detect all misappropriation or infringement of our rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our intellectual property rights or to establish the validity of such rights.

If we lose key members of our management or engineering teams or are unable retain executives and employees that we need to support our operations and growth, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales personnel and other employees, many of whom are highly skilled and would be difficult to replace. None of our senior management or key technical or sales personnel is bound by a written employment contract to remain with us for a specified period. Moreover, any of our employees may terminate their employment at any time. Many of our key employees have become, or will soon become, vested in a substantial amount of their shares of common stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own, or the shares underlying their stock options, have vested. In addition, we do not maintain key man life insurance covering our key personnel. The loss of the services of any of our key personnel may harm our business and operating results.

Our failure to comply with laws and regulations, including regulations affecting the import or export of products and anti-bribery laws, could harm our business.

Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws, and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than those in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages, civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition. Any change in laws, regulations or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our planned international expansion creates additional regulatory challenges. Future international shipments of our solutions may require export licenses or export license exceptions. In addition, the import laws of other countries may limit our ability to distribute our solutions, or our customers’ ability to buy and use our solutions, in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries altogether. We expect our planned expanding global operations will require us to import and export to and from several countries, resulting in additional compliance obligations.

In particular, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Under these laws, companies are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. We are expanding to operate in areas of the world, including in conjunction with our channel partners, that may experience corruption by government officials to some degree and, in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. In addition, network operators in various foreign countries may have influence with government officials and many are owned in whole or in part by foreign governments or instrumentalities. We cannot assure you that our employees, channel partners or other agents will not engage in prohibited conduct and render us responsible under the FCPA, the Bribery Act or any similar anti-bribery laws in another jurisdiction. If we are found to be in violation of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or other anti-bribery laws, either due to our nascent compliance system or the acts or omission of our employees, channel partners or other agents, we could suffer criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in telecommunications and Internet laws, regulations, rules and tariffs could impede the growth in network activity or otherwise harm our customers, which could have a negative effect on our business and operating results.

Increased regulation of telecommunications and Internet network activity or access in the United States or any country in which we do business, particularly those that have the effect of impeding, or lessening the rate of growth in, network activity, could decrease demand for our solutions. New or increased access charges for telecommunications service providers and tariffs on certain communications services could negatively affect our customers’ businesses. Further, many of our customers are subject to FCC rate regulation of interstate telecommunications services, and are recipients of federal universal service fund payments, which are intended to subsidize telecommunications services in areas that are expensive to serve. In addition, many of our customers are subject to state regulation of intrastate telecommunications services, including rates for such services, and may also receive funding from state universal service funds. Changes in rate regulations or universal service funding rules, either at the federal or state level, could adversely affect such customers’ revenue and capital spending plans. Any adoption of new laws, regulations, rules or tariffs, or changes to existing laws, regulations, rules or tariffs, that negatively affects network activity or growth or otherwise adversely affects the business of our customers could harm our business and operating results.

Industry consolidation may lead to increased competition or a decreased customer base, which could harm our business and operating results.

Consolidation in the network equipment industry has been common. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships to offer a more

 

26


Table of Contents

comprehensive solution than they had offered individually. We expect this trend to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry are acquired for a variety of strategic reasons or are unable to continue operations. Consolidation in our industry may result in stronger competitors that may create more compelling product offerings, be able to offer greater pricing flexibility, and be better able to compete as sole-source vendors for customers. This would make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs and breadth of technology or product offerings. In addition, companies with which we have strategic partnerships may acquire or form alliances with our competitors, thereby reducing their business with us. Furthermore, continued industry consolidation may adversely affect customers’ perceptions of the viability of smaller and even medium-sized technology companies such as us and, consequently, customers’ willingness to purchase from such companies.

In addition, consolidation of network operators may lead to a reduction in the number of potential customers, with the effect that the loss of any major customer could have a greater effect on operating results than in a customer marketplace composed of more numerous participants. Consolidation among our customers may also cause delays or reductions in their capital expenditure plans and increased competitive pricing pressures as the number of available customers declines and their relative purchasing power increases in relation to suppliers. Consolidation in the number of potential customers could lead to more variability in our operating results and could have an adverse effect on our business.

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, business or technologies which may divert our management’s attention and result in additional dilution to our stockholders, and we may be unable to integrate acquired businesses and technologies successfully or achieve the expected benefits of such acquisitions or investments.

While we have not consummated any acquisitions to date, we may evaluate and consider potential strategic transactions, including acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses, technologies, services, products and other assets in the future. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses to expand our product and service offerings, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, discount pricing, investments in other companies or strategic or joint venture partnership agreements. Acquisitions may disrupt our business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. The anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized, or we may be exposed to risks or liabilities that were unknown at the time of the acquisition or that are different from those that faced our business prior to the acquisition. Negotiating and consummating these transactions can be time-consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may often be subject to approvals that are beyond our control. Consequently, these transactions, even if undertaken and announced, may not close. For one or more of those transactions, we may:

 

  Ÿ  

use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business;

 

  Ÿ  

incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay;

 

  Ÿ  

issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

increase our working capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

incur substantial liabilities or large charges, such as impairment of goodwill or intangible assets, at the time of the transaction or for some period long after the transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

encounter difficulties retaining key employees of the acquired company or integrating diverse solutions or business cultures;

 

27


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

acquire companies with inadequate financial or operational reporting or control environments; and

 

  Ÿ  

become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges.

We may not be able to address these risks successfully, or at all, without incurring significant costs, delays or other operating problems that could disrupt our business and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

expected timing and amount of the release of tax valuation allowances;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration of, or detrimental changes in, research and development tax credit laws;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration or non-utilization of net operating losses;

 

  Ÿ  

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof; or

 

  Ÿ  

future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income and sales taxes by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign and state tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research and development tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $73.7 million of federal and $74.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards and $2.4 million of federal and $3.4 million of California research tax credit carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2016 for state income tax purposes, and the research tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2027 for federal purposes, but do not expire for California purposes. U.S. federal and state income tax laws limit the amount of these carryforwards we can utilize in any given year upon a greater than 50% cumulative shift of stock ownership over a three-year period, including shifts due to the issuance of additional shares of our common stock, or securities convertible into our common stock. To date, we have not undertaken an analysis of whether any limitation would apply at this time. We may experience subsequent shifts in our stock ownership and, accordingly, there is a risk that our ability to use our existing carryforwards in the future could be limited and that existing carryforwards would be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

28


Table of Contents

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We have not completed, and may not complete, our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, at the time we file our second annual report with the SEC, we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We are in the very early stages of the costly process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to certify that our internal controls are effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. In addition, any remediation efforts we undertake may not be successful or enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as network security breaches, computer viruses or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters, the manufacturing facilities of some of our suppliers, as well as our contract manufacturer’s current manufacturing facility for our Z-Series platforms, are all located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, a fire or a flood, occurring near our headquarters, or near the facilities of our suppliers or contract manufacturer, could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Despite our implementation of network security measures, our networks and outside data center, by which we provide our Blue Planet platform, also may be vulnerable to computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our products. In addition, natural disasters, acts of terrorism or war could cause disruptions in our or our customers’ businesses, our suppliers’ and contract manufacturer’s operations or the economy as a whole. We also rely on information technology systems to communicate among our workforce and with third parties. Any disruption to our communications, whether caused by a natural disaster or by manmade problems, such as power disruptions, could adversely affect our business. To the extent that any such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders or impede our suppliers’ and contract manufacturer’s ability to timely deliver our solutions and components, the deployment of our solutions and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at an attractive price, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all. The market price for shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price. If the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our share price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

Technology stocks, including those of companies in the network industry, have historically experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. This volatility may be enhanced by the relatively limited number of shares of our stock trading publicly following the offering. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

  Ÿ  

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

  Ÿ  

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies in general, and of companies in the network industry in particular;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts, and whether our operating results meet these expectations;

 

  Ÿ  

new product or service introductions and market demand for these and our existing solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to meet investor expectations as a result of the timing of large customer orders;

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation involving us, our industry or both;

 

  Ÿ  

regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions and trends;

 

  Ÿ  

major catastrophic events;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of large blocks of our stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

departures of key personnel.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, if either the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies in the network industry even if these events do not directly affect us.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business, and this could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. After this offering, approximately              shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering pursuant to this prospectus will be freely tradable, unless such shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our directors, officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into our common stock are subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up that prevents them from selling their shares prior to the expiration of this lock-up period. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, permit shares subject to this lock-up to be released from this restriction and sold prior to its expiration. After the expiration (or prior release, if applicable) of the 180-day restricted period, these shares may be sold in the public market in the United States, subject to prior registration in the United States, if required, or reliance upon an exemption from U.S. registration, including, in the case of shares held by affiliates or control persons, compliance with the volume restrictions of Rule 144.

 

Number of Shares
and % of Total
Outstanding

  

Date Available for Sale Into Public Markets

or     %

   Immediately after this offering

or     %

   From time to time after the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus due to contractual obligations and lock-up agreements, upon expiration of their respective holding periods under Rule 144. However, the underwriters can waive the provisions of these lock-up agreements and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time, provided their respective holding periods under Rule 144 have expired.

See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements” for additional information.

In addition, as of December 31, 2012, 1,242,353 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Plan and upon the consummation of this offering, options to purchase approximately              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline, potentially significantly. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information.

 

31


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $             per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our founders and earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. In addition, investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately     % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately     % of our outstanding shares. We have also issued options to acquire our common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock could be influenced by any research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts cover our company and one or more of these analysts downgrade our stock or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

The concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will provide them, collectively, with substantial control over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

Our directors, executive officers and each of our stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of the outstanding shares of our common stock after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012. As a result, these stockholders, if acting together, will be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. They may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, improve our visibility in the marketplace, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We have not yet determined the specific allocation of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering, but we expect to use the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the expansion of our sales

 

32


Table of Contents

organization, overseas expansion, primarily through channel partners and further development and expansion of our solutions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. Our management will have broad discretion over the specific use of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and might not be able to obtain a significant return, if any, on investment of these net proceeds. Investors in this offering will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds.

The requirements of being a public company will subject us to increased costs and may strain our resources.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. In addition, rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage, which may have the effect of making it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We will likely need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these regulations, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. For example, rule making with respect to the Dodd-Frank Act has not yet been completed. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards are unsuccessful or differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

  Ÿ  

the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more;

 

  Ÿ  

the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or

 

  Ÿ  

the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, under the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

We do not intend to pay dividends following the completion of this offering.

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our stock. Following the completion of this offering, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan facility contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

  Ÿ  

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board of directors are elected at one time;

 

34


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

  Ÿ  

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder and which may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

35


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate cash flow, and ability to achieve, and maintain, future profitability;

 

  Ÿ  

anticipated trends, growth rates and challenges in our business and in the markets in which we operate;

 

  Ÿ  

market acceptance of our recently introduced Blue Planet solution and its effect on our product mix and financials;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of seasonality on our business;

 

  Ÿ  

our anticipated growth and growth strategies and our ability to effectively manage that growth;

 

  Ÿ  

maintaining and expanding our customer base and our relationships with our channel partners;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to anticipate market needs and develop new and enhanced products and services to meet those needs, and our ability to successfully monetize them;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to hire necessary qualified employees to expand our operations;

 

  Ÿ  

our reliance on our third-party manufacturers and component suppliers;

 

  Ÿ  

the evolution of technology affecting our products, services and markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

our liquidity and working capital requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

our spending of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to stay abreast of new or modified laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business both in the United States and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

the estimates and estimate methodologies used in preparing our consolidated financial statements and determining option exercise prices;

 

  Ÿ  

the future trading prices of our common stock and the impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices; and

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to sell our products and expand internationally.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results and growth prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the

 

36


Table of Contents

section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

37


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry and the market in which we operate, that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from ACG Research, Gartner, Inc. and International Data Corporation, or IDC. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions, limitations and estimates, and there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Based on our industry experience, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

The Gartner Reports described herein represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

In certain instances the sources of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are identified by superscript notations. The sources of these data are provided below:

 

  (1) ACG Research Forecast, Optical Networking, 2H 2012 Worldwide and ACG Research Forecast, Carrier Routing & Switching, Q4 2011 Worldwide.

 

  (2) Gartner, Market Trends: Mobile Data and Video Traffic, 2012, Market Analysis and Statistics, G00237896, dated August 28, 2012, by Jessica Ekholm.

 

  (3) Gartner, Forecast Analysis: Enterprise Network Services, Worldwide, 2009-2016, 4Q12 Update, Market Analysis and Statistics, G00231698, dated December 14, 2012, by Daniel O’Connell, Nhat Pham, Kenshi Tazaki, Lisa Unden-Farbound, Katja Ruud, To Chee Eng, Lydia Leong, Vincent Fu, Elia San Miguel and Fernando Elizalde.

 

  (4) IDC—Press Release, September 26, 2012: “IDC Expects Smart Connected Device Shipments to Grow by 14% Annually Through 2016, Led by Tablets and Smartphones.”

 

  (5) IDC, Worldwide User-Generated Video Content and Archive 2012-2016 Forecast: The Video Bible, IDC #235421, June 2012.

 

38


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be $             million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $             million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, improve brand awareness, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We expect to use the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the expansion of our sales organization, overseas expansion, primarily through channel partners, and further development and expansion of our solutions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. We have not entered into any agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions or investments at this time.

We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using these proceeds. Furthermore, the amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the status of our development, the level of our sales and marketing activities, the pace of our international expansion plans, and our investments and acquisitions. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our loan facility contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2012 on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 33,897,005 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability of $6.3 million as of December 31, 2012 into additional paid-in capital, and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale by us of              shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

You should read the information in this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,221      $ 20,221      $                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 12,563      $ 12,563     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 35,031,602 shares authorized; 33,897,005 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     98,133        —       

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, actual, and              shares authorized pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 2,575,220, 36,472,225 and              shares issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —          4     

Additional paid-in capital

     3,514        107,897     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (19     (19  

Accumulated deficit

     (86,550     (86,550  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (83,055     21,332     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 27,641      $ 33,895      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this

 

40


Table of Contents
 

prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 36,472,225 shares of common stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

10,212,760 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,009,597 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.34 per share (of which warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering);

 

  Ÿ  

                 additional shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

   

1,242,353 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness.

 

41


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 was $(83.1 million), or $(32.25) per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 was $21.3 million, or $0.58 per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering and the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

After giving effect to the sale by us of             shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012

   $     0.58      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table presents on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, giving effect to the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                  $     

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0   $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The outstanding share information in the table above is based on 36,472,225 shares of common stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

10,212,760 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock that were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.49 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,009,597 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.34 per share (of which warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering);

 

  Ÿ  

                 additional shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering, consisting of:

 

  Ÿ  

                shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

1,242,353 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Stock Plan, which shares will be added to the shares of common stock to be reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness.

 

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data :

      

Revenue

   $ 23,484      $ 40,421      $ 95,872   

Cost of revenue(1)

     18,263        27,074        57,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,221        13,347        38,557   

Operating expenses(1):

      

Research and development

     10,430        12,986        18,447   

Sales and marketing

     7,919        12,825        25,243   

General and administrative

     2,380        3,310        6,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,729        29,121        49,745   

Loss from operations

     (15,508     (15,774     (11,188

Interest expense

     (429     (419     (33

Other income (expense), net

     (406     322        (5,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (835     (97     (5,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,343     (15,871     (16,561

Provision for income taxes

     1        14        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share(2)

   $ (7.54   $ (6.63   $ (6.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share(2)

     2,167        2,396        2,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(2)

       $ (0.31
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share(2)

         36,412   
      

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ —         $ 73       $ 57   

Research and development

     57         338         745   

Sales and marketing

     66         229         656   

General and administrative

     72         125         639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 195       $ 765       $ 2,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma net loss per share of common stock.

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data :

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,740      $ 20,221   

Working capital

     26,703        13,919   

Property and equipment, net

     3,791        6,485   

Total assets

     43,528        70,789   

Total debt

     45        12,563   

Total deferred revenue

     5,219        17,417   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     900        6,254   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     98,133        98,133   

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (68,675 )   $ (83,055

 

45


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We have pioneered innovative carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. We designed our Z-Series platforms to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. In December 2012, we introduced our Blue Planet platform, a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Customers may choose to deploy Blue Planet either on a standalone basis or integrated with our Z-Series platforms. Our solutions enable network operators to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance, while reducing costs.

We were founded in October 2006 to simplify network operations and to accelerate innovation through a centralized, open, multi-vendor, software orchestration model. We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. In April 2010, we launched CyMS, one of the first multi-layer network management solutions. In December 2012, we launched Blue Planet. To date, sales of our Z-Series platforms have accounted for substantially all of our revenue. Standalone sales of Blue Planet have accounted for an immaterial amount of our revenue to date and are expected to increase only modestly as a portion of our revenue in the near term. However, we expect that the portion of our revenue derived from standalone sales of Blue Planet will increase over the longer term.

Our customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators. Our solutions have been deployed primarily across North America, as well as in Asia and Europe, by over 125 customers, including, among our top ten customers by revenue in 2012, Great Plains Communications Inc., Intelleq Communications LLC, Lynx Network Group, Inc., US Carrier Telecom, LLC, US Signal Company, LLC, Vision Net, Inc. and Windstream Corporation.

Historically, our revenue has been derived primarily from customers located in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, our largest customer was Windstream Corporation, which accounted for approximately 37% and 45% of our revenue, respectively. No other customer represented greater than 10% of our revenue in either of these periods. Windstream has publically indicated its intention to reduce its overall capital expenditures in 2013. Accordingly, we expect our revenue derived from sales to Windstream to decline in future periods. We also expect our revenue derived from sales to Windstream to decline as a percentage of our revenue in future periods as we expand our customer base both in the United States and internationally.

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition, approximately 6.9%, 12.3% and 9.3% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, was attributable to Independent Operating Companies, or IOCs, and other telecommunications network providers that used government-supported loan programs or grants to fund purchases from us. Changes to or elimination of similar government programs have occurred in the past and are likely to occur in the future, especially given the current U.S. federal government fiscal issues. To the extent that any of our customers have received grants or loans under government stimulus programs, but no longer have access to such assistance, they may substantially reduce or curtail future purchases of our solutions.

Revenue from customers located outside of the United States was approximately 1% and 5% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. We expect the percentage of our revenue derived from international sales to significantly increase in future periods.

Our customers have historically purchased our solutions using a pay-as-you-grow approach that begins with a targeted product purchase to address specific services or portions of their networks and expands over time to additional product purchases as they experience the benefits of our solutions. The sales cycle for a new customer deployment, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. Typically, after we have completed an initial customer deployment, we experience much shorter sales cycles.

We have historically employed a direct sales model. During 2012, we began to transition to a mixed sales channel approach, complementing our direct sales force with a channel distribution strategy, particularly in international markets. We expect to generate a substantial portion of our international sales through this network of channel partners in future periods.

We intend to continue to invest in our sales force, field operations and support capacity, deepen our engagement with our current channel partners and establish relationships with new channel partners to target our existing core markets. We also intend to target additional customer verticals, including large data center networks, governments, cable MSOs and enterprises that build and operate large, private networks.

We outsource the manufacturing of our Z-Series platforms. Our outsourced manufacturing model allows us to scale our business without the significant capital investment and ongoing expenses required to establish and maintain manufacturing operations. Our Z-Series platforms leverage industry standard components, and we work closely with our contract manufacturer and key suppliers to manage the procurement, quality and cost of these components. We seek to maintain an optimal level of finished goods inventory to meet our forecasted sales and unanticipated shifts in sales volume and mix.

We believe that our technological advantages will continue to support our growth and demand for our solutions. However, our business may be affected by future challenging economic conditions, decreased availability of capital for network infrastructure projects, as well as whether the market for Blue Planet develops. In addition, capital spending in our industry is cyclical and sporadic, can change on short notice, and can fluctuate in response to outside factors, such as the availability of government stimulus assistance. As a result, changes in spending behavior in any given quarter or during any economic downturn can reduce our revenue. Spending on network construction, maintenance, expansion and upgrades is also affected by seasonality, delays in the purchasing cycles and reductions in budgets of network operators. Finally, we may face direct and indirect risks as a result of our planned international expansion, including expenses of doing business in multiple jurisdictions, differing regulatory environments, foreign currency fluctuations and varying collection practices.

 

47


Table of Contents

How We Generate Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from the sales of our Z-Series platforms, subscriptions and licenses to our Blue Planet software-defined networking solutions and various professional service fees.

Cyan Z-Series

Our Z-Series hardware is a family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Each Z-Series platform is comprised of a chassis that supports a variety of interchangeable Z-Series line cards to provide a wide range of network applications. Our customers make an initial purchase of chassis and line cards to address their particular network deployment needs, then typically make subsequent purchases of line cards and/or larger chassis as the capacity and service needs of their networks evolve. The majority of our revenue is generated from sales of our Z-Series platforms. We generally recognize product revenue at the time of shipment, provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Cyan Blue Planet

In December 2012, we expanded our network virtualization and management software offerings with the commercial launch of Blue Planet. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of the network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our Z-Series platforms. Blue Planet is available to customers regardless of whether they have deployed our Z-Series platforms in their networks. Customers may purchase Blue Planet using standard configurations to address common network needs or may customize their implementations by pairing the Blue Planet orchestration layer with their own selection of applications and element adapters. We intend to offer Blue Planet primarily on a software-as-a-service, or SaaS, subscription basis deployed from the cloud. We invoice Blue Planet SaaS customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the subscription term, which will lead to the majority of these invoiced amounts being treated as deferred revenue that will be recognized ratably over the term. In certain cases, we may offer Blue Planet on a perpetual license basis bundled with maintenance and support. In such circumstances, and until we have established vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of the maintenance and support element of the arrangement, we will invoice Blue Planet license customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the license term, which will lead to the majority of these invoiced amounts being treated as deferred revenue that will be recognized ratably over the term. Given its recent introduction, Blue Planet revenue has been immaterial to date.

CyNOC Professional Services

Our CyNOC offering is a network operations center service through which we monitor, and, in some cases, manage our customers’ multi-vendor networks. Additionally, a number of our customers which maintain their own internal NOC leverage our services as a backup NOC. These services are typically sold to our customers for a one-year term at the time of the initial product sale and renewed on an annual basis thereafter.

Maintenance, Support and Training Services

We offer Cyan PRO professional services, including our CySupport and CyService offerings, to provide a variety of customer service products and support through our technical support engineers as well as through our growing network of authorized and certified channel partners. These services are sold to our customers at the time of the initial product sale, typically for one-year terms that customers may choose to renew for successive annual or multi-year periods.

 

48


Table of Contents

CySupport is our integrated software maintenance and technical support services package, which provides all essential software and services in one simple and cost-effective package.

CyService encompasses a range of additional professional services to assist our customers with network deployment and installation services. These services are invoiced separately at the time of the initial product sale. We also provide training and other professional services to our end-customers, including services related to the implementation, use, functionality and ongoing maintenance of our products. These services are invoiced separately when the services are delivered.

Deferred Revenue

Our deferred revenue consists of amounts that have been invoiced but that have not yet been recognized as revenue as of the period end, pending completion of the revenue recognition process. Our deferred revenue was $5.2 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The majority of our deferred revenue consists of amounts related to sales of our Z-Series platforms, and relates primarily to shipped and billed hardware awaiting customer acceptance. The remainder consists of subscription and support and maintenance revenue that is recognized ratably over the contractual service period. We monitor our deferred revenue balance because it represents a significant portion of revenue to be recognized in future periods. Over the longer term, we expect that the proportion of our deferred revenue relating to subscriptions under our SaaS model for Blue Planet will increase relative to Z-Series related deferred revenue. In most cases, we expect to invoice our customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the annual term of the Blue Planet subscription, which will lead to the majority of these invoiced amounts being treated as deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the subscription.

Components of Operating Results

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of manufacturing costs of our products payable to our contract manufacturer. Our cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty, hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing, installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of Blue Planet.

Gross Margin

Gross margin, or gross profit as a percentage of revenue, has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors. In the near term, we generally expect gross margin to increase modestly as a result of our continued efforts and those of our contract manufacturer to manage our supply chain and raw materials pricing and scale efficiencies in our production model, as well as shifts in product mix from line cards that are more focused on pure optical transport to line cards with packet handling capabilities. In the longer term, we expect that the market adoption of Blue Planet, and the resulting increase in Blue Planet revenue as a percentage of our revenue, will contribute to increases in gross margin. From time to time, however, we may experience lower gross margin in any particular period as a result of large initial deployments. These deployments typically include a significant proportion of lower-margin Z-Series chassis. As our customers expand their networks after large initial deployments, they typically purchase additional higher-margin line cards.

 

49


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of our operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and with regard to sales and marketing expense, sales commissions.

Research and Development.     Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel and consultant costs. Research and development expense also includes costs for prototypes, product certification, travel, depreciation, recruiting and allocated costs for certain facilities and benefits costs allocated based on headcount. In 2012, we nearly doubled the size of our engineering team, predominantly with software engineers, as we have broadened our focus on Blue Planet. We expect the total dollar amount of research and development expense to increase for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in our future products and services as described above. Despite the expected increase in our research and development spending, these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period based on fluctuations in our revenue and the timing of the significant research and development spending.

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs including commission costs. We expense commission costs as incurred. Sales and marketing expense also includes the costs of trade shows, marketing programs, promotional materials, demonstration equipment, travel, depreciation, recruiting and allocated costs for certain facilities and benefits costs. In 2012, we nearly doubled the size of our sales force, with substantial growth of our sales presence internationally. We expect sales and marketing expense to continue to increase in dollar amount as we increase the size of our sales and marketing organizations to increase touch points with end-customers and to expand our international presence, although our sales and marketing expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period depending on the timing of those expenses.

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expense consists of personnel costs as well as costs for professional services. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance, human resources, IT and legal organizations. Professional services consist primarily of legal, auditing, accounting, and other consulting costs. We expect general and administrative expense to continue to increase for the foreseeable future due to expansion of our finance and legal departments to support our public company reporting requirements, as well as additional legal and accounting fees, insurance, investor relations, and other costs associated with being a public company. Our general and administrative expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period depending on the timing of those expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest on our notes payable and capital leases as well as amortization of loan fees. In December 2012, we established a new loan facility consisting of a revolving loan facility and a term loan facility governed by a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB. Under the revolving loan facility, we may, from time to time, borrow up to $10.0 million due December 2014 at a floating annual interest rate equal to the greater of 3.25% or the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2012). Under the term loan facility we may, from time to time, borrow up to $5.0 million due 48 months following an advance at an annual interest rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5%, which will float for the first 12 months of the loan and will be fixed thereafter. Borrowings under the loan facility are secured by a first-priority security interest in our assets, excluding our intellectual property and certain other assets. Borrowings under the loan facility are subject to our compliance with certain negative and affirmative covenants, including financial

 

50


Table of Contents

covenants, covenants relating to our ability to incur other indebtedness, our maintenance of depository accounts with SVB, our selling assets or entering into change of control transactions, liens on our assets and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. As of December 31, 2012, we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and $7.6 million as revolving loans under the agreement.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the change in fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability offset in part by interest income. Preferred stock warrants are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets and their estimated fair value is re-measured at each balance sheet date with the corresponding change recorded within other income (expense), net. If the fair value of our common stock increases, the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability will increase, which will also increase the charges recognized through other income (expense), net. We expect the fair value of preferred stock warrant liability to increase in future periods prior to completion of this offering. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will either be exercised or converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of our common stock, and warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will either be exercised or terminated, and as a result, we will no longer be required to mark-to-market the fair value of such warrants.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists primarily of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Due to the uncertainty as to the realization of the benefits of our domestic deferred tax assets (including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development and other tax credits), we have a full valuation allowance reserved against such assets. We expect to maintain this full valuation allowance in the near term. We also expect our provision for income taxes to increase in future years.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $73.7 million of federal and $74.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for U.S. federal income tax and 2016 for state income tax purposes and may fully expire by 2031. Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset any future taxable income may currently, or in the future be subject to limitations in the event that we experience a change of ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code.

 

51


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of our financial results is not necessarily indicative of our future results.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 23,484      $ 40,421      $ 95,872   

Cost of revenue

     18,263        27,074        57,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,221        13,347        38,557   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     10,430        12,986        18,447   

Sales and marketing

     7,919        12,825        25,243   

General and administrative

     2,380        3,310        6,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,729        29,121        49,745   

Loss from operations

     (15,508     (15,774     (11,188

Interest expense

     (429     (419     (33

Other income (expense), net

     (406     322        (5,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (835     (97     (5,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,343     (15,871     (16,561

Provision for income taxes

     1        14        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ —         $ 73       $ 57   

Research and development

     57         338         745   

Sales and marketing

     66         229         656   

General and administrative

     72         125         639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 195       $ 765       $ 2,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     77.8        67.0        59.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     22.2        33.0        40.2   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     44.4        32.1        19.2   

Sales and marketing

     33.7        31.7        26.3   

General and administrative

     10.1        8.2        6.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     88.2        72.0        51.8   

Loss from operations

     (66.0     (39.0     (11.7

Interest expense

     (1.8     (1.0     —     

Other income (expense), net

     (1.7     0.7        (5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (3.6     (0.3     (17.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (69.6     (39.3     (17.3

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (69.6 )%      (39.3 )%      (17.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2011      2012      Change  
     Amount      Amount      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 40,421       $ 95,872       $ 55,451         137.2%   

Revenue increased by $55.5 million, or 137.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable to increased unit shipments of our Z-Series platforms. Approximately 95% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to customers located in the United States. We believe that an improving economy, continued growth in bandwidth demand and increased acceptance of our software-defined networking technology and our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as an alternative to router-based architecture, contributed to our revenue growth. To drive and support this growing demand and increase our revenue, we doubled our sales and marketing headcount from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2011      2012      Change  
     Amount      Amount      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 27,074       $ 57,315       $ 30,241         111.7%   

Gross profit

   $ 13,347       $ 38,557       $ 25,210         188.9%   

Gross margin

     33.0%         40.2%         7.2%      

Cost of revenue increased by $30.2 million, or 111.7%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in revenue.

 

53


Table of Contents

Gross profit increased by $25.2 million and gross margin increased by 7.2% from 33.0% to 40.2% from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012. Of the 7.2% increase in gross margin, approximately 4% was attributable to improved profitability on sales of our solutions. This improvement was principally due to component and materials cost reductions resulting from a combination of dual sourcing of various components, which enabled us to obtain more favorable component pricing, and volume discounts attributable to the higher volume of component purchases. To a lesser extent, the increase in gross margin was positively affected by a decrease in our manufacturing overhead resulting from scale efficiencies as a result of higher volume production.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2011      2012      Change  
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 12,986         32.1%       $ 18,447         19.2%       $ 5,461         42.1%   

Sales and marketing

     12,825         31.7%         25,243         26.3%         12,418         96.8%   

General and administrative

     3,310         8.2%         6,055         6.3%         2,745         82.9%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 29,121         72.0%       $ 49,745         51.8%       $ 20,624         70.8%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and development expense increased by $5.5 million, or 42.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses of $5.0 million (including a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation) resulting from an increase in headcount of 37, primarily to support continued investment in Blue Planet and our Z-Series platforms. Additional components of the increase include an increase of $0.3 million in depreciation of property and equipment to support our product development efforts and an increase of $0.8 million in consulting expenses. These increases were offset in part by a $0.8 million decrease in expensed prototypes and supplies.

Sales and marketing expense increased by $12.4 million, or 96.8%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase of $6.4 million (including a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation) in personnel-related expenses due to the expansion of our sales force. Sales and marketing headcount increased by 46 from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, representing an increase of 97.9%. As a result of increasing our sales and marketing headcount and international expansion, we also experienced increases in travel and related expenses of $1.8 million and consulting and outside services of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011. Commission expenses also increased by $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 due to the increased revenue for the period.

General and administrative expense increased by $2.7 million, or 82.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in headcount of 11, which resulted in increased personnel-related expenses of $1.8 million (including a $0.5 million increase in stock-based compensation) due to the hiring of additional executive and other administrative employees to support our growth. Additional components included modest increases in accounting related expenses and increased legal costs.

 

54


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2011      2012      Change  
     Amount      Amount      Amount  
     (in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ 419       $ 33       $ (386

Interest expense for 2011 related to our capital leases and notes payable. In the second quarter of 2011, we made final payments on our capital lease obligations. In addition, our notes payable matured and were repaid in the first quarter of 2012, and additional 2012 obligations under our revolving loans and term loans were incurred in late December 2012. As a result, we expect our interest expense to increase in future periods.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
       
     2011     2012     Change  
     Amount     Amount     Amount  
     (in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 14      $ 33      $ 19   

Interest expense

     (419     (33     386   

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     313        (5,354     (5,667

Foreign currency

     (6     (20     (14

Other

     1        1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (97   $ (5,373   $ (5,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net changed from income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to an expense of $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, due to the change in value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities of $5.4 million. This change was due to the increase in the underlying valuation of our capital stock, which was partially offset by the decrease in the expected term of the warrant as it comes closer to expiration.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
               
     2010      2011      Change  
     Amount      Amount      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 23,484       $ 40,421       $ 16,937         72.1%   

Revenue increased by $16.9 million, or 72.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was attributable to increased unit shipments of our Z-Series platforms. Approximately 99% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 was attributable to customers located in the United States. We believe that an improving economy, continued growth in bandwidth demand and increased acceptance of our software-defined networking technology and our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as an alternative to router-based architecture, contributed to our revenue growth. To drive and support this growing demand and increase our revenue, we doubled our sales and marketing headcount from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.

 

55


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31
               
     2010      2011      Change  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 18,263       $ 27,074       $ 8,811         48.2%   

Gross profit

   $ 5,221       $ 13,347       $ 8,126         155.6%   

Gross margin

     22.2%         33.0%         10.8%      

Cost of revenue increased by $8.8 million, or 48.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in revenue.

Gross profit increased by $8.1 million and gross margin increased by 10.8% from 22.2% to 33.0% from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the 10.8% increase in gross margin, approximately 8% was attributable to improved profitability on sales of our solutions. This improvement was principally due to component and materials cost reductions resulting from a combination of dual sourcing of various components, which enabled us to obtain more favorable component pricing, and volume discounts attributable to the higher volume of component purchases. To a lesser extent, the increase in gross margin was positively affected by a decrease in our manufacturing overhead resulting from scale efficiencies as a result of higher volume production.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
     2010      2011      Change  
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      % of
revenue
     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 10,430         44.4%       $ 12,986         32.1%       $ 2,556         24.5%   

Sales and marketing

     7,919         33.7%         12,825         31.7%         4,906         62.0%   

General and administrative

     2,380         10.1%         3,310         8.2%         930         39.1%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 20,729         88.2%       $ 29,121         72.0%       $ 8,392         40.5%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and development expense increased by $2.6 million, or 24.5%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily attributable to an increase of $2.9 million in personnel-related expenses due to an increase of research and development headcount of 23 and an increase of $0.4 million in depreciation of equipment to support our product development efforts. These increases were offset in part by a $0.9 million decrease in expensed prototypes and supplies.

Sales and marketing expense increased by $4.9 million, or 62.0%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase of $3.0 million in personnel-related expenses resulting from the sales and marketing headcount increase of 23. As a result of increasing our headcount, we also experienced an increase in travel and related expenses of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. Commission expenses also increased by $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due to increased revenue for the period.

General and administrative expense increased by $0.9 million, or 39.1%, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to an increase in headcount as we added personnel in late 2010 and early 2011 to support our growth and infrastructure, which

 

56


Table of Contents

resulted in increased personnel-related expenses of $0.9 million and $0.2 million for increases in legal and insurance costs. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $0.2 million in the use of outside services as we hired additional support staff to manage administrative functions.

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
        
     2010      2011      Change  
     Amount      Amount      Amount  
     (in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ 429       $ 419       $ (10

Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 related to our capital leases and notes payable. In the second quarter of 2011, we made final payments on our capital lease obligations.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
       
     2010     2011     Change  
     Amount     Amount     Amount  
     (in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 1      $ 14      $ 13   

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (411     313        724   

Foreign currency

     —          (6     (6

Other

     4        1        (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (406   $ 322      $ 728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net changed from an expense of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to income of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to the change in value of preferred stock warrant liabilities of $0.7 million. This change was driven by the increase in the underlying valuation of our capital stock.

 

57


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated. The consolidated financial statements for each of these quarters have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated results of operations for these periods. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sept.30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 9,288      $ 8,419      $ 9,594      $ 13,120      $ 14,187      $ 23,069      $ 28,843      $ 29,773   

Cost of revenue

     6,497        5,885        6,317        8,375        8,467        13,456        17,572        17,820   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,791        2,534        3,277        4,745        5,720        9,613        11,271        11,953   

Operating expenses:

                

Research and development

     2,705        3,526        3,256        3,499        3,552        3,864        4,889        6,142   

Sales and marketing

     2,731        3,018        3,148        3,927        4,774        5,607        6,798        8,064   

General and administrative

     789        840        796        886        910        1,236        1,741        2,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,225        7,384        7,200        8,312        9,236        10,707        13,428        16,374   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (3,434     (4,850     (3,923     (3,567     (3,516     (1,094     (2,157     (4,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (263     22        (36     180        (376     (374     (1,041     (3,582
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (3,697     (4,828     (3,959     (3,387     (3,892     (1,468     (3,198     (8,003

Provision for income taxes

     2        4        3        5        8        9        10        13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3,699   $ (4,832   $ (3,962   $ (3,392   $ (3,900   $ (1,477   $ (3,208   $ (8,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (1.59   $ (2.03   $ (1.63   $ (1.39   $ (1.60   $ (0.59   $ (1.26   $ (3.13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     2,326        2,379        2,436        2,441        2,441        2,512        2,545        2,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2011
     June 30,
2011
     Sept. 30,
2011
     Dec. 31,
2011
     Mar. 31,
2012
     June 30,
2012
     Sept. 30,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2012
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 39       $ 25       $ 4       $ 4       $ 8       $ 8       $ 9       $ 32   

Research and development

     70         81         91         96         105         116         163         361   

Sales and marketing

     49         57         60         63         90         113         169         284   

General and administrative

     17         34         35         40         49         108         225         257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 175       $ 197       $ 190       $ 203       $ 252       $ 345       $ 566       $ 934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected unaudited consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Mar. 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    Mar. 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    70        70        66        64        60        58        61        60   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    30        30        34        36        40        42        39        40   

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    29        42        34        26        25        17        17        21   

Sales and marketing

    29        35        33        30        34        24        23        27   

General and administrative

    9        10        8        7        6        5        6        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    67        87        75        63        65        46        46        55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (37)        (57)        (41)        (27)        (25)        (4)        (7)        (15)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (3)        —          —          1        (3)        (2)        (4)        (12)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (40)        (57)        (41)        (26)        (28)        (6)        (11)        (27)   

Provision for income taxes

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (40)     (57)     (41)     (26)     (28)     (6)     (11)     (27)
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased year-over-year for all periods presented. We believe that comparisons of our year-over-year quarterly revenue are more meaningful than comparisons of our sequential results due to seasonality in the sale of our products and services to varying degrees. We generally expect an increase in business activity as we approach December, as some of our customers accelerate spending to use remaining capital budget dollars. Similarly, we generally expect a decrease in business activity in our first quarter, as many of our customers develop and finalize their spending budgets for the year. From time to time, however, customers may place large orders that may significantly impact sequential trends. For example, in our quarter ended March 31, 2011, we had a large order with one customer that led to strong growth in our revenue for the quarter. The lack of a similar sized order contributed to a decline in revenue on a sequential basis in the following quarter ended June 30, 2011. While we believe that seasonal trends will continue to affect our quarterly results, our recent rapid growth has largely mitigated the effect of these seasonal trends. Historical patterns in our business may not be a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Quarterly Gross Margin Trends

Gross margin has increased year-over-year for all periods presented. This increase was largely driven by our continued efforts and those of our contract manufacturer to manage our supply chain and raw materials pricing, growth in revenue resulting in scale efficiencies and shifts in product mix from line cards that are more focused on pure optical transport to line cards with packet-handling capabilities as customers increasingly address applications formerly handled by routers with our

 

59


Table of Contents

packet-optical solutions. We expect our gross margin to fluctuate in a similar pattern to the seasonality we observe in our revenue given the relatively fixed nature of our manufacturing overhead. The decrease in gross margin for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2012 reflected price competition associated with a large customer opportunity and an increase in sales of chassis relative to line cards resulting from a significant number of new customer deployments.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Total operating expenses increased year-over-year for all periods presented primarily due to the addition of personnel in connection with the expansion of our business. The addition of headcount has been the primary cause of increases in operating expenses to date, and we expect this trend to continue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We had cash and cash equivalents of $20.2 million at December 31, 2012. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. We did not have any short-term or long-term investments at December 31, 2012.

Since inception, we have financed our operations and capital expenditures primarily through private sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock for aggregate net proceeds of $98.1 million, as well as through a commercial credit facility and capital leases.

We borrowed approximately $6.0 million under a commercial lender growth capital credit facility and various other promissory note agreements to finance hardware and software product development from 2008 to 2009. These borrowings were repaid at various dates through January 2012. In December 2012, we established a new loan facility consisting of a revolving loan facility and a term loan facility governed by a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank under which we may borrow up to a combined $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and $7.6 million as revolving loans under the agreement. Loans drawn under the agreement will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

In 2008 and 2010, we entered into four capital leases for financed equipment, which were repaid at various dates through October 2011.

We plan to continue to invest for long-term growth. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our expected cash flow from operations and the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

The following table summarizes our cash flows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operations

   $ (14,650   $ (13,423   $ (12,463

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,289     (2,772     (5,698

Net cash provided by financing activities

     26,645        7,888        12,634   

Effect of exchange rates on cash

     —          (27     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,706      $ (8,334   $ (5,519
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

We used cash in operations of $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of a net loss of $16.6 million which was partially offset by $9.3 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and revaluation of preferred stock warrants. In addition, we experienced increases in a majority of our working capital accounts, primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in the business. Accounts receivable increased $12.7 million, primarily due to the significant increase in shipments and billings and inventories increased $8.2 million as we prepared for increases in shipments to customers based on demand for our products. These changes were partially offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $12.2 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred costs of $5.9 million related to such deferred revenue. In addition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased approximately $7.6 million, primarily as a result of significant inventory purchases and timing of payments of invoices from our contract manufacturer. Additionally, accrued compensation increased by $2.3 million as we increased total headcount.

We used cash in operations of $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily as a result of a net loss of $15.9 million, which was partially offset by $1.8 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, revaluation of warrants and non-cash interest charges. In addition, we experienced increases in a majority of our working capital accounts, primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in the business. Accounts receivable increased $3.5 million as a result of an increase in sales in the fourth quarter of 2011 and inventory increased $1.9 million as we prepared for increases in shipment to customers based on demand for our products. These changes were partially offset by increase in deferred revenue of $5.0 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred costs of $2.3 million related to such deferred revenue. In addition, accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased approximately $2.9 million, primarily as a result of significant inventory purchases and timing of payments of invoices from our contract manufacturer.

We used cash in operations of $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of a net loss of $16.3 million which was offset by $1.7 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, revaluation of warrants and non-cash interest charges. We experienced increases in a majority of our working capital accounts, primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in our business. Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and other current liabilities increased primarily due to significant increases in our operations as a result of growth in the business. Our inventory decreased due to strong sales and shipments in the fourth quarter of 2010 where we were not able to replenish finished goods until the first quarter of 2011. Customer deposits as of December 31, 2009 related to prepayments from customers that had prepaid, but units had not yet been shipped. We shipped these units in 2010.

Investing Activities

We used $5.7 million, $2.8 million and $1.3 million in cash for investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily related to the purchase of lab equipment, tooling and computer hardware to support our growth.

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected proceeds of $12.6 million related to a $7.6 million draw on our newly established revolving loan facility, a $5.0 million draw on our newly established term loan facility and $116,000 from the exercise of stock options.

 

61


Table of Contents

We generated $7.9 million in cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of our issuance of 110,446 and 2,138,535 shares of Series E and F redeemable convertible preferred stock, respectively, for aggregate net proceeds of $10.4 million. This increase was partially offset by $2.6 million in payments on our capital lease and notes payable obligations.

Cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $26.6 million as a result of our issuance of 6,626,765 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $29.9 million. This increase was partially offset by $3.3 million in payments on our capital lease and notes payable obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Known Future Cash Requirements

Debt and Capital Leases

On December 21, 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with SVB. The agreement provides a revolving loan facility of up to $10.0 million and a term loan facility of up to $5.0 million, for a total loan facility of up to $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and $7.6 million as revolving loans under the agreement. Loans drawn under the Loan and Security Agreement will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Revolving loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2012). For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. On the date following such 12 month period and thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.

Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly in arrears. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until December 21, 2014, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Principal on each term loan advance is payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning 12 months after the date on which such term loan advance is made. Prepayments of the revolving loan facility and the term loan facility prior to their respective termination dates will be subject to early termination fees, subject to certain exceptions.

Our obligations under the Loan and Security Agreement are secured by a security interest on substantially all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property and certain other assets. Additionally, our future domestic subsidiaries, if any, may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the agreement. The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions. We must also comply with a minimum adjusted quick ratio financial covenant, which is the ratio of our unrestricted cash and net billed accounts receivable to our current liabilities minus the current portion of our deferred revenue.

The Loan and Security Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, investor abandonment, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, SVB may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

 

62


Table of Contents

Operating Leases and Purchase Commitments

We lease our headquarters in Petaluma, California and other locations worldwide under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates through 2015. In addition, we subcontract with other companies to manufacture and supply components for our products. During the normal course of business, our contract manufacturer procures components from suppliers based on our forecasts. If we cancel all or part of the orders, we will be liable to our contract manufacturer for the cost of the components purchased by the subcontractors to manufacture our products. We periodically review this potential liability and, as of December 31, 2012, we have no significant related accruals recorded. Our financial position and results of operations could be negatively impacted if we are required to compensate our contract manufacturer for any unrecorded liabilities incurred.

The following table summarizes our fixed and determinable contractual obligations at December 31, 2012, including leases:

 

     Total      Less
Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More
Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 1,819       $ 630       $ 1,030       $ 159       $ —     

Revolving loan(1)

     7,563         7,563         —           —           —     

Term loan(2)

     5,477         178         5,299         —           —     

Purchase commitments(3)

     6,571         6,571         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,430       $ 14,942       $ 6,329       $ 159       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Accrues interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2012).
(2) Includes $5.0 million of principal and approximately $477,000 of expected interest.
(3) Consists of minimum purchase commitments with our contract manufacturer.

Future Capital Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with our expected cash flow from operations and the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our projected operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. To the extent that funds from this offering, combined with existing cash, cash equivalents and operating cash flows are insufficient to fund our future activities and requirements, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. If we issue equity securities in order to raise additional funds, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may occur. If we raise cash through the issuance of indebtedness, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions on our business. We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional funds on favorable terms, or at all.

Guaranties, Warranties and Indemnifications

We generally offer hardware warranties on our products for one to eight years based on a tiered structure as determined by the type of customer. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s, or FASB’s, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies, we record an accrual when we believe it is estimable and probable based upon historical experience. We record a provision for estimated future warranty work in cost of goods sold upon recognition of revenue and we review the resulting accrual regularly and periodically adjust it to reflect changes in warranty estimates.

 

63


Table of Contents

From time to time, we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from our use of the applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under which we be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with us; (iii) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that our product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right; and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which we may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against us arising from our acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not been required to make any payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in our consolidated balance sheets.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with revenue recognition, inventory, warranty and stock-based compensation have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we consider these to be our critical accounting policies and estimates. For further information on all of our significant accounting policies, please see Note 1 of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we will utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-“emerging growth companies.”

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue from the sales of our networking and packet-optical solutions. These solutions include our Z-Series high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, our Blue Planet platform and applications and support, maintenance and other services. Our solutions are sold primarily through our direct sales force.

 

64


Table of Contents

Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria have been met:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.     Customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery has occurred.     Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

 

  Ÿ  

The price is fixed or determinable .     We assess whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

  Ÿ  

Collectability is reasonably assured.     We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

We recognize product revenue at the time of shipment provided that all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. From time to time, we offer customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts. We recognize services revenue from subscriptions and support and maintenance ratably over the service period, typically one year.

Most of our arrangements, other than renewals of subscriptions and support and maintenance, are multiple-element arrangements with a combination of hardware, software, subscriptions, support and maintenance and other services. Products and services generally qualify as separate units of accounting. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, U.S. GAAP requires we allocate revenue to individual elements using VSOE of the selling price, third-party evidence, or TPE, of the selling price, or our best estimated selling price, or BESP, of deliverables if VSOE and TPE cannot be determined. Our hardware deliverables typically include proprietary operating system software, which together deliver the essential functionality of our products. When allocating consideration, we first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to our estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Because the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting, we recognize revenue upon delivery of each element.

To determine the estimated selling price in multiple-element arrangements, we establish VSOE of the selling price using the prices charged for a deliverable when sold separately and, for subscriptions and support and maintenance, based on the renewal rates and discounts offered to customers. If VSOE of the selling price cannot be established for a deliverable, we establish TPE of the selling price by evaluating similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements with similarly situated customers. However, as our products contain a significant element of unique technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from our competitors, we have historically been unable to obtain comparable pricing of our competitors’ products with similar functionality on a standalone basis. Therefore, we have not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of the selling price. If neither VSOE nor TPE of the selling price can be established for a deliverable, we establish BESP primarily based on historical transaction pricing. Historical transactions are segregated based on our pricing model and our go-to-market strategy, which include factors such as market vertical, type of sales channel (reseller or end-customer), the geographies in which our products and services were sold (domestic or international) and offering type (products or services). In analyzing historical transaction pricing, we evaluate whether a majority of the prices charged for a product, as represented by a percentage of list price, fall within a reasonable range. To further support

 

65


Table of Contents

the best estimate of selling price as determined by the historical transaction pricing or when such information is unavailable, such as when there are limited sales of a new product, we consider the same factors we have established through our pricing model and go-to-market strategy. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our management. In determining BESP, we rely on certain assumptions and apply significant judgment. As our business offerings evolve over time, we may be required to modify our estimated selling prices in subsequent periods, and our revenue could be adversely affected.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. Our arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination, or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

We enter into arrangements with certain of our customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service, or RUS, to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, we do not recognize revenue until we have received formal acceptance from the customer, and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Inventories

Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from our contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and on order and record write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based on our estimate of the demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds our estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margin. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we recorded a provision of $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for excess or obsolete inventory in cost of revenue in the accompanying statements of operations.

Warranty

Our products are covered by a warranty for periods generally ranging from one to eight years. We recognize estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based on historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposure. Actual warranty expenses are charged against our estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect our warranty liability include the number of installed units and historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. An increase in warranty claims or the related costs associated with satisfying these warranty obligations could increase our cost of sales and negatively affect our gross margin. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, our warranty liability was $0.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

Compensation expense related to stock-based compensation, including employee and non-employee director awards, is measured and recognized in the financial statements based on fair value. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The assumptions we use in the valuation model are based on future expectations regarding our business, combined with management judgment. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this guidance, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award.

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date represents the board of directors’ best estimates; however, the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of our common stock, our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

Fair Value of Our Common Stock .    Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

Expected Term .    The expected term represents the period that our share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term was generally estimated using the simplified method allowed under SEC guidance. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-vesting and the contractual life of the awards. We intend to continue to utilize the simplified method for all “regular” awards until we have established a reasonable period of representative trading history as a public company, at which time we will determine the expected term based on the historical option exercise behavior of our option holders, expectations about future option exercise behavior and post-vesting cancellation.

Volatility .    As we have been a private company and do not have a trading history for our common stock, we estimated the expected stock price volatility by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers that we selected based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. We selected the peer group of companies from publicly traded companies in the same or similar lines of business to us, with consideration given to the fact that these companies had longer operating lives and were larger when compared to us, typically both in terms of revenue and net worth. We also selected companies with similar growth rates to us. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in these industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. Higher volatility and longer expected lives would result in an increase to stock-based compensation expense determined at the date of grant.

Risk-free Rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of zero coupon U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the options.

 

67


Table of Contents

Dividend Yield .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

The following table presents the assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

Volatility

     56.7%-59.5%         55.0%-56.7%         55.0%   

Expected term (in years)

     6.08         6.08         6.08   

Risk-free rate

     1.4%-2.6%         0.97%-2.25%         0.62%-1.02%   

Dividend yield

     —  %         —  %         —  %   

In addition to assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures since the beginning of the option plan. We routinely evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and expectations of future option exercise behavior. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the forfeiture rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, stock-based compensation for future awards may differ materially compared with the awards granted previously.

Common Stock Valuations

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based compensation awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair values of the common stock underlying our stock-based compensation awards were determined by our board of directors, with input from management. Our board of directors has been and continues to be comprised of a majority of non-employee directors that we believe have the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date.

Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock including:

 

  Ÿ  

contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party valuation specialists;

 

  Ÿ  

sales by the company of preferred stock to outside investors in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of the company preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

68


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance and forecasts;

 

  Ÿ  

the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies;

 

  Ÿ  

hiring of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction by us and risks related to market acceptance of new products or services;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

the general lack of private, third-party, secondary transactions in our common and preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

adjustments necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions; and

 

  Ÿ  

other changes in the company since the last time the board of directors had approved option grants and made a determination of fair value.

In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants issued prior to this initial public offering, we estimated the business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocated the BEV to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). For all periods below, our BEV was determined as the average of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach and the market-based approach. We believe an equal weighting under the two valuation approaches was appropriate for all of these periods considering the inherent strengths and weaknesses of each valuation approach. We believe that neither valuation technique was more reflective of our BEV than the other after taking into account our continued progress as an enterprise.

We believe the income approach provided an appropriate indicator of our BEV based on discounted projected cash flows, particularly given our operating history. In the application of the income approach, a discounted cash flow method, or DCF, is utilized. The DCF method estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The terminal value was estimated by applying a multiple to the terminal year’s debt free net income. This multiple was selected based on market multiples observed as well as long-term market indices. The terminal value was then discounted to its present value and added to the present value of the cash flows from the discrete projection period.

The market approach was applied as we believed that the market multiples of our comparable industry peer companies would be an appropriate measure to determine our BEV while factoring in our inherent strengths and weaknesses relative to comparable public company industry peer companies. The market approach measures the value of a business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focused on comparing us to the group of peer companies. In applying the market approach, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of a peer company group. We selected the peer group of companies from publicly-traded companies in the same or similar lines of business to us, with consideration given to the fact that these companies had longer operating lives and were larger when compared to us, typically both in terms of revenue and net worth. We also selected companies with similar growth rates to us. This same peer group of companies was used for the volatility calculation in our Black-Scholes option pricing model. We then apply multiples to our operating data, with an emphasis on revenue multiples given our lack of profitability, to arrive at a range of indicated values of the company.

 

69


Table of Contents

Our indicated BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options, using an option pricing method, or OPM. OPM treats preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options as call options on an enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale or initial public offering, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option. In our case, we assumed that the preferred stock would convert to common stock based on the computed BEV for the periods presented. An OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

Commencing with our valuation for December 2012, we utilized a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to estimate the fair value of our common stock using the methods discussed above. Preparing for this initial public offering led us to apply the PWERM analysis as we had better visibility into the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event in the next year. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for the company: initial public offering; strategic merger or sale; remaining a private company; and liquidation of the company. For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values is estimated, based on the BEV and over a range of possible event dates, all discounted for the time-value of money. The timing of these events is based on management’s estimates. For each future equity value scenario, we determined the appropriate allocation of value to holders of outstanding shares of our common stock. The value of each share of common stock is then multiplied by a discount factor derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected timing of the event. The value per share of common stock is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the possible events based on management’s estimates. The calculated value per share of common stock under each scenario is then discounted for a lack of marketability. A probability-weighted value per share of common stock is then determined.

For each valuation, we prepared financial projections to be used in the income approach. The financial projections took into account our historical financial operating results, our business experiences and our future expectations. We factored the risk associated with achieving our forecast into selecting the appropriate exit multiple and discount rate. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates, as the assumptions we used were highly subjective and subject to change as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that affect our business.

For determining the fair value per share of our common stock for financial reporting purposes for the periods from December 31, 2011 to March 31, 2013, we used a straight-line calculation over the period based on our determination of fair value at each quarter end and November 30, 2012. We determined that the straight-line calculation provided the most reasonable basis for the valuations of the shares of common stock underlying the options granted on these interim dates for financial reporting purposes because we did not identify any single event that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material increase or decrease in fair value. In addition, as discussed in detail below under “October 2012,” we re-evaluated our determination of fair value as of September 30, 2012, and used that updated fair value amount for purposes of our straight-line calculation. A combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock.

 

70


Table of Contents

The following stock options were granted between January 1, 2012 and March 31, 2013 to employees and members of our board of directors with the following fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation:

 

Option Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
     Common
Stock Fair
Value Per
Share
 

February 28, 2012

     694,635       $ 2.49   

March 27, 2012

     436,050       $ 2.65   

May 22, 2012

     1,729,934       $ 2.97   

July 10, 2012

     205,330       $ 3.34   

July 24, 2012

     94,820       $ 3.53   

August 28, 2012

     83,634       $ 4.01   

September 6, 2012

     193,550       $ 4.14   

September 25, 2012

     2,263,695       $ 4.40   

October 23, 2012

     138,905       $ 5.49   

December 22, 2012

     362,228       $ 7.98   

January 29, 2013

     106,570         (1

February 26, 2013

     1,208,427         (1

 

(1) Amounts to be determined in connection with preparation of our financial results for the quarter ending March 31, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested options was $        million and $        million, respectively, based on the estimated fair value for our common stock of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. As of December 31, 2012, we had $11.7 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.22 years. In future periods, we expect our stock-based compensation expense to increase in dollar amount as a result of our existing stock-based compensation to be recognized as these options vest and as we issue additional stock-based awards to attract and retain employees.

The following discussion presents the determination of our board of directors of the fair value per share of our common stock underlying option grants and the exercise price for such option grants, together with our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for financial reporting purposes for the respective periods as follows:

February and March 2012

We experienced continued sequential revenue growth of 37% in the fourth quarter of 2011, generating $13.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2011, compared to $9.6 million for the third quarter of 2011. However, we also experienced continued losses from operations. In connection with these grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2011. We relied upon an average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV. For this valuation, we used a 20% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, a blended revenue multiple of 1.73 for the market approach and a discount for lack of marketability of 29%. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $2.15, consistent with the third-party valuation report. Our board of directors considered numerous factors related to our business and determined that it would set the exercise price of the options at $2.54 per share, consistent with the exercise price for grants in May through October of 2011. For financial reporting purposes, we determined, based on the straight-line calculation, the fair value per share of our common stock to be $2.49 for February 2012 and $2.65 for March 2012.

 

71


Table of Contents

May 2012

Despite certain year-end cyclicality in our business, we experienced continued sequential revenue growth of 8% in the first quarter of 2012, generating $14.2 million for the first quarter of 2012, compared to $13.1 million for the fourth quarter of 2011. Our operating losses were relatively flat at $3.5 million for the same quarters, but our revenue forecast for the remainder of 2012 remained positive, despite these continued operating losses. In connection with these grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of March 31, 2012. We continued to apply the average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV. We also continued to use a 20% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, a blended revenue multiple of 1.79 for the market approach and a discount for lack of marketability of 29%. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $2.67, consistent with the third-party valuation report, and granted options with an exercise price of $2.67 per share. For financial reporting purposes, we determined, based on the straight-line calculation, the fair value per share of our common stock to be $2.97.

July, August and September 2012

We experienced strong sequential revenue growth of 62% in the second quarter of 2012, generating $23.1 million for the second quarter of 2012, compared to $14.2 million for the first quarter of 2012. Our operating losses decreased slightly for the same quarters and our revenue forecast for the remainder of 2012 remained positive. In connection with these grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2012. We continued to use an average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV for the periods covered by the July, August and September 2012 option grants. We also utilized a 25% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, increased from the prior period to account for the fact that we aggressively increased our forecast of projected income as a result of our growth in the second quarter of 2012 and, accordingly, the risk of achieving these higher projections increased. We also used a blended revenue multiple of 1.71 for the market approach and a discount for lack of marketability of 25% reflecting slightly better prospects for a liquidity event based upon the expected performance of our business. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.20, consistent with the third-party valuation report, and granted options with an exercise price of $3.20 per share. For financial reporting purposes, we determined, based on the straight-line calculation, the fair value per share of our common stock to be $3.34 for July 10, 2012, $3.53 for July 24, 2012, $4.01 for August 28, 2012, $4.14 for September 6, 2012 and $4.40 for September 25, 2012.

October 2012

We experienced sequential revenue growth of 25% in the third quarter of 2012, generating $28.8 million for the third quarter of 2012, compared to $23.1 million for the second quarter of 2012. Our operating losses increased slightly sequentially for the same period and our revenue forecast for the remainder of 2012 remained positive. In connection with these grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of September 30, 2012. We continued to use an average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV for the periods covered by the October 2012 option grants. We also utilized a 25% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, a blended revenue multiple of 1.62 for the market approach and a discount for lack of marketability of 25% reflecting better prospects for a liquidity event based upon the expected performance of our business and the commencement of planning with respect to this initial public offering. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $3.61, consistent with the third-party valuation report, and granted options with an exercise price of $3.61 per share. However, for financial reporting purposes, in light of discussions with underwriters in preparation for the initiation of this offering, we re-evaluated the assumptions used in the third-party valuation as of September 30, 2012, that was used to assist our board of directors in its determination of the fair value for equity awards granted in October 2012. The

 

72


Table of Contents

reassessed common stock fair value was determined using the same valuation methodologies used previously except that we determined that it would be appropriate to select a blended revenue multiple of 2.37, which was a higher point in the range of our existing comparable companies, to better reflect our outlook at that time given our preparation for this offering. As a result of this, we determined the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes to be $4.47 as of September 30, 2012. We then determined, based on the straight-line calculation between the re-evaluated September 30, 2012 valuation of $4.47 and the November 30, 2012 valuation of $7.18, the fair value per share of our common stock to be $5.49.

December 2012

We continued with sequential revenue growth throughout the fourth quarter of 2012, which was not yet complete at the time of our December 2012 stock option grants. We also had been preparing for a potential initial public offering, with our initial confidential submission of a registration statement being made on December 20, 2012. In addition, we introduced our Blue Planet platform in December 2012 to enhance our offerings with the goal of increasing our revenue and improving our gross margin. In connection with these grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of November 30, 2012. We continued to use an average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV for the periods covered by the December 2012 option grants. We also utilized a 22.5% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, reflecting a slight decrease over our prior discount rate, a blended revenue multiple of 2.83 for the market approach, and a discount for lack of marketability of 21%, reflecting better prospects for a liquidity event based upon the work performed in support of this initial public offering. This valuation was the first application of the PWERM, with the weighting of the probability of an initial public offering at 60%, a sale of the company at 20%, remaining a private company at 17.5% and a liquidation scenario at 2.5%. We also added some public companies in the communications networking industry to our set of comparable companies, and dropped one company that we believed was less relevant, based upon new information regarding which companies the market may consider most comparable to us, including taking into account companies whose business models included significant software content given our goals for growth with our Blue Planet software offering. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $7.18, consistent with the third-party valuation report, and granted options with an exercise price of $7.18 per share. For financial reporting purposes, we determined, based on the straight-line calculation, the fair value per share of our common stock to be $7.98.

January and February 2013

We finalized our 2012 results and had early indications that our growth was continuing in the first quarter of 2013, including continuing market acceptance of our Blue Planet platform. We also were fully engaged in the preparation for our initial public offering. In connection with our January and February 2013 grants, we obtained a third-party valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2012. We continued to use an average of the income and market approaches to arrive at the BEV for the periods covered by the January and February 2013 option grants. We also utilized a 20% discount rate for the DCM income calculation, reflecting a slight decrease over our prior discount rate, a blended revenue multiple of 3.23 for the market approach, and a discount for lack of marketability of 21%. This valuation also applied the PWERM, with the weighting of the probability of an initial public offering at 70%, a sale of the company at 15%, remaining a private company at 12.5% and a liquidation scenario at 2.5%. We also added an additional public company in the communications networking industry to our set of comparable companies based upon further input from our management influenced by our initial public offering process. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock to be $8.31, consistent with the third-party valuation report, and granted options with an exercise price of $8.31 per share. For financial reporting purposes, we will determine the fair value per share of our common stock as of January and February 2013 based on the straight-line calculation by reference to a third party valuation of our common stock at March 31, 2013.

 

73


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not engage in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, as part of our ongoing business.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, primarily related to interest rate, inflation and foreign currency risks. We also are exposed to risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions that affect our business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our customers and manage our contract manufacturer and suppliers. In addition, our investment strategy has been to invest in cash and cash equivalents. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate any market risk exposures. We have not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that these risks have been material to date.

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds. As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $20.2 million. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and $7.6 million as revolving loans under our Loan and Security Agreement with SVB. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and our outstanding loan amounts, we believe that only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on us. As a result, we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, if our costs, in particular salaries and manufacturing costs, were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Historically, as our operations and sales, including all of our manufacturing, have been primarily in the United States, we have not faced any significant foreign currency risk. As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion efforts.

 

74


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We have pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. Our solutions enable network operators to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance, while reducing costs. We have designed our solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications, including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. By deploying our solutions, network operators can transform legacy networks into open, multi-vendor, carrier-grade software-defined networks, or SDNs. Our solutions not only reduce network operators’ ongoing capital and operating expenses, but also enable their networks to more flexibly support rapidly changing service requirements and new business models.

Network operators, which include service providers as well as others with similar network requirements, are facing immense pressure on their existing networks and business models. New applications and communications trends are driving tremendous growth in bandwidth demand, resulting in increased service requirements as well as dramatic shifts in overall network traffic patterns. At the same time, competition from traditional vendors as well as new market entrants is limiting service providers’ ability to sustain and grow revenue. As a result, service providers must upgrade their networks, and in particular their regional and metro or “middle mile” networks, both to handle the exponential scaling challenges driven by these trends as well as to profitably deliver the growing breadth of premium services demanded by their subscribers. Other network operators are also facing these scalability requirements while seeking to deliver new applications that improve the productivity and efficiency of their businesses. We designed our solutions to enable network operators to address these challenges while scaling their networks and services efficiently.

Fundamental to our solution is our software-defined networking approach that enables an array of Cyan as well as third-party applications to manage and control underlying network infrastructure. In December 2012, we introduced our Blue Planet platform, a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. Blue Planet is designed to simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks. Blue Planet enables our customers to make more efficient use of existing network assets, cost-effectively expand network capacity and significantly accelerate the delivery of premium, revenue-generating services to their customers. By deploying Blue Planet, our customers can also provide their subscribers with network-as-a-service, or NaaS, allowing for real-time tailoring and customization of their network architecture and services to meet their end-customers’ specific needs.

We also offer high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, known as our Cyan Z-Series, designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. Our Z-Series platforms have been designed to transport traffic over the most efficient network layer, utilizing both electrical and optical domains, to enable network operators to maximize network capacity at the lowest cost per bit. Our solutions are designed to support a variety of use cases from traffic aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit switching optimized for handoff at the network core.

 

75


Table of Contents

We were founded in October 2006 to simplify network operations and accelerate innovation through a centralized, open, multi-vendor, software orchestration model. We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. Since then, we have led emerging, carrier-grade SDN initiatives in the industry through our development of open, multi-vendor and multi-layer planning, management and verification software. In April 2010, we launched one of the first multi-layer network management solutions. In December 2012, we launched Blue Planet, our carrier-grade SDN platform that is designed to allow network operators of all types to virtualize their networks and simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks.

Our customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators. We target our customers through our direct sales force and through channel partners. Our solutions have been deployed primarily across North America as well as in Asia and Europe by over 125 customers, including, among our top ten customers by revenue in 2012, Great Plains Communications Inc., Intelleq Communications LLC, Lynx Network Group, Inc., US Carrier Telecom, LLC, US Signal Company, LLC, Vision Net, Inc. and Windstream Corporation.

Our revenue increased from $23.5 million in 2010, to $40.4 million in 2011, and to $95.9 million in 2012. Our net losses were $16.3 million, $15.9 million and $16.6 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Industry Background

Service providers are facing an imperative for significant network and business model transformation. Despite growing demand for bandwidth and expanded service offerings, service provider revenue has remained relatively flat, mainly due to competitive pressures. Accordingly, service providers are increasingly challenged to provide their services in a cost-effective manner and to deliver new services that drive additional revenue streams. In addition, the service provider business model is changing from one of deploying fixed bandwidth to one of dynamically provisioning services. However, due to the proprietary and inflexible nature of existing networks and infrastructure, dynamically provisioning services and managing these networks and infrastructure has become cost-prohibitive. This is especially true in regional and metro networks. In addition, other network operators are also facing these scalability requirements while seeking to deliver new applications that improve the productivity and efficiency of their businesses.

Regional and metro networks sit between core networks—the networks that provide national connectivity—and access networks—the networks that provide the connection point to fixed and mobile business and consumer users. Regional and metro networks distribute the traffic from the core to the access networks and back, thereby enabling the end-to-end communications that connect content and applications to the enterprises and consumers who use them. These networks also typically serve as critical aggregation points, aggregating traffic for transport to other regional and metro networks via core networks.

Traditional regional and metro network architectures were built over decades, and were typically designed to deliver voice and legacy data services, such as frame relay, to business and residential subscribers that were primarily local or proximate to that specific regional or metro network. As services were added or offerings were scaled to serve more subscribers, network operators typically built, operated and managed segregated networks running in parallel. Network operators have historically used a variety of technologies to deliver reliable service at scale, including Ethernet as well as legacy optical technologies such as fixed DWDM and SONET/SDH, which has added to the complex and disparate nature of these legacy regional and metro networks. Given the limitations of legacy optical technology and network design practices, these dedicated and disparate networks are

 

76


Table of Contents

struggling to accommodate the explosion of services with high-bandwidth or strict service level agreement, or SLA, requirements.

Technology Shifts are Pressuring Network Operators to Increase Bandwidth and Enhance Performance

Today’s networks require dramatic transformation to meet the service demands driven by significant technology shifts, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Proliferation of Mobile Devices.      Users of all types are increasingly connecting to networks through powerful mobile devices ranging from smartphones to tablets. According to a September 2012 report, IDC estimates that the market for smart connected devices—a combination of PCs, smartphones and tablets—will grow from 1.2 billion devices in 2012 to over 2 billion devices by 2016. These devices include multiple forms of connectivity such as Wi-Fi and cellular, including 3G and 4G Long-Term Evolution, or LTE, enabling users to remain connected wherever they are and to consume more content. Additionally, according to an August 2012 study, Gartner expects worldwide mobile device traffic to grow from 6.4 million terabytes in 2011 to 91.3 million terabytes in 2016.

 

  Ÿ  

Rapid Adoption of Bandwidth-Intensive Applications.      Innovation in consumer and enterprise applications has driven rapid adoption and increases in time spent online, both in mobile and fixed environments. Moreover, these new types of applications, such as video, social media, gaming and enterprise software-as-a-service, are increasingly bandwidth intensive and latency sensitive. For example, according to a June 2012 IDC report, global video captured by device users grew by approximately 15% in 2011 to 9.1 billion gigabytes, of which 3.2 billion gigabytes were recorded on mobile phones, representing a 68% year-over-year increase.

 

  Ÿ  

Growth in Cloud Computing.      Enterprises and consumers are rapidly adopting cloud-based technologies to host an increasing number of applications, store their data and leverage on-demand computing resources.

At the same time, the nature of data traffic has transformed from static point-to-point fixed connections to dynamic provisioning of new services. As a result, network operators are being forced to upgrade their networks to profitably deliver these premium services as well as to handle the increased demands of their end-customers, which include higher throughput and utilization, better performance and increased provisioning speed in order to deliver high-quality services cost-effectively.

Ethernet has Emerged as the Dominant Network Protocol

As network operators have sought to meet the demand for greater bandwidth and deliver a variety of services at lower costs, their networks increasingly have come under stress. To address these pressures, they have increasingly looked to deploy Ethernet-based technologies. Ethernet standards have evolved significantly and now support carrier-grade public network requirements. Moreover, Ethernet now supports high-bandwidth, carrier-grade environments with enhanced granularity at a significantly lower price per bit than traditional technologies. As subscribers have also been rapidly adopting Ethernet, transitioning to packet-based architectures affords network operators greater flexibility and efficiency in service delivery. According to a December 2012 report, Gartner estimates that revenue from enterprise Ethernet data services is expected to be $20 billion in 2012 and grow to $26 billion in 2016. As a result, we believe that network operators will shift more of their capital budgets towards purchasing Ethernet-based solutions.

 

77


Table of Contents

Regional and Metro Networks Are Increasingly Critical to Network Operators’ Abilities to Scale and Provide Enhanced Services

As the demands on networks increase, regional and metro networks are becoming increasingly critical to network operators’ abilities to scale network capacity as well as aggregate, deliver and manage required services and content efficiently. Additionally, network operators are now seeking to offer new premium services with guaranteed service levels, as opposed to relying on traditional best-efforts service delivery models. Network operators desire to offer premium services for the following applications:

 

  Ÿ  

Business Ethernet.     Providing scalable bandwidth and flexible Ethernet services to support business applications with high service level requirements.

 

  Ÿ  

Cloud Connectivity.     Offering direct, high-speed links to cloud-based services and between data centers.

 

  Ÿ  

Broadband Backhaul.     Transporting traffic for advanced services such as video between the core network and subscribers.

 

  Ÿ  

Wireless Backhaul.     Providing high-capacity transport services at strict service levels optimized for cellular networks.

 

  Ÿ  

Wholesale Transport.     Offering backbone infrastructure to deliver scalable services at low latency under high service levels.

 

  Ÿ  

Private Networks.     The ability to implement IP, Ethernet and optical-based private networks for secure and dedicated bandwidth services.

Legacy Approaches are Inadequate to Address Network Growth and Performance Requirements

Regional and metro networks are highly capital intensive to build, operate and maintain. Historically, network operators have upgraded capacity only as technology and subscriber demands on their networks have changed. Although network operators must increase the scale of their complex networks to accommodate the increased demand for packet-based services, they must also maintain legacy services for subscribers over their existing networks. Legacy approaches to augmenting regional and metro networks suffer from multiple challenges, including limitations on scalability, performance, flexibility and ability to provision new services efficiently and cost-effectively. These legacy approaches include:

 

  Ÿ  

Adding Dedicated Networks.     The historical practice of adding new dedicated and often disparate overlay networks has failed to cost-effectively scale. Deploying disparate overlay networks with hardware and software infrastructure from multiple vendors increases the operational and management complexity and expense associated with operating these networks. Moreover, the capital expense associated with scaling services to other areas of the network is burdensome.

 

  Ÿ  

Deploying Router-Based Products.     Routers have historically been deployed to forward traffic between network connections leveraging a variety of physical mediums and protocols. A router essentially processes every packet that it forwards using commonly available computer processors. Although innovation in router technology has improved processing performance over time, the approach of adding more routers to address continually increasing capacity requirements remains cost-prohibitive. Despite improvements in technology, it is impractical to scale a router-based architecture to address these increasing network requirements, such as 10 gigabit-per-second, or 10G, and 100 gigabit-per-second, or 100G, environments. While routers are required at select network locations, they would be cost-prohibitive to deploy throughout regional and metro transport networks.

 

78


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Modifying Existing Operations Support Systems.     Core operations support systems, or OSS, were designed decades ago to support routine administrative tasks associated with network operations. They interact poorly with modern software systems, are not designed to address the higher level network planning, management and coordination functions necessary in today’s networks and do not provide holistic visibility over the entire network. Traditionally, network operators have implemented a patchwork of disparate software systems that run on top of legacy OSS systems to augment their functionality. This creates difficulties coordinating between systems or network layers, increases maintenance costs and slows the provisioning of new services.

Need for Network Transformation

We believe that the legacy approaches to designing regional and metro networks are inadequate to effectively handle next-generation service demands. Network operators require a new approach to drive network transformation, including new levels of scalability and service flexibility, while reducing their ongoing capital and operating expenses. They are seeking an open architecture that is conducive to deploying multi-vendor, best-of-breed networks and to supporting future innovations while enhancing network efficiency and performance. Moreover, to remain competitive, network operators need to evolve their networks to support higher-bandwidth requirements, introduce new revenue-generating, premium services and manage network traffic at the optimal layer in a low-latency, cost-optimized way using both the optical and Ethernet layers. Accordingly, we believe that network operators require new approaches to both their software and infrastructure to achieve network transformation.

 

  Ÿ  

Software Transformation.     To virtualize their networks and realize the promise of NaaS, network operators must deploy SDNs. SDNs simplify networks and create a more open environment by removing proprietary control planes from legacy network elements and replacing them with a network control plane using protocols such as OpenFlow to orchestrate connections and services over cost-optimized, multi-vendor networks. Utilizing an SDN approach would enable network operators to customize and differentiate their networks and would allow for the development of third-party applications.

Similar to the changes brought about by server virtualization in which IT managers can decouple applications and their environments from the underlying hardware, introducing greater levels of freedom and flexibility in the data center environment, SDNs decouple network logic and policies from the underlying switching hardware, bringing new flexibility into the wide-area networking environment. Network operators that virtualize their networks can partition subsets of their network resources to present a custom network to each enterprise customer, enabling the activation, control and provisioning of services on demand.

 

  Ÿ  

Infrastructure Transformation.     Given the heterogeneous characteristics of regional and metro networks, network operators should embrace multi-layer platforms that provide embedded switching capabilities. These platforms would enable a more flexible network architecture, reducing the dependency on legacy technologies, such as routers, that do not scale cost-effectively. An optimal approach would leverage packet and optical technologies to transport and deliver network traffic over the most appropriate layer, thereby maximizing network capacity and minimizing the cost per bit of traffic.

Network operators need a new approach that incorporates the benefits of software-defined networking and multi-layer switching platforms. We believe that this transformation of network architecture would provide network operators with improved flexibility, increased scalability and performance, accelerated time to value from new services, delivery of a broad range of applications and lower total cost of ownership through decreased capital expenditure and operating expenses.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

We believe that an innovative solution which meets capital budget constraints for both green field deployments and existing network environments is imperative. We also believe that this type of solution would enable network operators to address a range of network upgrades associated with spending typically earmarked for products and markets including Ethernet services edge routing, access aggregation, metro WDM, multi-service provisioning platforms and packet-optical equipment. According to ACG Research, markets for these products were forecasted to collectively represent approximately $15.7 billion in worldwide revenue in 2012. We believe that our solutions address a substantial portion of these aggregated markets. In addition, our solutions also address a portion of the OSS market which is not included in the ACG Research forecast above.

Our Solution

We have pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. Our solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications.

Fundamental to our solution is our software-defined networking approach, which enables an array of Cyan and third-party applications to manage and control underlying network infrastructure. In December 2012, we introduced our Blue Planet platform, a carrier-grade software-defined networking solution purpose-built to address network operator requirements. Blue Planet is the latest implementation of our network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms. We also offer high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, known as our Cyan Z-Series, designed to support the multiple concurrent technologies used in regional and metro networks, including both Ethernet-based services as well as optical services. Our solutions are designed to support a variety of use cases from traffic aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit switching optimized for handoff at the network core.

Customers may choose to deploy Blue Planet either on a standalone basis or integrated with our Z-Series platforms. By deploying our solutions, network operators can realize the following benefits:

 

  Ÿ  

Deliver Virtual Networks.     Our solutions enable our customers to activate, control and modify network services through our centralized, software control plane. By deploying our Blue Planet platform, network operators can present a custom network to each enterprise customer and rapidly offer services based on packet, OTN and WSS-based wavelength aggregation and switching technologies. Additionally, our approach embraces a multi-vendor environment by integrating with third-party network devices and centralizing the visualization and management of the disparate network elements. Our solutions also integrate with open protocols, such as OpenStack, to enable end-to-end virtualization of networks including data center interconnect.

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance Flexibility and Support Open Architectures.     Our multi-layer solutions give network operators the flexibility to support a changing service mix and the ability to evolve their networks to a packet-based approach at their own pace. For example, our Z-Series platforms are modular and support any combination of Ethernet and legacy optical services that can be swapped or added at any time. Our solutions were designed for network-wide deployment and support a variety of use cases from aggregation at the network edge to multi-terabit platforms optimized for handoff at the network core. Our solutions have open APIs that our customers can use to develop custom business applications or integrate with third-party applications.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase Capacity and Scalability.      Our solutions are designed to scale in a distributed and highly available manner to manage large networks of thousands of network elements supporting tens of thousands of services. Moreover, our Z-Series family of high-capacity,

 

80


Table of Contents
 

multi-layer switching and transport platforms increase network capacity and optimize cost per bit by tailoring traffic transport to the appropriate network layer, leveraging both electrical and optical domains. Because aggregation may be performed at one layer and multiplexing and transport at others, networks that incorporate our solutions require fewer router ports and offer lower latency than legacy approaches. Additionally, our purpose-built Z-Series platforms support high-capacity networks using industry standard components, facilitating backplane and switch fabric interconnect rates in excess of 100G per line card slot, enabling an easy migration to future 40G and 100G Ethernet services.

 

  Ÿ  

Accelerate Time to Value.     Our Blue Planet platform includes advanced network and service planning applications, enabling network operators to design multi-layer networks quickly and cost-effectively. Advanced algorithms and an intuitive user interface simplify and accelerate the network planning process. Advanced three-dimensional visualization tools combined with network virtualization technology enable on-demand provisioning and deployment of customized services to subscribers. Additionally, our carrier-grade SDN approach enables network operators to access network peripherals and functions remotely, thereby allowing them to rapidly extend the delivery of new services throughout their networks. Because network operators can deploy our software independently from our Z-Series platforms, we can offer valuable network operations services to our customers on an expedited basis.

 

  Ÿ  

Enhance Performance and Intelligence.     Our Blue Planet platform includes real-time and historical analytics to track network performance and assist in capacity planning. This intelligence is available through a centralized service portal that our customers can utilize, and through which they can provide secure access to their customers in order to provide a differentiated service offering. This service portal not only provides the ability to verify compliance of SLAs and a variety of other metrics, but can also be configured to allow end-user bandwidth changes for the contracted service and automatically provide this data to billing systems via APIs. Network operators and their end-customers can use Blue Planet extensively to troubleshoot network performance issues, monitor and report on network SLAs and make better business planning decisions.

 

  Ÿ  

Offer a Broad Range of Premium Applications.     Our solutions enable network operators to offer a wide range of applications in their regional and metro networks. Blue Planet enables network operators to deliver differentiated Ethernet services that enhance their end-customers’ experiences, allowing network operators to derive additional sources of revenue. For example, our customers frequently offer business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul, cloud connectivity and wholesale transport. Our solution simplifies and accelerates the delivery of these services for all types of customers, including multinational, regional, wholesale and retail service providers. Moreover, Blue Planet allows network operators to either develop their own custom applications, utilize our applications or seamlessly integrate third-party applications.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Networks Cost-Effectively.      Our solutions enable network operators to reduce capital and operating expenses by minimizing the need for disparate legacy networks and related software. Moreover, our Z-Series platforms reduce the need for unnecessary routers and optimize cost per bit by transporting traffic over the appropriate network layer according to the needs of the application. Our platforms leverage industry standard components and are designed to be controlled by software, thereby reducing capital expenditures associated with deploying as well as operating expenses associated with monitoring and maintaining our products. The modular design of our solutions further reduces costs by enabling our customers to add services and functionality on a pay-as-you-grow basis as well as by limiting field technician dispatches. Our Blue Planet platform with flexible hosting models, including private, public and hybrid cloud options, significantly reduces costs and administrative burdens associated with network management, software updates, SLA monitoring and network

 

81


Table of Contents
 

planning. Additionally, our multi-layer approach to networks enhances long-term capital efficiency and reduces operating expenses by enabling our customers to migrate to packet-based networks over time.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to establish our position as a leading provider of open, multi-vendor, carrier-grade networking solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Extend Our Technology Leadership in High-Performance, Carrier-Grade Networking.     Our carrier-grade SDN solution is purpose-built for high-performance network requirements. We intend to leverage our technology leadership position by continuing to define the market requirements for carrier-grade SDNs and high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport solutions. We also plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing resources to raise awareness of the full benefits of virtualizing high-performance networks. A key element of this strategy is to continue to develop innovative Blue Planet applications, as well as leverage third-party application development through our open APIs.

 

  Ÿ  

Develop Innovative Products and Technology.     We plan to continue to introduce new software and hardware products that enable our customers to more effectively offer new services and increase their profitability. For example, we are developing new applications that enhance the value of our Blue Planet platform as well as new line cards that augment our Z-Series platforms for new use cases. Our strong relationships with our customers provide us with valuable insights into deployment demands, market trends and end-user needs. We plan to leverage these relationships and insights to continue to develop and enhance our solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Service Provider Customer Base.     Because our approach enables service providers to improve the return on their existing networks while transitioning to packet-based networks over time, we target customers through multiple initial deployment opportunities. We have found that our solutions are well suited to deployments that involve green field network projects as well as helping our customers replace or evolve legacy architectures. We recently launched our Blue Planet platform that can be purchased with or without deploying our Z-Series platforms, thus enabling network operators to deploy our network operations services quickly and efficiently in legacy networks. We intend to target new service provider customers by continuing to invest in our sales force, field operations and support functions as well as by deepening our engagement with our current partners and establishing relationships with new channel partners.

 

  Ÿ  

Sell Additional Solutions to Existing Customers.     We intend to sell additional solutions to our growing installed base of existing customers. Our customers have historically purchased our solutions using an incremental approach that begins with a targeted product purchase to address specific services or portions of their networks and expands to additional product purchases as they experience the benefits of our solutions. The loyalty of our customer base is evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our customers, who have been our customers for more than six months, placed additional orders with us following their initial deployments. Our solutions are well suited for a pay-as-you-grow approach. We intend to continue investing in our existing customer relationships to drive the adoption of additional products as our customers scale and evolve their network services over time.

 

  Ÿ  

Extend Our Presence in New Geographies.     We believe that international markets represent a significant growth opportunity for us. As of December 31, 2012, we had over 125 customers with initial deployments, primarily in North America. We have found that establishing relationships with recognized network operators in a new region enables us to win new business at other additional potential customers in the region more rapidly and at a lower acquisition cost. In Asia, Europe and South America, we plan to leverage our relationships with

 

82


Table of Contents
 

our existing customers to enhance our brand recognition and broaden deployment by other customers in the region. Additionally, we have or are in the process of engaging channel partners in various regions outside of the United States, and we are growing our channel partner network as we continue our growth and international expansion.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand in Emerging Customer Verticals.     We have initially targeted our solutions to traditional service providers, such as local access service providers and regional transport providers. We plan to target emerging customer verticals with use cases well suited to the benefits of our solutions, including large data center networks, governments, cable MSOs as well as enterprises that build and operate large, private networks.

Our Technology

The key strength of our solutions is the integration of our various packet, optical and software technologies across our range of products. Since our founding in October 2006, we have focused our efforts on developing solutions based on a centralized, open, multi-vendor software orchestration model. Our hardware solutions are comprised of the integration of commercially available network components into a robust packet-optical, high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platform. Our software has been designed to provide our customers with the benefits of our solutions regardless of whether deployed in conjunction with our hardware platforms or with third-party hardware platforms. The differentiating elements of our proprietary technology include:

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability.     While 10G Ethernet services are the dominant interface of choice in most current networks elements, 100G Ethernet is rapidly evolving and projected to be an increasingly dominant service interface over the next several years. Our Z-Series family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms provide for scalability and density, supporting well over 100G per card slot and hundreds of gigabits to terabits of non-blocking platform capacity. Our Z-Series platforms support 100G of card-to-card interconnectivity through ultra-high-capacity backplanes and switch fabrics providing a simple migration path to 100G Ethernet services support. This non-blocking 100G grooming capability, combined with DWDM line cards, supports a mix of 10G and 100G wavelength services and provides a robust foundation to scale future services. Leveraging our Z-Series architectural scalability and software capabilities, Ethernet services of up to 10G are supported on current line cards, while the ability to support over 100G of protected service capacity per line card slot will enable the migration to future 40G and 100G Ethernet line cards as those technologies mature and become more broadly adopted. In addition, certain features and functionalities, including capacity upgrades, can be enabled remotely through our provisioning software.

 

  Ÿ  

Multi-Layer Technology.     Our Z-Series platforms, as controlled by our orchestration software, direct network traffic across the most appropriate and efficient network layer, including both electrical and optical paths. Our regional and metro network solutions encompass the Ethernet service layer, and other transport layers including connection-oriented Ethernet, SONET, SDH, G.709 OTN and wavelength transport technologies. Our Z-Series platforms facilitate the transition from legacy time-division multiplexing, or TDM, to packet and/or DWDM. Our Z-Series platforms support a complete range of transport requirements across aggregation, transit and hub locations.

 

  Ÿ  

Open Software Development Process.     We have designed our technology to integrate with legacy networks and third-party vendor network infrastructure. The capabilities of our platforms allow our customers to continue to leverage their legacy network investments while migrating to more software-oriented, packet-based networks at their own pace. Additionally, our technology can be integrated into regional and metro networks currently utilizing decades-old OSS and provide our customers with a bridge to migrate from these antiquated systems to our Blue

 

83


Table of Contents
 

Planet and Z-Series solutions. Additionally, our open APIs allow our customers to custom build their own applications or integrate third-party applications, thereby diversifying the services they can offer and allowing our customers to tailor services to the specific needs of their end-user customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Abstraction and Visualization.     Through the abstraction and centralization of network control software, our technology allows network planning and control decisions to be made with full knowledge of all available network resources and all contractually committed services. These attributes also enable the virtualization of the network for NaaS and other dynamic service capabilities. High-performance networks are comprised of multiple technologies and a number of logical layers which include fibers, DWDM wavelengths, TDM and packet transport technologies and services. We have developed technology that allows for an integrated view and software control of these network elements with unique three-dimensional network visualization. Our software provides end-to-end visibility and control over how circuits and services are groomed and routed as well as the ability to visualize the data path across the nodes, shelves, line cards and optical fibers across the different transport layers of the network. The visibility provided by our software increases the efficiency of network configurations and reduces errors when making additions or changes to the network.

Products and Solutions

We provide comprehensive solutions consisting of our family of Z-Series high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms, our Blue Planet carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform and applications and a range of professional services. Network operators can use our software solutions either on a standalone basis or integrated with our hardware solutions, to realize the benefits of our solutions and enable multi-vendor, best-of-breed networks.

We launched our first Z-Series platform in September 2009. Since then, we have led emerging SDN initiatives in the industry through our development of open, multi-vendor, multi-layer planning, management and verification software. In April 2010, we announced one of the industry’s first multi-layer network management solutions. Building on our continued expansion of our software offerings over time, in December 2012, we launched Blue Planet, a carrier-grade SDN platform for regional and metro networks that allows network operators of all types to virtualize networks and simplify the development, deployment and orchestration of scalable communications and business applications over high-performance networks.

Cyan Z-Series

Our Z-Series family of high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms is comprised of three different chassis that support interchangeable Z-Series line cards that network operators can deploy to allow for scalable solutions from the access edge of the network, across the metro and regional network to the core of the network. Each Z-Series platform is comprised of a chassis that supports a variety of interchangeable line cards to provide a wide range of applications for Ethernet services, TDM or wavelength aggregation, signal grooming and transport services. Our Z-Series platforms integrate with our software, including Blue Planet and our predecessor multi-layer network management solutions, to provide network operators with a range of software solutions.

Our Z-Series platforms are scalable with a backplane and switch fabric design that supports over 100G per line card slot. 100G services can be deployed across our Z-Series platforms via line cards and, in certain cases, software upgrades. Our Z-Series line cards can be software upgraded remotely for future features and functionality. We enable this functionality through our Blue Planet software and associated Z-Series software upgrades without the need for costly field technician deployment.

 

84


Table of Contents

The Z-Series platforms range in size and capability from the Z22 to the Z77, allowing our Z-Series products to be deployed from the edge to the core of the network as well as in high-performance networks of varying size and capacity. We also offer our Cyan Z-Series L-AMP, which is a fully self-contained line card that is a bi-directional mid-span optical amplifier/repeater. We currently offer approximately 20 different line cards that provide varying functionality to our Z-Series chassis, each of which can be utilized in all of our Z-Series chassis.

The following table highlights our Z-Series platforms:

 

LOGO

Our Z-Series platforms provide a level of integration that exceeds that available from legacy platforms. For example, a single Z-Series platform natively supports the transportation of packet, TDM and wavelength services with the option of supporting a reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer. The solution also supports the functionality and scale of Ethernet transport switches with connection oriented Ethernet transport standards and Metro Ethernet Forum-based services. The Z-Series platforms can be remotely provisioned using our Blue Planet operations app, which provides multi-layer, three-dimensional network visualization, simplifies provisioning and provides ongoing operations support for improved operational performance.

 

85


Table of Contents

Certain features of our Z-Series platforms can be activated remotely utilizing Blue Planet or our previous network management solutions. For example, many of our Z-Series platforms contain multiple functionalities, some of which may not initially be utilized by our customers. Once a customer decides to implement these capabilities, they can be enabled through Blue Planet.

Cyan Blue Planet

Cyan Blue Planet is a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform that provides network virtualization and service-enabling applications, including networks and service planning, operations and monitoring. This carrier-grade SDN platform includes a core management platform and a range of applications to meet diverse requirements of network virtualization and control across the multiple layers of regional, metro and data center networks. Blue Planet provides for control of multi-vendor networks, and allows network operators to virtualize their networks, make more efficient use of their network assets and accelerate delivery of services to their customers. The Blue Planet platform and apps provide our customers with visibility and centralized control over disparate network elements.

Blue Planet is the latest implementation of the network virtualization and management software that we first introduced in 2009 to work in combination with our Z-Series platforms. Blue Planet is offered as a SaaS subscription model deployed from the cloud or through term licenses with the software installed at our customers’ premises. Blue Planet is available to customers using our Z-Series platforms as well as customers desiring to control networks that do not have any of our hardware deployed.

 

86


Table of Contents

The Blue Planet software platform is comprised of three fundamental elements: a core operating system, or SDN orchestration layer; applications which provide the interface for and delivery of specific services, referred to as apps; and element adapters that allow customers using Blue Planet to control a wide range of Cyan and third-party network elements in their networks. The following diagram depicts the key elements of the Blue Planet platform:

 

LOGO

The core of Blue Planet is a carrier-grade SDN orchestration platform, which includes an operating system, a hypervisor, a messaging system, middleware and a web portal, all running on a scalable, distributed, computing environment. Blue Planet provides an open architecture with advanced clustering and database management to meet performance and availability requirements.

Blue Planet offers the capability to deploy an array of apps, including both our own Blue Planet apps, as well as apps built by third-party developers or our customers themselves, to monitor and control underlying network infrastructure and plan, manage, and verify networks and services. Blue

 

87


Table of Contents

Planet allows apps to interact not only with OpenFlow compliant network devices, but also with legacy devices deployed prior to the development of carrier-grade SDN, thereby providing our customers with added flexibility in network deployment. By allowing our customers to deploy their own apps or third-party apps on Blue Planet, we allow our customers to provide their own unique set of value-added service offerings.

We currently offer the following apps:

 

  Ÿ  

Blue Planet Planning Apps.     Blue Planet provides multi-layer network and service planning apps that provide conventional optical layer network design and support concurrent packet, TDM and optical layer designs. Blue Planet integrates with web-based mapping software to provide network architecture location planning for network design. Blue Planet also features latency modeling and prediction applications that factor in the latency allocations of all layers of network service aggregation and transport, as well as fiber latency for accurate predictive SLA performance modeling prior to the deployment of equipment.

 

  Ÿ  

Blue Planet Operations App.     Blue Planet provides a multi-layer operations app that uses three-dimensional network visualization tools to simplify provisioning and fault management with built-in fault correction. This operations app uses our carrier-grade SDN to extend management control to third-party network hardware to further simplify provisioning and troubleshooting. The operations app also offers simplified operations and robust fault management, configuration, accounting, performance and security, referred to as FCAPS. Additionally, our operations app links with our planning app for network provisioning and integration of ongoing network changes, enabling simple and accurate incremental planning activities.

 

  Ÿ  

Blue Planet Trail Analyzer App.     Blue Planet provides a comprehensive top-down view of flows across multiple nodes composing an end-to-end service connection, illustrating the paths of network traffic. We provide “x-ray” vision capabilities to expand visual information, displaying the line cards, ports and faceplate or backplane interconnections associated with each service. The health and status of every monitored point is displayed, across every node, card, port and switch fabric, allowing for focus on the source of service impacting network conditions.

 

  Ÿ  

Blue Planet Performance and SLA Monitoring App .    Blue Planet offers performance monitoring, SLA assurance services and other value-added service extensions. This app allows network operators to provide their customers real-time and historical visibility into the usage and performance of their services. End-to-end SLA performance monitoring and reporting capabilities are offered in order to enhance a network operator’s ability to confirm that they are meeting their service level commitments. The app will also trigger alerts whenever committed metrics are in danger of being violated.

 

  Ÿ  

CyClone App.     Blue Planet allows our customers the ability to create renderings of simulated networks in the cloud, which allows them to alter their networks in a virtual setting in order to simulate the effects of such changes without effecting network services and without the risk of network downtime.

The third component of the Blue Planet platform is element adapters. These element adapters act as the control and communications interface between the Blue Planet orchestration platform and apps and the specific hardware installed in a network. In addition to providing element adapters for our own Z-Series platforms, we currently offer element adapters that enable monitoring and/or control of approximately 50 network devices from a number of network hardware manufacturers.

 

88


Table of Contents

Customer Service, Support and Training

CyNOC Professional Services

CyNOC is our network operations center service that offers monitoring and managing of our customers’ services, providing our customers with an added layer of services and support for those that subscribe to this service. CyNOC expands on the power of our Blue Planet platform with network operations center services provided by our customer service engineers. CyNOC services are available in multiple service levels ranging from proactively monitoring to full scale managing of our customer’s Z-Series platforms and legacy network elements. We offer our customers partial or complete NOC services to manage their entire multi-vendor networks. Additionally, a number of our customers who maintain their own internal NOC leverage our services as a backup NOC. These services are typically sold to our customers for a one-year term at the time of the initial product sale, subject to annual renewals thereafter.

Maintenance, Support and Training Services

We offer Cyan PRO professional services to provide ongoing technical support with our hardware and software products through a variety of service packages to meet the requirements of most network operators as well as customized packages to meet more specialized requirements. We provide this variety of customer service products and support through our technical support engineers as well as through our growing network of authorized and certified channel partners. Our customer support organization operates 24 hours a day and is available by phone, email and online through our customer portal and offers a single point of contact for technical assistance with hardware, software and network issues. Additionally, we offer our end-user customers access to ongoing software updates, upgrades, bug fixes and repairs when and if available. We also have a customer portal available through our website which allows our channel partners and our customers to manage support tickets, download software and search our online knowledge database. These services are sold to our customers typically for one-year terms at the time of the initial product sale, subject to annual or multi-year renewals thereafter.

CySupport is our integrated software maintenance and technical support services package, which provides all essential software and services in one simple and cost-effective package.

CyService encompasses a range of additional professional services to assist our customers in their operations, including network deployment and installation services. We offer an innovative suite of professional services to ensure successful network deployment that can be tailored to the needs of our customers and range from site surveys to test plan creation. In addition to complete engineer, furnish and install, or EF&I, services, we also offer assistance with network design, integration and migration planning, network performance analysis, and installation of both our products as well as third-party equipment. These services are invoiced separately at the time of the initial product sale.

We also provide training services to educate our end-customers on the implementation, use, functionality and ongoing maintenance of our products. These training services can be provided at our facilities, on-site at the location of our customer’s choice or through a variety of multimedia resources based upon customer preference.

Customers

We sell our Z-Series and Blue Planet platforms and other services primarily to service providers and high performance data center and private network operators.

 

89


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, our solutions have been sold to over 125 customers, including, among our top ten customers by revenue in 2012, Great Plains Communications Inc., Intelleq Communications LLC, Lynx Network Group, Inc., US Carrier Telecom, LLC, US Signal Company, LLC, Vision Net, Inc. and Windstream Corporation. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, our largest customer was Windstream Corporation, which accounted for approximately 37% and 45% of our revenue, respectively. No other customer represented greater than 10% of our revenue in either of these periods.

All orders by Windstream are made pursuant to purchase orders but not pursuant to a long-term purchase commitment. We expect our revenue derived from sales to Windstream to decline in future periods. Revenue from customers located outside of the United States was approximately 1% and 5% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The loyalty of our customer base is evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our customers, who have been our customers for more than six months, placed additional orders with us following their initial deployments.

Our sales are made primarily pursuant to purchase orders with our customers rather than pursuant to committed long-term supply contracts. At any given time, we have backlog orders for products that have not shipped. Our backlog consists of confirmed orders for products scheduled to be shipped to customers, generally within the same quarter. Because customers may cancel purchase orders or change delivery schedules without significant penalty, we believe that our backlog at any given date may not be a reliable indicator of future operating results. The amount of our aggregate order backlog was approximately $11.1 million and $12.6 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies provide a representative sample of how our customers deployed and benefited from our solutions.

Leading U.S. Telecommunications Provider

The Problem : A leading nationwide provider of telecommunication and network services to business and residential customers needed to expand its network’s transport capacity to accommodate increasing demands for Ethernet services. This customer’s existing SONET-based optical network and legacy MSPP platforms were unable to cost-effectively transport Ethernet and other packet-based services or efficiently leverage its existing fiber network.

Solutions and Benefits : This customer deployed our Z33 platforms to transition to a packet-optical network optimized for Ethernet and other premium services. Our Z-Series platforms, equipped with our WDM line cards, significantly increased our customer’s network capacity by efficiently transporting both Ethernet and SONET traffic over a single fiber pair while leveraging its existing SONET-based hardware. By deploying our solutions, this customer was also able to significantly reduce its capital expenditures relative to alternative solutions it evaluated. Additionally, in order to fully realize the capabilities of our Z-Series platforms, this customer embraced the management capabilities of our CyMS management solution. Subsequently, this customer deployed the full suite of our Z-Series solutions throughout its extensive network and selected us as one of its primary suppliers for regional and metro network infrastructure hardware and management software solutions.

Wireless Backhaul Provider

The Problem : A large regional provider of wireless backhaul and other network transport services needed to provide its wireless service provider customers with monitoring and assurance solutions that could confirm that SLA performance metrics were being met. This customer operates a multi-vendor network delivering packet and optical services requiring significant personnel resources and various

 

90


Table of Contents

software systems to monitor the third-party equipment separately. This multi-faceted monitoring environment made it difficult for our customer to monitor its SLA compliance, and was incapable of providing real-time visibility to its end-customers.

Solutions and Benefits : This customer installed CyPortal, an early version of our Blue Planet performance and SLA monitoring app, to provide SLA performance monitoring for its own operations personnel as well as to its end-customers. Through the deployment of our solution, this customer was able to provide its end-customers with reporting and visibility of its SLA compliance through a cloud-based web portal. In addition, the open, standards-based architecture of CyPortal supports a number of third-party hardware elements in the network, allowing our customer and its end-customers to monitor network services from end-to-end across multi-vendor environments riding third-party waves and ITU standard DWDM channels. Following the deployment of our software solution, this customer approached us and another vendor to provide backhaul services to support a wireless service provider’s LTE deployment. Together, we designed and deployed a new metro Ethernet-based backhaul network that incorporated our Z-Series platforms. Our hardware and software solutions were integrated with third-party products to manage and operate the multi-vendor network as well as provide SLA assurance.

Global Telecommunications Provider

The Problem : A global telecommunications provider wanted to develop a more scalable metro network architecture to cost-effectively interconnect its data centers, extend 10G metro network services to its enterprise customers and better leverage its extensive global IP network. The customer had been utilizing a router-based approach for its metro network, which had limited capacity and did not allow for the cost-efficient deployment of new network infrastructure or services on an as-needed basis.

Solutions and Benefits : This customer used our CyService offering to design its network and installed our Z33 platforms to implement WDM over leased optical fibers between its data centers, thereby increasing the capacity and flexibility of its metro network to better serve its enterprise customers in one large U.S. metropolitan area. Our scalable Z-Series architecture enabled our customer to cost-effectively build out its metro network on an as-needed basis. The customer subsequently implemented our Blue Planet carrier-grade SDN platform and management application, and later developed and deployed its own Blue Planet app that facilitated system configuration and integration of its OSS with network elements. This customer has since utilized our Z-Series and Blue Planet platforms to build out metro networks in multiple cities in the United States, Europe and Asia to better leverage its global IP footprint. By deploying Blue Planet, this customer accelerated its time to delivery of new services and reduced ongoing network management and monitoring costs.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our products and services in the United States through a direct sales force. During 2012 we began to direct a portion of our sales and marketing efforts to international markets. Although initial sales outside of the United States were through our direct sales force, we are continuing to build our network of channel partners through which we expect to make a substantial portion of our international sales in future periods. As of December 31, 2012, we had 93 employees in our sales and marketing organization. Our direct sales teams are typically comprised of a combination of a sales representative and a systems engineer. Each sales team is responsible for a specific geographical territory, has responsibility for a number of major direct end-user customer accounts or has assigned accounts in a specific vertical market. Our direct sales force is primarily based in our headquarters in Petaluma, California with additional sales personnel located in select locations elsewhere in the United States as well as in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan and Australia.

 

91


Table of Contents

Our sales process entails planning discussions with prospective customers, analyzing their existing networks and identifying how these potential customers can leverage our solutions within their network. The sales cycle for the initial targeted product purchase, from the time of prospect qualification to the completion of the first sale, may span multiple quarters. Typically, after we have completed an initial sale with a customer, we experience shorter sales cycles for additional orders as a result of the customer having previously implemented our solutions. The loyalty of our customer base is evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our customers, who have been our customers for more than six months, placed additional orders with us following their initial deployments.

We currently have channel partners in Asia and Europe to whom we provide marketing assistance, technical training and support. In addition to their lead generation and sales activities, our channel partners perform installation services as well as some level of support to their customers. We are in the process of expanding our channel partner network both internationally and in the United States.

Our marketing strategy is focused on building our brand, communicating product advantages and increasing customer awareness of our solutions, particularly our recently launched Blue Planet platform. We execute on this strategy through a variety of marketing vehicles, including trade shows, advertising, public relations, industry research, our website and collaborative relationships with technology vendors. Our marketing activities, including demand generation activities, are focused primarily on local access service providers, regional transport providers, data center operators, cable MSOs, private network operators and wholesale carriers. We also focus on ongoing account management for existing customers and the development of follow-on sales as our existing end-user customers continue to expand and enhance their demand for our products.

Our sales and marketing expenses were $25.2 million, or 26.3% of our revenue, in 2012, $12.8 million, or 31.7% of our revenue, in 2011, and $7.9 million, or 33.7% of our revenue, in 2010.

Research and Development

The intensely competitive nature of the industry in which we operate makes it critical that we continue to focus on investment in research and development. To this end, we utilize data-driven development methodologies to accelerate our time to market. Our research and development efforts focus primarily on improving and enhancing our existing hardware and software solutions as well as developing new products and additional features and functionality.

As of December 31, 2012, we had 97 employees in our research and development organization, the substantial majority of whom were located at our headquarters in Petaluma, California. Our research and development expenses were $18.4 million, or 19.2% of our revenue, in 2012, $13.0 million, or 32.1% of our revenue, in 2011, and $10.4 million, or 44.4% of our revenue, in 2010. We plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to our research and development efforts.

Manufacturing

We subcontract the manufacture of all of our hardware products to a leading contract manufacturer, Flextronics, which purchases components from our approved list of suppliers and builds our hardware appliances according to our specifications at its Milpitas, California facility. Our outsourcing of our hardware manufacturing extends from prototypes to full production and includes activities such as material procurement, software implementation, and final assembly and testing. Once the completed products are manufactured and tested, Flextronics ships our products directly or

 

92


Table of Contents

through our third-party distribution centers to our customers for installation. By utilizing this outsourcing strategy, we are able to optimize our operations by lowering costs and reducing time to market.

Our contract manufacturer generally manages the procurement of the components and parts used in our products. We also engage in direct sourcing of certain strategic components. While our preference is to select components and materials that are available from multiple sources, we utilize a number of components that are available from only one source. Generally, neither we nor our contract manufacturer have written agreements with these sole-source component providers to guarantee the supply of the key components used in our hardware products. However, we regularly monitor the supply of components and the availability of qualified and approved alternative sources. We provide forecasts to Flextronics so that they can purchase key components in advance of their anticipated use, with the objective of maintaining an adequate supply of those components.

We have entered into a manufacturing services agreement with Flextronics, dated June 22, 2007, pursuant to which Flextronics manufactures, assembles and tests our products. This agreement permits Flextronics to procure materials and components required for the manufacture and testing of our products while also reserving our right to direct Flextronics to purchase specific materials and components from specified vendors. We also provide Flextronics with a list of preferred vendors from which it will attempt to source components first before seeking other sources of supply. The initial term of this agreement was five years, with the term automatically renewing for additional one-year terms, unless terminated by either party by giving 90 days or more written notice prior to the end of the then current term. Additionally, either party may terminate the agreement by giving written notice if the other party has materially breached its obligations under the agreement, subject to applicable cure periods.

Although the contract manufacturing services required to manufacture and assemble our products may be readily available from a number of established manufacturers, it is time consuming and costly to qualify and implement contract manufacturer relationships. As a result, if Flextronics or our sole-source component suppliers suffer an interruption in their businesses, or experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in their manufacturing operations, or we have to change or add additional contract manufacturers or suppliers of our sole-sourced components, our ability to ship our products to our customers could be delayed, and our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Competition

The markets in which we compete are highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing customer needs and continually evolving industry standards. We expect competition to intensify in the future as existing competitors and new market entrants introduce new products or enhance existing products. Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to meet the demand for existing products and innovate to bring new products and solutions to market.

We compete either directly or indirectly with large networking and optical companies, such as Alcatel-Lucent SA, Ciena Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Fujitsu Limited, Huawei Technologies Co. Limited and Juniper Networks, Inc., and specialized technology providers that offer point solutions that address a portion of the issues that we solve. In addition, we seek to replace legacy network control tools and processes that have already been purchased or were internally developed, and potential customers may be reluctant to adopt a solution that replaces or changes existing tools and processes in which they have made significant investments.

The principal competitive factors applicable to our products include:

 

  Ÿ  

service breadth and functionality;

 

 

93


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

performance, reliability and security;

 

  Ÿ  

price;

 

  Ÿ  

speed and ease of use and deployment;

 

  Ÿ  

existing deployed base; and

 

  Ÿ  

brand awareness and reputation within the market.

Although we believe that we compete favorably with respect to the above factors, we expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future. Additionally, some of our competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers or channel partners in our market and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Our competitors may be able to anticipate, influence or adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services, initiate or withstand substantial price competition, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities more readily and develop and expand their product and service offerings more quickly than we can. In addition, competitors with substantially larger installed customer bases beyond the packet-optical solutions and NaaS markets may leverage their relationships based on other products or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner that may discourage users from purchasing our solutions. These larger competitors may also have more diversified businesses that allow them to better withstand significant reduction in capital spending by end-user customers. Moreover, potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing providers rather than a new provider, regardless of product performance or features, because our solutions may require additional investment of time and funds to install. In addition, as a result of these transition costs, competition to secure contracts with potential customers is particularly intense. Some of our competitors may offer substantial discounts or rebates to win new customers. If we are forced to reduce prices in order to secure customers, we may be unable to sustain gross margins at desired levels or achieve profitability. In the future, in selling Blue Planet we may also compete with companies that are focused on providing virtualization software solutions for other end-markets as they may try to adapt their solutions to meet the needs of network operators or compete with networking companies that develop or acquire SDN solutions. Some of our competitors have made acquisitions of businesses that may allow them to offer more directly competitive and comprehensive solutions than they had previously offered.

Intellectual Property

Our success as a company depends critically upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trade secret laws, copyrights, patents and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections. As of December 31, 2012, we had two issued U.S. patents set to expire in 2029 and 2030. We have received a notice of allowance for an additional U.S. patent. We also license software from third parties for integration into our products, including open source software and other commercially available software.

We generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. We also incorporate certain generally available software programs into Blue Planet and our other software solutions pursuant to license agreements with third parties.

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims against

 

94


Table of Contents

third parties that we believe are infringing our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially harming our business.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had 219 employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to any collective bargaining arrangement in connection with his or her employment with us and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our headquarters occupy approximately 22,780 square feet in Petaluma, California under a lease, a portion of which expires in May 2015 and the remainder of which expires in October 2018. We have leased additional offices for our sales and marketing personnel in additional locations on leases that generally have term of one year or less. Our current facilities are adequate to meet our existing needs. However, to the extent we meet our current growth expectations, we will need to expand our facilities. We believe that we will be able to obtain additional or substitute facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

Regulation

We are subject to federal, state and local laws, regulations, guidelines and determinations, common laws, codes of conduct and other similar parameters that directly and indirectly impact our business and methods of operation, including export control classifications. We also work closely with our contract manufacturer to ensure that their activities on our behalf also comply with applicable regulations, including export regulations.

Legal Proceedings

We are not party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our future business, consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position. We may, from time to time, be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising from the normal course of business activities.

On February 11, 2013, John Halliwell, a former employee of ours, filed a lawsuit against us in the Superior Court of the State of California alleging that we wrongfully terminated his employment. The complaint seeks damages of an unspecified amount. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations set forth in the complaint and intend to vigorously defend the action. While it is not possible at this stage to predict the outcome of this matter, we do not believe that, even in the event of an unfavorable outcome, the damages would have a material impact on us.

 

95


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors as of February 19, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers      

Mark A. Floyd

     57       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Michael L. Hatfield

     50       President and Director

Scott T. Bauer

     43      

Vice President of Finance

Norman L. Foust

     47       Vice President of Operations

James A. Hamilton

     49       Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales

Scott A. Pradels

     38       Vice President of Engineering

Kenneth M. Siegel

     54       Vice President and General Counsel

Michael W. Zellner

     47       Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Key Employees      

Eric M. Clelland

     49       Chief Marketing Officer and Vice President of North American Sales

Thomas A. Corker

     48       Vice President of Product Management and Business Development

J. Rick Johnston

     51       Vice President of Business Operations and Customer Service

Steve J. West

     56       Chief Technology Officer
Non-Employee Directors      

Michael J. Boustridge

     50       Director

Paul A. Ferris

     42       Director

Promod Haque

     64       Director

M. Niel Ransom

     63       Director

Robert E. Switz

     66       Director

Executive Officers

Mark A. Floyd has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 2012 and on our board of directors since October 2008 and was appointed chairman of our board of directors in November 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Floyd served as Chief Executive Officer of SafeNet, Inc., a data security company, from July 2009 to July 2011. From May 2008 to June 2009, Mr. Floyd served as a venture partner at Sevin Rosen Ventures, and from March 2007 to March 2008 served in the same capacity at El Dorado Ventures, each of which is a venture capital firm. Previously, Mr. Floyd served as president and Chief Executive Officer of Entrisphere, Inc., a telecommunications equipment company, from August 2002 until its acquisition by Ericsson, Inc. in February 2007. Mr. Floyd served as a director of Tekelec, Inc., a network applications company, from October 2004 to May 2011 and Carrier Access Corporation, a telecommunications equipment manufacturer, from June 2001 to March 2008. Mr. Floyd holds a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Texas.

We believe that Mr. Floyd is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of the perspective he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and because of the knowledge and experience he brings having held officer and director positions at numerous other successful private and public companies.

Michael L. Hatfield co-founded our company in October 2006 and has served as our president and on our board of directors since inception. Mr. Hatfield also served as our Chief Executive Officer from October 2006 to May 2012. Prior to co-founding our company, Mr. Hatfield co-founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Calix, Inc., a communication systems company, from August 1999

 

96


Table of Contents

to December 2005. From May 1997 to October 1998, Mr. Hatfield served as Chief Operating Officer of Cerent Corporation, an optical equipment company. Mr. Hatfield holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Mathematical Economics from Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and an M.B.A. in Finance from Indiana University.

We believe that Mr. Hatfield is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of the perspective and experience he brings as our co-founder and president and because of his experience in founding and growing technology companies.

Scott T. Bauer   has served as our Vice President of Finance since February 2013, and previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from February 2011 to February 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bauer served as Chief Financial Officer at Yipes Enterprise Services, Inc., a communications services provider, from November 2006 to April 2010. Previously, Mr. Bauer served as Vice President and Corporate Controller at Ask Jeeves, Inc., an Internet search engine company acquired by IAC/InterActiveCorp in July 2005, from August 2002 to November 2005 and as its Director of Treasury and Strategic Transactions from March 2000 until July 2002. Mr. Bauer holds a B.A. in Business Economics from the University of California, Santa Barbara and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

Norman L. Foust has served as our Vice President of Operations since March 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Foust served as Vice President of Operations and Director of Operations at Dilithium Networks, Inc., a telephony equipment provider, from March 2005 to March 2007. From March 2000 to March 2005, Mr. Foust was the Director of Operations and Director of Supply Chain at Calix, Inc., a communication systems company. Previously, Mr. Foust served as Director of Materials and Planning Manager with Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., a telecommunications company. Mr. Foust holds a B.S.I.E. in Industrial Engineering from Penn State University.

James A. Hamilton has served as our Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales since March 2013. Prior to joining us, he served as President of Click Security, Inc., a security analytics company, from March 2012 to March 2013. From August 2011 to February 2012, he served as Chief Executive Officer of CPSG Partners, a professional services and consulting company. From November 2009 to September 2011, Mr. Hamilton served as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development at SafeNet, Inc., a data security company. Mr. Hamilton served as President and Chief Operating Officer of TippingPoint Technologies, Inc., a supplier of intrusion prevention systems, from September 2003 until January 2005, when it was acquired by 3Com Corporation, a digital electronics manufacturer. As a result of the acquisition, from January 2005 to April 2009, Mr. Hamilton was employed in various capacities by 3Com serving most recently as President of the TippingPoint Division. Mr. Hamilton currently serves on the boards of directors of CSPG Partners and Commtouch Software Ltd., a provider of internet security technology. Mr. Hamilton holds a B.S. in Computer Science from Lawrence Technological University.

Scott A. Pradels has served as our Vice President of Engineering since April 2010. He previously served as our Director of Engineering and Manager of Hardware Engineering from November 2006 to April 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Pradels was a staff engineer at Turin Networks, Inc., a carrier Ethernet solutions company, from October 1999 to November 2006. From January 1997 to October 1999, Mr. Pradels was a Design Engineer in the Advanced Research and Development group at Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., a telecommunications company. Mr. Pradels holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from California State University, Chico.

Kenneth M. Siegel has served as our Vice President and General Counsel since September 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Siegel served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel at QuinStreet, Inc., an online performance marketing company, from February 2012 to September 2012. From February 2010 to February 2012, Mr. Siegel served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel at SafeNet, Inc., a data security company. From February 2006 to February 2010, Mr. Siegel served as Vice President and General Counsel at Verigy Ltd., a semiconductor automatic test

 

97


Table of Contents

equipment business acquired by Advantest Corporation in July 2011. From October 2003 to January 2006, Mr. Siegel served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel at Agile Software Corporation, a provider of product lifecycle management software that was later acquired by Oracle Corporation. Mr. Siegel holds a B.A. in International Policy Studies from the Monterey Institute of International Studies and a J.D. from the University of California Hastings College of the Law.

Michael W. Zellner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Zellner served as Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at PMC-Sierra, Inc., a semiconductor solutions company, from March 2007 to November 2012. From October 2000 through February 2007, he served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer at Wind River Systems, Inc., a software company acquired by Intel Corporation. Additionally, Mr. Zellner currently serves on the board of directors of FormFactor, Inc., a wafer probe card company. Mr. Zellner has completed the Stanford Executive Program at Stanford University Graduate School of Business and holds a B.B.A. in accounting and an M.B.A from Florida Atlantic University.

Key Employees

Eric M. Clelland is one of our founders and has served as our Chief Marketing Officer and Vice President of North American Sales since August 2012. He served as our Vice President of Sales and Marketing from October 2006 to January 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Clelland served as Vice President of Sales at Caymas Systems, Inc., a network security company from April 2002 to April 2006. Prior to joining Caymas, Mr. Clelland was a senior sales executive at Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking equipment company, from November 1999 to March 2002. Mr. Clelland holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Oakland University and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Michigan.

Thomas A. Corker has served as our Vice President of Product Management and Business Development since September 2009. From October 2006 until joining us, Mr. Corker was an independent business consultant. Prior to that, Mr. Corker co-founded Calix, Inc., a communication systems company, in August 1999 and held the position of Vice President and General Manager of Access Products until October 2006. Previously, Mr. Corker served as Vice President of Product Marketing at Cerent Corporation, an optical equipment company, from January 1997 to December 1999. From 1994 to 1997 Mr. Corker served as Director of Product Marketing at Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., a telecommunications company. Mr. Corker holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of Technology.

J. Rick Johnston is one of our founders and has served as our Vice President of Business Operations and Customer Service since June 2008. He served as our Vice President of Business Development from October 2006 until June 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Johnston was a co-founder and Vice President of Business Development at Calix, Inc., a communication systems company, from September 1999 to October 2006. Previously, from May 1994 to September 1999, he served as Vice President of Customer Service at Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc., a telecommunications company. Mr. Johnston holds a B.S. in Electrical and Electronics Engineering from New Mexico State University.

Steve J. West is one of our founders and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since October 2006. From August 2005 until co-founding our company in October 2006, Mr. West was involved in developing the concepts upon which our company was founded. Prior to co-founding our company, Mr. West was a founder and Vice President of Architecture at Turin Networks, Inc., a carrier Ethernet company, from October 1999 to July 2005. From March 1993 until September 1999, Mr. West served in various capacities including as Director of International Product Development at Advanced Fibre Communications Inc., a telecommunications equipment company. Mr. West holds a BSc and an MSc in Engineering from the University of the Witwatersrand.

 

98


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Directors

Michael J. Boustridge has served on our board of directors since August 2012. Mr. Boustridge has served as Chief Executive Officer of BoKiwi Corporation, a consulting services firm, since June 2011. From April 2007 to April 2011, he served as President of BT Global Services, a division of United Kingdom telecommunications operator BT Group. Mr. Boustridge currently serves on the boards of directors of CIBER, Inc., an information technology consulting and managed services company, and Riverbed Technology, Inc., an information technology performance company. Prior to joining BT, Mr. Boustridge was with Electronic Data Systems Corporation, an information technology equipment and services company acquired by Hewlett-Packard Company, from January 1996 to March 2007, where he served in various executive roles, most recently as Chief Sales and Chief Marketing Officer.

We believe that Mr. Boustridge is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive background working with technology companies.

Paul A. Ferris has served on our board of directors since February 2007. Mr. Ferris has been a general partner of Azure Capital Partners, a venture capital firm he co-founded, since April 2000. Prior to Azure Capital, Mr. Ferris worked at several investment banks, including Credit Suisse First Boston, where he was the global head of the communications investment banking group, and at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co., where he focused on emerging technology companies. He currently serves on the board of directors of Breaktime Studios, Inc. and previously served as a director of Calix, Inc. from June 2000 until July 2010. Mr. Ferris holds B.A. degrees in Computer Science and English from Amherst College.

We believe that Mr. Ferris is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of technology companies, as well as his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

Promod Haque has served on our board of directors since April 2007. Dr. Haque has been a senior managing partner of Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since January 2013 and had previously served as a managing partner since 1990. He currently serves on the boards of directors of several privately held companies, including FireEye, Inc., Apigee Corporation, PCH International, Virtela Technology Services Incorporated and Health Catalyst, LLC, and previously served on the board of directors of Persistent Systems Limited from November 2005 to November 2010 and as a chairman of the board of directors of Veraz Networks, Inc., a provider of application, control and bandwidth optimization solutions, from July 2001 until October 2010 when it merged with Dialogic Corporation. Dr. Haque holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Delhi, India, an M.B.A. from Northwestern’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from Northwestern University.

We believe that Dr. Haque is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of technology companies, as well as his perspective as a representative of one of our largest stockholders.

M. Niel Ransom has served on our board of directors since September 2009. Dr. Ransom has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ransomshire Associates, Inc., an advisory venture capital firm he founded, since July 2005. He currently serves on the board of directors of Radisys Corporation, a provider of embedded wireless infrastructure solutions, and several privately held companies and served on the board of directors of Applied Micro Circuits Corporation, a fabless semiconductor company, from July 2006 to August 2009. Dr. Ransom holds B.S. and M.S. degrees in Electrical Engineering from Old Dominion University, an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago, Graduate School of Business and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Notre Dame.

 

99


Table of Contents

We believe that Dr. Ransom is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his technical expertise, his experience in senior management positions at several communications companies and his business background.

Robert E. Switz has served on our board of directors since March 2011. Mr. Switz served as President and Chief Executive Officer of ADC Telecommunications, Inc., a supplier of broadband network equipment and software from August 2003 to December 2010 when it was acquired by Tyco Electronics, Ltd. From 1994 until August 2003 he served in various senior management positions at ADC, including Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Switz was appointed a director of ADC in August 2003 and was appointed Chairman of the Board in August 2008. Mr. Switz currently serves on the boards of directors of Broadcom Corporation, a semiconductor solution for wired and wireless communications, GT Advanced Technologies Inc., a supplier of polysilicon production technology, Leap Wireless International, Inc., a wireless communications provider, and Micron Technology, Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Switz holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Quinnipiac University and an M.B.A. from the University of Bridgeport.

We believe that Mr. Switz is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive background working with technology companies.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven directors, five of whom will qualify as “independent” under the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, immediately after the completion of this offering our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

the Class I directors will be Messrs. Floyd and Ferris, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

the Class II directors will be Messrs. Haque, Hatfield and Ransom, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

  Ÿ  

the Class III directors will be Messrs. Boustridge and Switz, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

 

100


Table of Contents

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Ferris, Haque, Ransom and Switz do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships, Related Party and Other Transactions.”

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee and, effective prior to the completion of this offering, will establish a nominating and governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors is described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Haque, Ransom and Switz, with Mr. Switz serving as chairman. Messrs. Ransom and Switz meet the requirements for independence of audit committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the audit committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Switz is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. The responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year end operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing related party transactions;

 

101


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues; and

 

  Ÿ  

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Boustridge, Ferris and Haque, with Mr. Ferris serving as chairman. Messrs. Ferris and Haque meet the requirements for independence of compensation committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the compensation committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. The responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing, approving and determining, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

  Ÿ  

establishing and reviewing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Boustridge, Ferris and Ransom, with Mr. Boustridge serving as chairman. Messrs. Ferris and Ransom meet the requirements for independence of audit committee members under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We expect to satisfy the member independence requirements for the nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the end of the transition period provided under current New York Stock Exchange listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. The responsibilities of our nominating and governance committee will include, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

identifying, evaluating and selecting, or making recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

  Ÿ  

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

102


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

  Ÿ  

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

The nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter to be effective prior to the completion of this offering that satisfies the applicable listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we had not implemented a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. In 2011 and 2012, we paid cash director fees to Messrs. Floyd, Ransom, Switz and Boustridge in the amounts set forth below. In addition, we granted an award of non-statutory stock options under our 2006 Stock Plan to Messrs. Floyd, Switz and Boustridge in the amounts set forth below. In addition to the foregoing amounts, we reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. The following table provides information regarding compensation of our non-employee directors for 2011 and 2012.

 

Name

 

Year

  Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash($)(1)
    Option Awards($)(2)     All Other
Compensation($)
    Total($)  

Mark A. Floyd(3)

  2011     21,000        —          —          21,000   
  2012     12,000        126,955 (3)      —          138,955   

M. Niel Ransom

  2011     36,000        —          —          36,000   
  2012     36,000        —          —          36,000   

Robert E. Switz

  2011     30,000        112,480 (4)      —          142,480   
  2012     36,000        —          —          36,000   

Michael J. Boustridge(5)

  2012     12,000        230,196 (5)      —          242,196   

 

(1) Represents 2012 director fees paid in cash.
(2) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(3)

Mr. Floyd was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer effective May 2012. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Floyd had outstanding options to purchase a total of 1,706,559 shares of our common stock. On February 28, 2012, Mr. Floyd was granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares in connection with his role as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Of the shares underlying this option, 27,083 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012. Mr. Floyd’s compensation and option holdings are reflected in “Executive Compensation” below.

(4)

As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Switz had outstanding one option to purchase a total of 88,685 shares of our common stock. This option began vesting on March 22, 2011 and is early exercisable. The shares subject to the option vest over a four year period, with 1/48 th of the shares vesting each month, subject to continued service to us through each vesting date. Of the shares underlying this option, 38,799 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.

 

103


Table of Contents
(5) Mr. Boustridge joined our board of directors effective August 2012. As of December 31, 2012, Mr. Boustridge had outstanding one option to purchase a total of 88,685 shares of our common stock, which option was granted on September 25, 2012. Of the shares underlying this option, 5,542 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.

In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Under this policy, we intend to grant non-employee directors an initial stock option grant, at the time of joining our board of directors, of 42,000 shares and an annual restricted stock unit grant, or RSU, at each annual meeting of stockholders of 8,500 units. All director options will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Initial director options will vest ratably in equal installments over four years. Annual director RSUs will vest quarterly over a period of one year. These equity awards will fully accelerate in the event that we undergo a change of control. Under this policy, each non-employee director will also receive the following cash compensation for board services: an annual cash retainer of $35,000 for board service; an annual cash retainer for serving as the chairperson of the audit committee of $18,000, for serving as chairperson of the compensation committee of $12,000, and for serving as chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee of $7,500; and an annual cash retainer for serving as a non-chair member of the audit committee of $7,500, for serving as a non-chair member of the compensation committee of $5,000, and for serving as a non-chair member of the nominating and corporate governance committee of $3,750.

 

104


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

In 2012, our named executive officers, or NEOs, were Michael L. Hatfield, Mark A. Floyd, Scott A. Pradels and Kenneth M. Siegel. For 2011, Mr. Hatfield was our only NEO.

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs during 2011 and 2012.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary($)      Option
Awards($)(1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Comp($)(2)
     All Other
Compensation($)(3)
     Total($)  

Michael L. Hatfield(4)

     2012         135,982         1,760,000         53,423         741         1,950,145   

Former Chief Executive Officer

     2011         10,400         —           —           106         10,506   

Mark A. Floyd(4)

     2012         175,577         4,508,086         120,000         9,090         4,812,752   

Chief Executive Officer

                 

Scott A. Pradels

     2012         227,258         1,320,000         37,502         741         1,585,500   

Vice President of Engineering

                 

Kenneth M. Siegel

     2012         64,308         1,100,000         22,548         13,664         1,200,519   

Vice President and General Counsel

                 

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal year computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions.
(2) Includes amounts paid in 2013 for 2012 services
(3) Includes company-paid premiums for health and welfare insurance and for life insurance on behalf of our NEOs.
(4) Mr. Floyd was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer in May 2012.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Michael L. Hatfield

Michael L. Hatfield, our co-founder and Chief Executive Officer from January 2012 through April 2012, has not entered into a formal compensation arrangement with the company. Mr. Hatfield has historically received a de minimis salary as compensation for his services as our Chief Executive Officer and president. During 2012, he received $135,982 in salary.

On September 25, 2012, we granted Mr. Hatfield an option to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.20 per share pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan. The option agreement provides that, in the event that we consummate a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Hatfield’s option grant notices) and within the period commencing thirty days prior to and ending twelve months following the consummation of such change of control, (1) his employment is terminated for any reason other than “cause” (as defined in Mr. Hatfield’s option grant notice), death or inability to perform the essential functions of his job, or (2) he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his option grant notices), then, in each case, 50% of his then-unvested shares, if any, subject to the option, shall vest and become exercisable. As of December 31, 2012, 24,999 of the shares underlying this option were vested.

 

105


Table of Contents

Mark A. Floyd

In May 2012, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Mark A. Floyd, our current Chief Executive Officer. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Floyd’s current annual base salary is $275,000, and for 2012 he was eligible for an annual cash bonus of up to $120,000. Mr. Floyd’s base salary is subject to review annually.

On February 28, 2012, we granted Mr. Floyd an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $2.54, which is partially unvested. This option was granted pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan. This option is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Floyd’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/48th of the total shares, on a monthly basis beginning on November 22, 2011. This option is early-exercisable as to unvested shares, subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination of Mr. Floyd’s status as a service provider at a repurchase price equal to the original purchase price per share. Of the shares underlying this option, 27,083 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012. In the event that we consummate a “liquidation transaction” (as defined in his option grant notice), the vesting of the option granted to Mr. Floyd shall accelerate such that 100% of the shares granted to Mr. Floyd shall become fully vested, effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of such transaction.

In connection with Mr. Floyd’s offer letter agreement, Mr. Floyd was granted an option to purchase 1,517,874 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $2.67, 100% of which is unvested. This option was granted pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan on May 22, 2012. This option is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Floyd’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of May 14, 2012, with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

The option granted in connection with Mr. Floyd’s offer letter agreement provide that in the event that we consummate a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Floyd’s option grant notice) and within the period commencing thirty days prior to and ending twelve months following the consummation of such change of control (1) his employment is terminated for any reason other than “cause” (as defined in Mr. Floyd’s option grant notice), death or inability to perform the essential functions of his job, or (2) he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his option grant notice), then, in each case, 50% of his then-unvested shares, if any, subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable.

Scott A. Pradels

In November 2006, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Scott A. Pradels, our Vice President of Engineering. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Pradels’ current annual base salary is $227,258. Mr. Pradels’ base salary is subject to review annually. In addition, Mr. Pradels is eligible for an annual cash bonus of 30% of his base compensation, with the payout based upon achievement of company objectives to be established by our board of directors or compensation committee. For 2012, incentive compensation was tied to achievement of revenue and net loss goals.

On September 25, 2012 we granted Mr. Pradels an option to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.20 per share pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan. This option provides that, in the event that we consummate a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Pradels’ option grant notice) and within the period commencing thirty days prior to and ending twelve months following the consummation of such change of control, (1) his employment is terminated for any reason other than “cause” (as defined in Mr. Pradels’ option grant notice), death or inability to perform the essential functions of his job, or (2) he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his option grant notice), then, in each case, 50% of his then-unvested shares, if any, subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable. As of December 31, 2012, 18,750 of the shares underlying this option were vested.

 

106


Table of Contents

Kenneth M. Siegel

In August 2012, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Kenneth M. Siegel, our Vice President and General Counsel. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Siegel’s current annual base salary is $220,000. Mr. Siegel’s base salary is subject to review annually. In addition, Mr. Siegel is eligible for an annual cash bonus of 30% of his base compensation, with the payout based upon achievement of company objectives to be established by our board of directors or compensation committee. For 2012, incentive compensation was tied to achievement of revenue and net loss goals.

In connection with Mr. Siegel’s offer letter agreement, Mr. Siegel was granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $3.20, 100% of which is unvested. This option was granted pursuant to our 2006 Stock Plan on September 25, 2012. This option is scheduled to vest, subject to Mr. Siegel’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of September 17, 2012, with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter.

The option granted in connection with Mr. Siegel’s offer letter agreement provides that, in the event that we consummate a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Siegel’s option grant notices) and within the period commencing thirty days prior to and ending twelve months following the consummation of such change of control, (1) his employment is terminated for any reason other than “cause” (as defined in Mr. Siegel’s option grant notice), death or inability to perform the essential functions of his job, or (2) he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in his option grant notices), then, in each case, 50% of his then-unvested shares, if any, subject to the option shall vest and become exercisable.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs at the 2012 fiscal year end.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Michael L. Hatfield

     12/14/2010         —          250,000 (1)    $ 2.35         12/13/2020   
     9/25/2012         25,000        375,000 (2)    $ 3.20         9/24/2022   

Mark A. Floyd

     10/29/2008         88,685 (3)      —        $ 0.42         10/28/2018   
     2/28/2012         100,000 (4)      —        $ 2.54         2/27/2022   
     5/22/2012         —          1,517,874 (5)    $ 2.67         5/21/2022   

Scott A. Pradels

     12/14/2010         —          50,000 (6)    $ 2.35         12/13/2020   
     1/26/2011         9,375        5,625 (7)    $ 2.35         1/25/2021   
     9/25/2012         18,750        281,250 (8)    $ 3.20         9/24/2022   

Kenneth M. Siegel

     9/25/2012         —          250,000 (9)    $ 3.20         9/24/2022   

 

(1)

This option vests according to the following schedule: such shares as equals X multiplied by 1/48 th of the total shares subject to this option shall vest and become exercisable on the cliff vest date (as defined below), where X is equal to the number of full month periods that have elapsed between November 13, 2010 and the cliff vest date, and 1/48 th of the total number of shares subject to this option shall vest and become exercisable each month thereafter. The cliff vest date is the earliest to occur of (1) the audit committee’s determination that the company has achieved, for the first time, positive net income on a pro forma basis for a fiscal quarter, (2) the four-year anniversary of November 13, 2010, or (3) the consummation of a “change of control” (as defined

 

107


Table of Contents
 

in Mr. Hatfield’s option grant notice). All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

(2) This option vests, subject to Mr. Hatfield’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/48th of the total shares each month, beginning on the one-month anniversary of September 25, 2012. Of the shares underlying this option, 25,000 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.
(3) All of the shares underlying this option are fully vested.
(4) This option vests, subject to Mr. Floyd’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/48th of the total shares each month, beginning on the one-month anniversary of November 22, 2011. Of the shares underlying this option, 27,083 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.
(5) This option vests, subject to Mr. Floyd’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of May 14, 2012, with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.
(6) This option vests according to the following schedule: such shares as equals X multiplied by 1/48th of the total shares subject to this option shall vest and become exercisable on the cliff vest date (as defined below), where X is equal to the number of full month periods that have elapsed between November 15, 2010 and the cliff vest date, and 1/48th of the total number of shares subject to this option shall vest and become exercisable each month thereafter. The cliff vest date is the earliest to occur of (1) the audit committee’s determination that the company has achieved, for the first time, positive net income on a pro forma basis for a fiscal quarter, (2) the four-year anniversary of November 15, 2010, or (3) the consummation of a “change of control” (as defined in Mr. Pradels’ option grant notice). All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.
(7) This option vests, subject to Mr. Pradels’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of June 7, 2010, with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. Of the shares underlying this option, 9,375 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.
(8) This option vests, subject to Mr. Pradels’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/48th of the total shares each month, beginning on the one-month anniversary of September 25, 2012. Of the shares underlying this option, 18,750 of the shares were vested as of December 31, 2012.
(9) This option vests, subject to Mr. Siegel’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of September 17, 2012, with 1/48th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

Employee Benefit Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors and our stockholders will adopt and approve our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 Plan, prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2013 Plan will be effective upon its adoption by our board of directors, but we do not expect to utilize our 2013 Plan until after the completion of this offering. Our 2013 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units to our employees, members of our board of directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2013 Plan is 3,600,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that, as of the date of this offering, are reserved but unissued under our 2006 Stock Plan that are not subject to any awards granted under our 2006 Stock Plan, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under our 2006 Stock Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full or are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added under clauses (i) and (ii) equal to

 

108


Table of Contents

11,400,000 shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning with 2014, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

  Ÿ  

5,000,000 shares;

 

  Ÿ  

4.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

  Ÿ  

such other amount as our board of directors may determine no later than the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2013 Plan that expire, become unexercisable without being exercised in full, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest, shares that are surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2013 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, only shares actually issued pursuant to the award cease to be available under the 2013 Plan.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer the 2013 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the compensation committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2013 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2013 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms and/or for cash, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2013 Plan and awards granted under the 2013 Plan. The administrator may make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2013 Plan.

Stock Options.     The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2013 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are granted only to our employees or employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of a participant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the

 

109


Table of Contents

period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms of any grant of stock options will be set forth in an award agreement between us and the recipient.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share base price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms of any grant of stock appreciation rights will be set forth in an award agreement between us and the recipient.

Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms of any grant of restricted stock will be set forth in an award agreement between us and the recipient.

Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the vesting criteria in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number of shares to be paid out to the participant. The administrator may set vesting criteria based on achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals, including continued employment or service, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis the administrator determines, in its discretion. After the grant of a restricted stock unit award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria for such award. The administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in shares, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms of any grant of restricted stock units will be set forth in an award agreement between us and the recipient.

Performance Shares, Performance Units.     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting provisions in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to the participant. The administrator may set performance objectives based on company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals, including continued employment or service, applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis the administrator determines, in its discretion. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such award. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or before the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the

 

110


Table of Contents

form of cash, in shares or a combination of both. Performance shares or units that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms of any grant of performance units and performance shares will be set forth in an award agreement between us and the recipient.

Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the 2013 Plan.

Merger or Change in Control, Dissolution or Liquidation.     Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or other entity or our change in control, as defined under the 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Plan Amendment, Termination.     The administrator has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2013 Plan will automatically terminate in 2023, unless we terminate it sooner.

2006 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2006 Plan in December 2006. Our 2006 Plan was amended most recently in February 2013.

Our 2006 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and restricted stock to our employees and consultants and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2006 Plan following this offering and will instead grant awards under our 2013 Plan; however, the 2006 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2006 Plan is 13,002,500 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2012, options to purchase 10,212,760 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2006 Plan and 1,242,353 shares of our common stock remained available for future grant under the 2006 Plan. Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2006 Plan that we repurchase, that expire or are forfeited, or become unexercisable

 

111


Table of Contents

without having been exercised in full, as well as shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2006 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an option is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, such surrendered option will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan.

Plan Administration .    The 2006 Plan may be administered by our board of directors and/or a committee of our board of directors, as determined by our board of directors (referred to as the “administrator”).

Subject to the provisions of our 2006 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price of the options, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2006 Plan, among other powers. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, to institute an option exchange program under which the exercise price of an outstanding option is reduced or outstanding options may be exchanged for options with a lower exercise price and to construe and interpret the 2006 Plan and awards granted under the 2006 Plan. The administrator’s decisions and interpretations will be final and binding on all participants.

Stock Options .    The administrator may grant incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options under our 2006 Plan; provided that incentive stock options are only granted to our employees and the employees of our parent or subsidiary corporations. The per share exercise price of an incentive stock option must equal at least the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date and the per share exercise price of a nonstatutory stock option must equal at least 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date; provided, however, that an option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or the stock of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations (a “10% holder”) must have a per share exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option granted to a 10% holder may not have a term in excess of five years.

The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other forms of consideration determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for a specified period of time. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability or if the participant’s death occurs within 30 days after the termination of service, the option will remain exercisable for twelve months. If the participant’s service is terminated for cause, the option will terminate immediately upon first notification of such termination of service, and if the participant’s service is suspended as a result of any related investigation, then any rights under the option will be suspended during such investigation. In all other cases, the option generally will remain exercisable for 90 days following a termination of service. The administrator may offer to buy out for cash or shares an option granted under the 2006 Plan based on terms that the administrator determines.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2006 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon exercise without regard to vesting. Unless the administrator determines

 

112


Table of Contents

otherwise, shares of restricted stock may be repurchased by us upon the termination of the purchaser’s employment with us for any reason. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2006 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the number of shares subject to each outstanding award, the number of shares that remain available for issuance under the 2006 Plan, and the price per share of common stock covering each outstanding award will be proportionately adjusted.

Corporate Transactions, Dissolution, Liquidation .    Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined under the 2006 Plan, the administrator may provide that each outstanding award will (i) be assumed or substituted for an equivalent award, (ii) become fully vested and be exercisable before or in connection with the corporate transaction and terminate upon the corporate transaction, and/or (iii) terminate upon the corporate transaction pursuant to terms and conditions determined by the administrator, including that awards may be terminated in exchange for a cash payment. In the event of our dissolution or liquidation, each award will terminate immediately prior to such event, unless otherwise determined by the administrator.

Plan Amendment, Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2006 Plan provided such action does not materially adversely affect the rights of any participant under any outstanding award.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer up to all eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. Historically, we have not matched any contributions made by our employees, including executives, but have the discretion to, and may do so in the future. We intend for our 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code so that contributions by employees to our 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from our 401(k) plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

 

113


Table of Contents

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors, which will be amended prior to the completion of this offering. In addition, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our officers before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

114


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED PARTY AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation and indemnification agreements discussed above in the section titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation” and the registration rights described below in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of certain relationships and transactions since January 1, 2010 involving our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

On November 19, 2010, and at additional closings on November 22, 2010 and May 6, 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,737,211 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $4.5271, for aggregate consideration of $30.5 million. The participants in our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock financing include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors, as well as certain of our current and former directors and officers. The following table summarizes the number of shares and total purchase price paid by these individuals and entities:

 

Name of Stockholder

  Our Director   Number of
Series E
Shares
    Total
Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Tenaya Capital(1)

  N/A     596,409      $ 2,700,003   

Funds affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(2)

  Promod Haque     1,700,869        7,700,004   

Funds affiliated with Focus Ventures(3)

  N/A     733,796        3,321,968   

Michael L. Hatfield

  Michael L.

Hatfield

    388,602        1,759,240   

Robert E. Switz Revocable Trust dated July 27, 2009

  Robert E.
Switz
    55,223        250,000   

Scott T. Bauer

  N/A     55,223        250,000   

 

(1) Affiliates of Tenaya Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners X, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, LP
(3) Affiliates of Focus Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Focus Ventures III, L.P. and FV Investors III, L.P.

 

115


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

On December 9, 2011, and at an additional closing on December 12, 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,138,535 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock at a per share purchase price of $4.6761, for aggregate consideration of $10.0 million. The participants in our Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock financing include venture capital funds that hold 5% or more of our capital stock and which were represented on our board of directors, as well as certain of our current and former directors and officers. The following table summarizes the number of shares and total purchase price paid by these individuals and entities:

 

Name of Stockholder

  Our Director   Number of
Series F
Shares
    Total 
Purchase
Price
 

Funds affiliated with Tenaya Capital(1)

  N/A     319,132      $ 1,492,293   

Funds affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(2)

  Promod Haque     1,059,331        4,953,538   

Funds affiliated with Focus Ventures(3)

  N/A     151,886        710,234   

Robert E. Switz Revocable Trust dated July 27, 2009

  Robert E. Switz     9,366        43,796   

Scott T. Bauer

  N/A     17,992        84,132   

 

(1) Affiliates of Tenaya Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.
(2) Affiliates of Norwest Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Norwest Venture Partners X, LP and Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, LP
(3) Affiliates of Focus Ventures holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Focus Ventures III, L.P. and FV Investors III, L.P.

Facility Lease

In August 2007, we entered into a six-year lease agreement for our Petaluma headquarters, which was originally scheduled to expire in September 2013. This agreement has been amended and now the lease expires with respect to a portion of the premises in May 2015 and the remainder of the premises in October 2018, providing the company a total of 22,780 square feet. Michael L. Hatfield, our president, who is a member of our board of directors, and a greater than 5% stockholder owns approximately 40% of the limited liability company from whom we are leasing our headquarters. The approximate dollar value of the transaction for the period beginning January 1, 2009 and ending October 31, 2018 is $3,156,000. This transaction was approved by the disinterested members of our board of directors.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement among us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, grants these stockholders certain registration rights with respect to certain shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon conversion of the shares of preferred stock held by them. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

Our amended and restated voting agreement among us and certain purchasers of our preferred stock, including our principal stockholders with whom certain of our directors are affiliated, requires purchasers to vote their shares on certain matters pursuant to the terms of the voting agreement,

 

116


Table of Contents

including with respect to the election of directors. Pursuant to our amended and restated voting agreement, each of Azure Capital Partners, Norwest Venture Partners and Tenaya Capital was granted the right to designate one member of our board of directors, subject to each entity and its affiliates owning at least one million shares of our preferred stock. As of the date hereof, Paul Ferris and Promod Haque are members of our board of directors pursuant to the designation rights granted to Azure Capital Partners and Norwest Venture Partners, respectively, under our amended and restated voting agreement. Currently, Tenaya Capital has elected to forego its right under our amended and restated voting agreement to designate a member of our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors or the voting of capital stock of the company.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Immediately following the completion of this offering, the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. For purposes of this responsibility, a related person will be defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or stockholders who own greater than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed fiscal year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter will provide that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, responsibilities or procedures governing the review and approval of related-party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

 

117


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our current directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 36,472,225 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012. We did not deem such shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Cyan, Inc., 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, California 94954.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
     Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering

Beneficial Owner Name

   Shares      Percentage      Shares      Percentage

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Mark A. Floyd(1)

     188,685         *         188,685      

Michael L. Hatfield(2)

     2,018,577         5.5         2,018,577      

Scott A. Pradels(3)

     191,250         *         191,250      

Kenneth M. Siegel(4)

     —           *         —        

Michael Boustridge(5)

     88,685         *         88,685      

Paul A. Ferris(6)

     6,060,122         16.5         6,060,122      

Promod Haque(7)

     11,004,099         29.9         11,004,099      

M. Niel Ransom(8)

     88,685         *         88,685      

Robert E. Switz (9)

     153,274         *         153,274      

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(10)

     20,277,008         53.3         20,277,008      

5% Stockholders:

           

Entities affiliated with Norwest Venture Partners(11)

     11,004,099         29.9         11,004,099      

Entities affiliated with Azure Capital(12)

     6,060,122         16.5         6,060,122      

Entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital(13)

     3,315,081         9.1         3,315,081      

Entities affiliated with Focus Ventures(14)

     2,485,375         6.8         2,485,375      

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners(15)

     2,444,216         6.7         2,444,216      

Michael L. Hatfield(2)

     2,018,577         5.5         2,018,577      

 

118


Table of Contents

 

(*) Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Consists of 188,685 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012, of which 119,935 shares will be fully vested as of March 1, 2013 and the remainder of which, if purchased, would be subject to a repurchase right until fully vested. Excludes unvested and unexercisable options to purchase 1,517,874 shares of common stock.
(2) Consists of (i) 1,873,656 shares held by Mr. Hatfield; (ii) 41,666 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012; (iii) 53,924 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Mr. Hatfield that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $1.30 per share; and (iv) 49,331 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Mr. Hatfield that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.45 per share. Excludes unvested and unexercisable options to purchase 608,334 shares of common stock.
(3) Consists of (i) 150,000 shares held by Mr. Pradels; and (ii) 41,250 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012. Excludes unvested and unexercisable options to purchase 323,750 shares of common stock.
(4) Excludes unvested and unexercisable options to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock.
(5) Consists of 88,685 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012, of which 9,238 will be fully vested as of March 1, 2013 and the remainder of which, if purchased, would be subject to a repurchase right until fully vested.
(6) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (12) below, which are held by the Azure Capital entities. Mr. Ferris, one of our directors, is a general partner at Azure Capital and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Azure Capital entities.
(7) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (11) below, which are held by the Norwest Venture Partners entities. Mr. Haque, one of our directors, is a member of Genesis VC Partners X, LLC and Itasca VC VII-A, LLC and shares voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Norwest Venture Partners entities.
(8) Consists of 88,685 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012, of which 75,751 will be fully vested as of March 1, 2013 and the remainder of which, if purchased, would be subject to a repurchase right until fully vested.
(9) Consists of (i) 64,589 shares held by the Robert E. Switz Revocable Trust dated July 27, 2009 for which Mr. Switz serves as trustee; and (ii) 88,685 shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012, of which 42,494 will be fully vested as of March 1, 2013 and the remainder of which, if purchased, would be subject to a repurchase right until fully vested.
(10) Consists of (i) 18,672,258 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors; (ii) 948,072 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012, of which 740,750 will be fully vested as of March 1, 2013; (iii) 53,924 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $1.30 per share; and (iv) 602,754 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.45 per share. Excludes unvested and unexercisable options to purchase 2,964,542 shares of common stock.
(11) Consists of (i) 10,044,826 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners X, LP (“NVP X”); (ii) 641,560 shares held by Norwest Venture Partners VII-A, LP (“NVP VII-A”); and (iii) 317,713 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by NVP X that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.45 per share. NVP Associates, LLC (“NVP”) is the managing member of Genesis VC Partners X, LLC (“Genesis X”) the general partner of NVP X and Itasca VC VII-A, LLC (“Itasca VII-A”), the general partner of NVP VII-A. Promod Haque, Matthew Howard and Jeffrey Crowe, as co-Chief Executive Officers of NVP and members of Genesis X and Itasca VII-A, may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by NVP X and NVP VII-A. The address for the Norwest Venture Partners entities is 525 University Avenue, Suite 800, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

119


Table of Contents
(12) Consists of (i) 5,162,335 shares held by Azure Capital Partners II, L.P. (“Azure Capital II”); (ii) 662,077 shares held by Azure Entrepreneurs II, L.P. (“Azure Entrepreneurs II”); (iii) 208,916 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Azure Capital II that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.45 per share; and (iv) 26,794 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Azure Entrepreneurs II that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.45 per share. The general partner of each of Azure Capital II and Azure Entrepreneurs II is Azure Capital Partners VC Administrators II, LP, whose general partner is Azure Parent, LLC (“Azure Capital Partners”). Paul Ferris, Mike Kwatinetz, Cameron Lester and Paul Weinstein are the managing members of Azure Capital Partners and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Azure Capital II and Azure Entrepreneurs II. The address for each of these entities is c/o Azure Capital Partners, 650 California Street, 11th Floor, San Francisco, California 94108.
(13) Consists of (i) 2,598,058 shares held by Tenaya Capital V, L.P.; and (ii) 717,023 shares held by Tenaya Capital V, L.P. The general partner of each of Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P. is Tenaya Capital V GP, LP whose general partner is Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC. Messrs. Tom Banahan, Ben Boyer, Stewart Gollmer, Brian Melton and Brian Paul are the managers of Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC and such managers share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P. The address for each of these entities is c/o Tenaya Capital, 2965 Woodside Road, Suite A, Woodside, California 94062.
(14) Consists of (i) 2,441,831 shares held by Focus Ventures III, L.P. (“Focus Ventures”); and (ii) 43,544 shares held by FV Investors III, L.P. (“FV Investors”). The general partner of each of Focus Ventures and FV Investors is Focus Ventures Partners III, LLC (“Focus Ventures Partners”). James H. Boettcher, Steven Bird and Kevin J. McQuillan are the managing members of Focus Ventures Partners and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Focus Ventures and FV Investors. The address for each of these entities is c/o Focus Ventures, 525 University Avenue, Suite 225, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(15) Consists of (i) 2,400,466 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. (“MCP III LP”); and (ii) 43,750 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. (“MCA III LP”). Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. (“MMA III LLC”), a managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. (“MCA III LLC”), the general partner of MCP III LP and MCA III LP, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by MCP III LP and MCA III LP. Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof, the managing members of MMA III LLC, share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by these entities and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301.

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the completion of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. For a complete description of our capital stock, you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investor rights agreement, that are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

As of December 31, 2012, there were 36,472,225 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately 59 stockholders of record, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, which will occur upon the completion of this offering. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, except as required by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class will be subject to election by a plurality of the votes cast at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

121


Table of Contents

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

Each currently outstanding share of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock on a one-to-one basis upon either (i) the closing of an offering with proceeds to us of at least $50 million and in which our valuation immediately prior to the closing of this offering is $300 million or (ii) the written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of our then outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2012, there were 10,212,760 outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2006 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.49 per share.

Warrants

As of December 31, 2012, we had the following warrants outstanding, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.34 per share:

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock that will either be exercised or converted into warrants to purchase 115,001 shares of our common stock, all of which are exercisable for a period of five years following the effectiveness of the registration statement, in connection with the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase 894,596 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock that will either be exercised or terminated, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 36,556,602 shares of our common stock, calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to rights

 

122


Table of Contents

with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

These registration rights will expire (i) five years following the completion of this offering, (ii) upon the closing of a transfer of a majority of our common stock or securities exchangeable for or convertible into our common stock (through a merger, consolidation or stock purchase) or sale or disposal of all or substantially all of our assets, including granting one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of our intellectual property, or (iii) with respect to any stockholder holding less than five percent of our outstanding capital stock, when such stockholder is able to sell all of its shares during a three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act. We will pay the registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions) of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the registrations described below. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Underwriters” for additional information.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 34,791,601 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights, which number assumes the exercise and conversion to common stock of (i) warrants to purchase 77,033 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock; and (ii) warrants to purchase 817,563 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock. Six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of these shares then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares, provided that such registration of shares would result in an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days. Additionally, we will not be required to effect a demand registration during the period beginning with 90 days prior to our good faith estimate of the date of the filing of, and ending 180 days following the effectiveness of a registration statement relating to the public offering of our securities.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to approximately 34,906,602 shares of our common stock may make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the sale of securities registered pursuant to such request would result in an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least one million dollars. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, in connection with the public offering of such securities, the holders of up to approximately 36,556,602 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback”

 

123


Table of Contents

registration rights allowing the holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to a company stock plan, a registration related to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years of the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an “interested stockholder,” did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees or agents to the us or the our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or (v) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case, subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Board of Directors Vacancies.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant

 

124


Table of Contents
 

directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

  Ÿ  

Classified Board.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See the section titled “Management—Board of Directors” for additional information.

 

  Ÿ  

Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders .    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our president, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations .    Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

  Ÿ  

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

  Ÿ  

Directors Removed Only for Cause.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

  Ÿ  

Amendment of Charter Provisions.     Any amendment of the above provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our then outstanding common stock.

 

  Ÿ  

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock .    Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

125


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021. Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CYNI.”

 

126


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Following the completion of this offering, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, we will have a total of                    shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of all or substantially all of our equity securities have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of December 31, 2012, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

beginning on the date of this prospectus, the                    shares of common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

  Ÿ  

beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                    additional shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                    shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

  Ÿ  

the remainder of the shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

 

127


Table of Contents

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (i) to an immediate family member of a security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of such an immediate family member, (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (iii) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of such security holder or (B) as part of a distribution to an equity holder of such stockholder or (iv) if the security holder is a trust, to a beneficiary of the trust, provided that in each case, the transferee, donee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer and no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act nor any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

transactions by a security holder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares of common stock issued pursuant to the 2006 Plan or 2013 Plan or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were used;

 

  Ÿ  

if the security holder is an individual, the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the security holder uses its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement prior to such transfer; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by a security holder pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of us, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities will continue to be subject to these restrictions.

In the event that any of our officers or directors or a person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that is the record or beneficial owner of one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) or more of our capital stock is granted an early release, then each person or group who has executed a lock-up agreement automatically will be granted an early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro rata basis.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to

 

128


Table of Contents

compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                     shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to an investor rights agreement, the holders of approximately 36,556,602 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” If the offer and sale of these shares is registered, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market.

Stock Options

As of December 31, 2012, there were 10,212,760 outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to our 2006 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.49 per share. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the completion of this offering to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan and our 2013 Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans” for additional information.

 

129


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

130


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

We do not anticipate making any distributions on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.), are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received, and are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

131


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

132


Table of Contents

Recently Enacted Legislation Affecting Taxation of
our Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends, and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. This withholding obligation under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

133


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below, unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional             shares from us. They will be able to exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                      additional shares.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

134


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock (i) to an immediate family member of a security holder or to a trust formed for the benefit of such an immediate family member, (ii) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (iii) if the security holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of such security holder or (B) as part of a distribution to an equity holder of such stockholder or (iv) if the security holder is a trust, to a beneficiary of the trust, provided that in each case, the transferee, donee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement prior to or upon such transfer and no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act nor any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer is required or voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

  Ÿ  

transactions by a security holder relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after completion of this offering; provided that no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of shares to us in connection with the repurchase of shares of common stock issued pursuant to our 2006 Plan or 2013 Plan or pursuant to the agreements pursuant to which such shares were used;

 

  Ÿ  

if the security holder is an individual, the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the security holder uses its reasonable best efforts to cause the transferee to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement prior to such transfer; or

 

  Ÿ  

the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by a security holder pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of us, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, such securities will continue to be subject to these restrictions.

In the event that any of our officers or directors or a person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that is the record or beneficial owner of one percent (aggregating ownership of affiliates) or more of our capital stock is granted an early release, then each person or group who has executed a lock-up agreement automatically will be granted an early release from its obligations under the lock-up agreement on a pro rata basis.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CYNI.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents

 

135


Table of Contents

the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in an amount up to $            .

The company will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future provide a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate

 

136


Table of Contents

independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of the shares may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the several underwriters; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of the shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The sellers of shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of the shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to underwriting the shares as contemplated in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that, in connection with the distribution of the shares,

 

  (a) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and

 

  (b) it will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue and sale of such shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us.

 

137


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and the underwriters will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

138


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. The underwriters are being represented by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, in connection with this offering. Cooley LLP has in the past provided, and continues to provide, legal services to us. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Cooley LLP own an interest representing less than 0.05% of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Cyan, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.cyaninc.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

139


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Cyan, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cyan, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, statements of comprehensive loss, statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cyan, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

February 19, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity
December 31,
2012
 
     2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,740      $ 20,221     

Accounts receivable, net

     6,526        19,200     

Inventories

     4,684        14,049     

Deferred costs

     2,304        8,228     

Prepaid expenses and other

     453        930     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     39,707        62,628     

Property and equipment, net

     3,791        6,485     

Other assets

     30        1,676     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 43,528      $ 70,789     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 4,473      $ 11,842     

Accrued expenses

     1,852        3,636     

Accrued compensation

     1,406        3,743     

Revolving loan

            7,563     

Notes payable

     45            

Deferred revenue

     4,267        15,597     

Preferred stock warrant liability

     900        6,254      $   

Deferred rent

     61        74     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     13,004        48,709     

Term loan

            5,000     

Deferred revenue

     952        1,820     

Deferred rent

     114        182     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     14,070        55,711     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable in series, $0.0001 par value: 35,031,602 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; 33,897,005 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; aggregate liquidation preference of $98,751 as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding pro forma ( unaudited )

     98,133        98,133      $   

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2011 and 2012; 2,440,771, 2,575,220, and 36,472,225 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and pro forma ( unaudited )

                   4   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,301        3,514        107,897   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (27     (19     (19

Accumulated deficit

     (69,949     (86,550     (86,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (68,675     (83,055   $ 21,332   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 43,528      $ 70,789     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Revenue

   $ 23,484      $ 40,421      $ 95,872   

Cost of revenue

     18,263        27,074        57,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,221        13,347        38,557   

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     10,430        12,986        18,447   

Sales and marketing

     7,919        12,825        25,243   

General and administrative

     2,380        3,310        6,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,729        29,121        49,745   

Loss from operations

     (15,508     (15,774     (11,188

Interest expense

     (429     (419     (33

Other income (expense), net

     (406     322        (5,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (835     (97     (5,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (16,343     (15,871     (16,561

Provision for income taxes

     1        14        40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (7.54   $ (6.63   $ (6.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     2,167        2,396        2,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

       $ (0.31
      

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share (unaudited)

         36,412   
      

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (27     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

            (27     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,912   $ (16,593
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount          

Balances at December 31, 2009

    25,021,259      $ 57,793            2,107,833      $      $ 212      $      $ (37,720   $ (37,508

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $88

    6,626,765        29,912                                                 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                      208,208               79                      79   

Stock-based compensation

                                    195                      195   

Net loss

                                                  (16,344     (16,344
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

    31,648,024        87,705            2,316,041               486               (54,064     (53,578

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock

    110,446        500                                                 

Issuance of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $71

    2,138,535        9,928                                                 

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                      124,730               50                      50   

Stock-based compensation

                                    765                      765   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                           (27            (27

Net loss

                                                  (15,885     (15,885
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    33,897,005        98,133            2,440,771               1,301        (27     (69,949     (68,675

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                      134,449               116                      116   

Stock-based compensation

                                    2,097                      2,097   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                                           8               8   

Net loss

                                                  (16,601     (16,601
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    33,897,005      $ 98,133            2,575,220      $      $ 3,514      $ (19   $ (86,550   $ (83,055
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31  
   2010     2011     2012  

Operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     794        1,358        1,801   

Loss on disposal of assets

     23                 

Noncash interest expense

     241        20          

Stock-based compensation

     195        765        2,097   

Change in fair value for warrants

     412        (313     5,354   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,880     (3,514     (12,674

Inventories

     443        (1,914     (8,162

Deferred costs

            (2,304     (5,924

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (196     (109     (477

Other assets

            39        (109

Accounts payable

     1,669        1,863        6,483   

Accrued liabilities

     430        1,027        1,133   

Customer deposits

     (890              

Accrued compensation

     408        547        2,337   

Deferred revenue

     64        5,046        12,198   

Deferred rent

     (19     (49     81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (14,650     (13,423     (12,463
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,289     (2,772     (5,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,289     (2,772     (5,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

      

Net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     29,912        10,428          

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of repurchase

     79        50        116   

Borrowings under revolving loan facility

                  
7,563
  

Borrowings under term loan facility

                  
5,000
  

Repayments of borrowings under notes payable

     (3,185     (2,458     (45

Repayments on sale-leaseback

     (161     (132       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     26,645        7,888        12,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

            (27     8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,706        (8,334     (5,519

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     23,368        34,074        25,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 34,074      $ 25,740      $ 20,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 187      $ 399      $ 43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash Investing and Financing

      

Noncash transfer of inventory to property and equipment

   $      $ 393      $ 1,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash interest expense in relation to the accrual of end-of-term note payments

   $ 149      $ 20      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

                 $ 1,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CYAN, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of the Business Cyan, Inc. was incorporated on October 25, 2006, in the state of Delaware and its principal executive offices are located in Petaluma, California. The Company has pioneered innovative, carrier-grade networking solutions that transform disparate and inefficient legacy networks into open, high-performance networks. The Company’s solutions include high-capacity, multi-layer switching and transport platforms as well as a carrier-grade software-defined networking platform and applications. The Company’s solutions enable its customers to virtualize their networks, accelerate service delivery and increase scalability and performance while reducing costs. The Company designed its solutions to provide a variety of existing and emerging premium applications including business Ethernet, wireless backhaul, broadband backhaul and cloud connectivity. The Company’s customers range from service providers to high-performance data center and large, private network operators.

Principles of Consolidation— The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cyan, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Cyan EMEA Ltd., Cyan International Holdings, C.V. and Cyan International B.V. (collectively, Cyan or the Company). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Periods— During 2011, the Company operated on 13-week fiscal quarters ending on the last Sunday of each interim fiscal period. For presentation purposes only, the 2011 interim fiscal periods are shown as ending on the last day of the calendar month of the respective fiscal period. Commencing in 2012, the Company operates on fiscal periods ending on the last day of the calendar month of the respective fiscal period.

Use of Estimates— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. For the Company, these estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for credit losses, excess and obsolete inventory, allowances for obligations to its contract manufacturer, useful lives assigned to long-lived assets, the valuation of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock and related warrants and options, warranty costs and contingencies. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, assuming the Company raises at least $50 million. The December 31, 2012 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding into 33,897,005 shares of common stock as well as the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

Cash and Cash Equivalents— The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, cash and cash equivalents consist principally of money market funds, the cost of which approximates fair value.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Credit Risk and Concentrations— Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds that are invested through financial institutions in the United States. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to these cash and cash equivalents and investments.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables exist to the full extent of amounts presented in the financial statements. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and does not require collateral from its customers to secure accounts receivable. Accounts receivable are derived from shipments to customers located primarily in the United States.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability or unwillingness of its customers to make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances, including evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Additionally, based on its historical write-offs and collections experience, the Company records an additional allowance based on a percentage of outstanding receivables. These valuations require significant judgment and are based on a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, current economic trends, payment history, and financial review of the customer. Actual collection losses may differ from management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations. The Company had no allowance for doubtful accounts recorded as of December 31, 2011 and 2012.

The Company depends on its contract manufacturer for its finished goods inventory. The Company operates under a manufacturing services agreement with its contract manufacturer pursuant to which the Company is to provide a rolling quarterly forecast indicating the Company’s monthly production requirements. While the Company seeks to maintain sufficient inventory on hand, the Company’s business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such products, the receipt of defective parts, an increase in the price of such products, or the Company’s inability to obtain lower prices from its contract manufacturer and suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Inventories— Inventories consisting of finished goods purchased from the contract manufacturer are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined using standard cost, which approximates actual cost, on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and on order and records write-downs as a component of cost of revenue for excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of the demand for its products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross margins. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.

Foreign Currency Translation— The Company’s revenue contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars, but certain operating expenses are incurred in various foreign currencies. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is the local country’s currency. Consequently, expenses of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period reported, while assets and liabilities of operations outside the U.S. are translated into U.S. dollars using the end-of-period exchange rates.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Foreign currency translation adjustments not affecting net loss are included in stockholders’ deficit as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The revaluation effect of foreign currency fluctuations is recorded in foreign currency gain (loss) and included in other income (expense) in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Property and Equipment, Net— Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the related remaining lease term, generally five to 10 years. The costs of repairs and maintenance are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for refurbishments and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. When assets are retired or sold, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated, with any remaining gain or loss reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets The Company periodically evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a potential impairment may have occurred. If such events or changes in circumstances arise, the Company compares the carrying amount of the long-lived assets to the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the long-lived assets. If the estimated aggregate, undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the long-lived assets, an impairment charge, calculated as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets, is recorded. Through December 31, 2012, no impairment losses have been identified.

Revenue Recognition— Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.     Customer purchase orders are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement.

 

  Ÿ  

Delivery has occurred.     Shipping documents and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery.

 

  Ÿ  

The price is fixed or determinable.     The Company assesses whether the price is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment.

 

  Ÿ  

Collectability is reasonably assured.     The Company assesses collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis, as well as the customer’s payment history.

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sales of its hardware and software products. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in revenue.

From time to time, the Company offers customers sales incentives, including discounts. Revenue is recorded net of these amounts.

Payment terms to customers are generally net 30 days. The Company does not offer extended payment terms.

In general, the Company’s products and services qualify as separate units of accounting. Products are typically considered delivered upon shipment. In certain cases, the Company’s products

 

F-10


Table of Contents

are sold along with services, which include installation, training, remote network monitoring services, post-sales software support, software-as-a-service (SaaS) based subscriptions, and/or extended warranty services. Post-sales software support includes rights, on a when-and-if-available basis, to receive unspecified software product upgrades to embedded software or the Company’s management software; maintenance releases; and patches released during the term of the support contract. This type of transaction is considered a multiple-element arrangement. When accounting for multiple-element arrangements, U.S. GAAP requires the Company to allocate revenue to individual elements using vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the selling price, third-party evidence (TPE) of the selling price, or its best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if VSOE or TPE cannot be determined.

Multiple-element arrangements can include any combination of products and services. When allocating consideration, the Company will first do so on the basis of the deliverables’ relative selling prices, without regard to any contingent consideration, and then subsequently determine whether the revenue that may be recognized is limited based on the amount of non-contingent revenue. To the extent that the stated contractual prices agree to the Company’s estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation of the consideration is based on stated contractual prices. However, if the stated contractual price for any deliverable is outside a narrow range of the estimated selling price on a standalone basis, the allocation is adjusted using the “relative-selling-price method.” Because the individual products and services meet the criteria for separate units of accounting, the Company will recognize revenue upon delivery of each element.

In most instances, the Company is not able to establish VSOE of the selling price for all deliverables in an arrangement with multiple elements. This may be due to the Company infrequently selling each element separately, not pricing elements within a narrow range, or only having a limited sales history. When VSOE cannot be established, the Company attempts to establish the selling price of each element based upon TPE of the selling price by evaluating the pricing of similar and interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone arrangements. However, as the Company’s products contain a significant element of proprietary technology and offer substantially different features and functionality from competitors, the Company has not been able to obtain comparable pricing information with respect to competitors’ products. Therefore, the Company has not been able to obtain reliable evidence of TPE of the selling price.

When the Company is unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, the Company uses BESP. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the element were sold on a standalone basis. BESP is primarily used for all elements for which the Company has historically not been able to establish VSOE or TPE of the selling price.

The Company determines BESP for an element by considering multiple factors, including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers, and pricing practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and formal approval by the Company’s management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy. The Company regularly reviews VSOE, TPE, and BESP and has a process for the establishment and updating of these estimates.

Post-sales software support revenue and extended warranty services revenue are deferred and recognized ratably over the period during which the services are to be performed. Installation and training service revenues are recognized upon delivery or completion of performance. These service arrangements are typically short term in nature and are largely completed shortly after delivery of the product.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The Company also delivers software-defined networking solutions to customers most frequently on a term basis with terms typically ranging from 12 to 36 months. While term-based licenses make up the majority of related revenues, the Company occasionally licenses solutions to customers on a perpetual basis with on-going support and maintenance services. License revenue is recognized in accordance with software industry specific guidance. The Company has not established VSOE for support and maintenance related to term or perpetual licenses. As a result, the Company recognizes license, support and maintenance revenue ratably over the contract term beginning on the date the customer has access to the software license key and continuing through contracted support and maintenance period.

In instances where substantive acceptance provisions are specified in the customer agreement, revenue is deferred until all acceptance criteria have been met. The Company’s arrangements generally do not include any provisions for cancellation, termination, or refunds that would materially impact revenue recognition.

The Company enters into arrangements with certain of its customers who receive government supported loans and grants from the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural Utility Service (RUS) to finance capital spending. Under the terms of an RUS equipment contract that includes installation services, the customer does not take possession and control and the title does not pass until formal acceptance is obtained from the customer. Under this type of arrangement, the Company does not recognize revenue until it has received formal acceptance from the customer, and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

When the Company’s products have been delivered, but the product revenue associated with the arrangement has been deferred as a result of not meeting the revenue recognition criteria, the related product costs are also deferred and included in deferred costs in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs— Advertising costs, which are expensed and included in sales and marketing expense when incurred, were $0, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of Revenue— Cost of revenue primarily consists of manufacturing costs of products payable to the Company’s contract manufacturer. Cost of revenue also includes third-party manufacturing and supply chain logistics costs, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty hosting costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other expenses associated with logistics and quality control. Additionally, it includes salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing installation, maintenance and support services and the provision of the Company’s service offerings.

Research and Development— Research and development costs primarily include salaries and other personnel-related expenses, contractor fees, facility costs, supplies, and depreciation of equipment associated with the design and development of new products prior to the establishment of their technological feasibility. Such costs are charged to research and development expense as incurred.

Development costs related to software incorporated in the Company’s products incurred subsequent to the establishment of technological feasibility and prior to the product being released are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful lives of the related products. Technological feasibility is established upon completion of a working model. Through December 31, 2012, these costs have been minimal and, accordingly, all software development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Warranties— The Company offers limited warranties for its hardware products for periods of one to eight years. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are charged against the Company’s estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect the Company’s liability include the number of installed units, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and the cost per claim.

Additionally, the Company offers separately priced extended warranty contracts for coverage beyond the standard warranty period. The Company expenses all warranty costs as incurred related to such extended warranty contracts.

Income Taxes— The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and are measured using the income tax rates in effect for the years in which the difference are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred income taxes of a change in income tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. In addition, valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company records uncertain tax positions using a two-step process whereby (1) a determination is made as to whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Stock-Based Compensation— The Company measures and recognizes stock-based compensation expense in the financial statements for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on the estimated fair values on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The Company’s determination of fair value of share based payment awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the Company’s estimated fair value of common stock, as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the awards, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities— Freestanding warrants for shares that are either putable or redeemable are classified as liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Therefore, the freestanding warrants that give the holder the right to purchase the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are liabilities that should be recorded at the estimated fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense), net.

The Company will continue to adjust the preferred stock warrant liability for changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
2. Fair Value Disclosure

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the consolidated financial statements are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value. The Company categorizes its financial instruments into a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements).

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Hierarchical levels that are directly related to the amount of subjectivity associated with the inputs to the valuation of these assets or liabilities are as follows:

Level 1: Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2: Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3: Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

Cash Equivalents

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, cash equivalents are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Cash equivalents classified in Level 1 at December 31, 2011 and 2012 include money market funds. The valuation of these instruments is determined using a market approach and is based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in active markets.

Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company estimated the fair value of preferred stock warrants at the respective balance sheet dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the market value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, risk-free rates, expected dividends, and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock. Because this model includes significant unobservable inputs, preferred stock warrant liabilities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s assets and liabilities at fair value (in thousands) as of:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2011

           

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 15,015       $       $       $ 15,015   

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 900       $ 900   

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2012

           

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 4,544       $       $       $ 4,544   

Liabilities:

           

Preferred stock warrants

   $       $       $ 6,254       $ 6,254   

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 liabilities (in thousands):

 

Fair value at December 31, 2010

   $ 1,213   

Change in fair value recorded in the statements of operations for the year

     (313
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2011

     900   

Change in fair value recorded in the statements of operations for the year

     5,354   
  

 

 

 

Fair value at December 31, 2012

   $ 6,254   
  

 

 

 

 

3. Balance Sheet Components

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

Cash

   $ 10,725       $ 15,677   

Money market funds

     15,015         4,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,740       $ 20,221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Lab equipment and tooling

   $ 5,333      $ 8,991   

Software

     504        568   

Leasehold improvements

     468        876   

Furniture and fixtures

     246        413   

Computer equipment

     520        719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     7,071        11,566   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,280     (5,081
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 3,791      $ 6,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $0.8 million, $1.4 million, and $1.8 million, respectively.

Included in property and equipment are assets acquired under capital lease obligations. As of December 31, 2012, the cost and accumulated depreciation related to these assets was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Amortization of these assets is included in depreciation and amortization expense.

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  

Inventory-in-transit

   $ 237       $ 323   

Warranty reserve(1)

     783         1,266   

Professional fees

     33         921   

Sales and use taxes

     451         627   

Other

     348         499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities

   $ 1,852       $ 3,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Activity related to warranties is as follows (in thousands):

 

  

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 363   

Charge to cost of sales

     963   

Costs incurred

     (543
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     783   

Charge to cost of sales

     1,106   

Costs incurred

     (623
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,266   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents
4. Debt

Loan and Security Agreement

On December 21, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”). The agreement provides a revolving loan facility of up to $10.0 million and a term loan facility of up to $5.0 million, for a total loan facility of up to $15.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had drawn down $5.0 million as term loans and $7.6 million as revolving loans.

Revolving loans bear interest at a floating rate equal to the greater of (i) 3.25% or (ii) the prime rate (3.25% as of December 31, 2012). For the first 12 months following each term loan advance, each term loan advance bears interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate, plus 0.50%. On the date following such 12 month period and thereafter, each term loan advance bears interest at a fixed rate equal to the prime rate on the date following such 12 month period, plus 0.50%.

Interest on the revolving loans and the term loans is due and payable monthly in arrears. Revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until December 21, 2014, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Principal on each term loan advance is payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning 12 months after the date on which such term loan advance is made. Prepayments of the revolving loan facility and the term loan facility prior to their respective termination dates will be subject to early termination fees, subject to certain exceptions.

The Company is obligated to pay customary fees for a loan facility of this size and type. The Company’s obligations under the loan facility are secured by a security interest on substantially all of its assets, excluding the Company’s intellectual property and certain other assets. Additionally, the Company’s future domestic subsidiaries, if any, may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the loan facility.

The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants limiting the Company’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Company must also comply with a minimum adjusted quick ratio financial covenant which is the ratio of its unrestricted cash and net billed accounts receivable to its current liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue.

The Loan and Security Agreement also contains customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults, breaches of covenants, investor abandonment, bankruptcy and insolvency events, cross defaults with certain material indebtedness, judgment defaults, and breaches of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, SVB may declare all or a portion of the Company’s outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the obligations could be increased by 5.0%.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

The estimated principal payments of the term loan over the next four years are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:       

2013

   $   

2014

     1,604   

2015

     1,666   

2016

     1,730   
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000   
  

 

 

 

Growth Capital Loans

In April 2008, the Company obtained a $5.0 million loan commitment from a lender. During 2008 and 2009, the Company borrowed $3.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, in $1.0 million installments. Each advance had a 36-month term and accrued interest at the prime rate plus 2.5% with a minimum rate of 6% . In addition, the agreement called for a 2% end-of-term payment, which was accrued over the life of the loan as incremental interest expense. Borrowings under the agreement were secured by substantially all assets of the Company. The agreement called for the Company to comply with various financial covenants. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants. The Company made the final payments retiring these loans in January 2012.

Promissory Notes

In March and July 2008, the Company entered into three promissory note agreements for an aggregate amount of approximately $1.0 million to finance the purchase of capital equipment. The promissory notes carried interest at 6.25% to 6.5% per annum and had 36-month terms consisting of nine to 12 months of interest only followed by 24 to 27 equal monthly installments of principal and interest. The agreements were collateralized by the underlying equipment. These note obligations were repaid in full during 2011.

 

5. Capital Leases

In May and August 2008, the Company entered into three sale-leaseback agreements whereby the Company sold lab equipment for approximately $0.3 million, which was leased back to the Company under 36-month capital lease agreements. Interest on the leases was payable at rates of approximately 4.4%. Additionally, the Company entered into a capital lease for approximately $0.1 million of lab equipment in October 2010. The lease had a one-year term and an interest rate of 6.7%. All capital lease obligations were paid in full during 2011.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
6. Commitments and Contingencies

Facility Lease and Related Party Transaction

In April 2007, the Company entered into a six-year lease agreement for office premises, which was originally scheduled to expire in September 2013. This agreement was amended in March 2010, April 2012 and September 2012 and now includes scheduled expiration dates in May 2015 and October 2018, providing the Company a total of 22,780 square feet. The lease stipulates annual rent totals over the life of the lease that result in uneven cash flows. The total commitment of the lease, with its extended term, is being amortized over the life of the lease on a straight-line basis. The difference between the lease payments required and the recognition of lease expense on a straight-line basis is recorded as deferred rent. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, total deferred rent was $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, rent expense was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

In relation to this lease agreement, an executive officer, who is a member of our board of directors and a greater than 5% stockholder of the Company, owns approximately 40% of the limited liability company from which the Company is leasing this building. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, no amounts were included in accounts payable as accrued expenses under this agreement.

Future minimum annual obligations under the lease agreement as of December 31, 2012, are approximately as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 630   

2014

     632   

2015

     315   

2016

     83   

2017

     85   

Thereafter

     74   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,819   
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various legal matters. In the opinion of management, the resolution of such matters will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated operations, cash flows or financial position.

In February 2013, a former employee of the Company filed a lawsuit alleging wrongful termination and seeking unspecified damages. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously defend the action. This litigation is still in its early stages and the final outcome, including any estimated liability, if any, is uncertain. At present, the Company is unable to estimate a reasonably possible range of loss, if any, that may result from this matter.

Guarantees

The Company from time to time enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

applicable premises; (ii) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors, and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with the Company; (iii) contracts under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that a Company product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right; and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which the Company may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from the Company’s acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Contract Manufacturer

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company has commitments to its contract manufacturer of $5.6 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Should the Company be required to pay under this guarantee, the Company has the right to obtain and liquidate the related inventory to recover amounts paid under the guarantee.

 

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s board of directors is authorized to designate the rights and preferences of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock and to establish the number of shares in each series. Redeemable convertible preferred stock consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2012:

 

Series

   Number
of Shares
Authorized
     Number of
Shares Issued
and
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference Per
Share
     Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value (Net of
Issuance Costs)
 
                          (in thousands)  

A

     6,830,453         6,740,614       $ 1.2981       $ 8,750       $ 8,653   

B

     7,256,366         7,154,171       $ 2.4463         17,501         17,428   

C

     4,905,378         4,087,815       $ 2.4463         10,000         9,785   

D

     7,038,659         7,038,659       $ 3.1256         22,000         21,927   

E

     6,737,211         6,737,211       $ 4.5271         30,500         30,412   

F

     2,263,535         2,138,535       $ 4.6761         10,000         9,928   
     

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 
        33,897,005          $ 98,751       $ 98,133   
     

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rights, privileges, and restrictions of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and are summarized as follows:

Voting rights —Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which such share of redeemable preferred stock is convertible.

Dividends —Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to a dividend at a rate of $0.1038, $0.1957, $0.1957, $0.25, $0.3622 and $0.3741, respectively. Such dividends are noncumulative and are payable when and if declared by the board of directors. The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the board of directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on an as-if-converted basis. No dividends on redeemable convertible preferred stock or common stock have been declared from October 25, 2006 (date of inception) through December 31, 2012.

Liquidation —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, including a merger, sale, or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company or any other transaction or series of transactions involving the transfer of control of the Company, where persons other than the holders of the Company’s capital stock prior to the transaction become the beneficial owners of 50% or more of the voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are each entitled to receive an amount of $1.2981, $2.4463, $2.4463, $3.1256, $4.5271 and $4.6761 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock. If the assets distributed among the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock of the preferential amounts, the assets will be distributed ratably to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F in proportion to the preferential amounts each holder would otherwise be entitled to receive. The remaining assets, if any, will be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock.

Because the timing of any such liquidation event is uncertain, the Company has elected not to adjust the carrying values of its redeemable convertible preferred stock to their respective liquidation values until it becomes probable that redemption will occur.

Conversion —Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio, subject to adjustment for dilution. The number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price, which is currently equal to the original issue price.

Each share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then-effective conversion ratio upon (1) the closing of a public offering of common stock with proceeds to the Company of at least $50,000,000 and in which the pre-money valuation of the Company is not less than $300,000,000; or (2) the date or time specified by vote, written consent, or agreement of the holders of the majority of the then-outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, voting together as a class.

Contingent Redemption —The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a greater than 50% change in control, or a sale of substantially all of its assets would constitute a redemption event. Although the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily or currently redeemable, a liquidation or winding up of the Company would constitute a redemption event outside its control. Therefore, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

Significant terms and fair value estimates of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

Series

  

Expiration Date(1)

   Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
     Fair Value As of  
            December 31,  
            2011      2012  
                        (in thousands)  
              

A

  

Various dates between

November 21, 2013

and August 9, 2015

   $ 1.2981         89,839       $ 95       $ 630   

B

  

Various dates between

November 15, 2015

and February 23, 2016

     2.4463         102,195         80         616   

C

  

Various dates between

June 8, 2016 and

June 26, 2016

     2.4463         817,563         725         5,008   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
           1,009,597       $ 900       $ 6,254   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 77,033 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and 817,563 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock terminate upon the consummation of an initial public offering or sale of the Company if not exercised earlier.

The Company estimated the fair value of these warrants at the respective balance sheet dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, based on the market value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at the valuation measurement date, the remaining contractual terms of the warrants, risk-free rates, expected dividends, and expected volatility of the price of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock. These estimates are highly judgmental and could differ materially in the future.

The following table includes the assumptions used:

 

     December 31,  
     2011      2012  
     

Remaining contractual term (in years)

     1.89 – 4.49         0.89 – 3.49   

Volatility

     55%         55%   

Dividend yield

               

Risk-free interest rate

     0.25 –0.83%         0.25 –0.36%   

 

F-22


Table of Contents
8. Common Stock

Reserved Shares of Common Stock

At December 31, 2012, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

     December 31,
2012
 
    

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,740,614   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7,154,171   

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4,087,815   

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

     7,038,659   

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,737,211   

Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock

     2,138,535   

Stock options outstanding

     10,212,760   

Stock options available for grant

     1,242,353   

Warrants outstanding

     1,009,597   
  

 

 

 

Total shares reserved

     46,631,715   
  

 

 

 

Employee Stock Options

In 2006, the board of directors adopted the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan). The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options and nonstatutory options to employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company. Stock options may be granted with an exercise price of not less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted to stockholders owning more than 10% of the voting stock of the Company must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. The board of directors determines the fair value of the common stock. Generally, stock options are granted with terms of up to 10 years and vest over a period of four years.

Stock options may include an early exercise provision. In the event of termination of the purchaser’s continuous service status, any unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price, adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, and the like. This right of repurchase lapses with respect to the option shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the optionee’s notice of stock option grant. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no shares of common stock acquired for cash through the early exercise of options.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

A summary of the activity under the 2006 Plan and changes during the reporting periods and a summary of information related to options exercisable, vested, and expected to vest are presented below:

 

     Shares
Available for
Grant
    Number of
Shares
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise

Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                               (in thousands)  

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,601,833        3,184,959        0.98         8.1         4,360   

Options reserved

     2,900,000                       

Options granted

     (1,554,935     1,554,935        2.42         

Options exercised

            (124,730     0.31         

Options forfeited

     169,190        (169,190     1.45         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     3,116,088        4,445,974        1.49         7.8         4,063   

Options reserved

     4,027,500                       

Options granted

     (6,202,781     6,202,781        3.17         

Options exercised

            (134,449     0.87         

Options forfeited

     301,546        (301,546     2.52         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

     1,242,353        10,212,760      $ 2.49         8.4       $ 59,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2012

       8,845,923      $ 2.45         8.3       $ 51,844   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable—December 31, 2012

       2,910,643      $ 1.21         6.4       $ 20,655   
    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding under the 2006 Plan at December 31, 2012:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Number
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average

Life (in  Years)
 

$0.01 – $0.87

     1,566,031       $ 0.28         1,551,396       $ 0.27         4.9   

$0.88 – $1.45

     497,900         1.44         331,128         1.44         7.2   

$1.46 – $2.68

     4,900,322         2.53         834,627         2.42         8.3   

$2.69 – $3.62

     2,886,279         3.22         193,492         3.20         9.7   

$3.63 – $7.18

     362,228         7.18                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,212,760       $ 2.49         2,910,643       $ 1.21         6.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The fair value of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $1.5 million, $2.0 million and $13.3 million, respectively.

The Company’s board of directors determined the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following factors:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  

Expected term (years)

     6.08         6.08         6.08   

Volatility

     56.7-59.5%         55.0-56.7%         55.0   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.40-2.60%         0.97-2.25%         0.62-1.02%   

Dividend yield

                       

The expected term of stock options was estimated based on the simplified method that takes into consideration the vesting and contractual terms. Volatility is estimated based on the average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of the Company’s peer group in the industry in which the Company does business, with characteristics similar to those of the Company. The Company uses the U.S. Treasury yield for its risk-free interest rate and a dividend yield of zero, as it does not issue dividends.

The estimated forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of actual forfeitures and will continue to be evaluated based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. Further, to the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from this estimate, stock-based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 73       $ 57   

Research and development

     57         338         745   

Sales and marketing

     66         229         656   

General and administrative

     72         125         639   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total employee stock-based compensation

   $ 195       $ 765       $ 2,097   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was $1.05, $1.28 and $2.15 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The intrinsic value of employee options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2.2 million and $11.7 million is to be recognized over the stock options’ remaining vesting term of approximately 3.26 and 3.22 years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
9. Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010             2011             2012      

Net loss

   $ (16,344   $ (15,885   $ (16,601
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     2,167        2,396        2,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (7.54   $ (6.63   $ (6.60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following securities were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because their effect would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     31,648         33,897         33,897   

Employee stock options

     3,185         4,446         10,213   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     1,010         1,010         1,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     35,843         39,353         45,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share were computed to give effect to the conversion of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common shares and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital as though the conversion and reclassification had occurred as of the beginning of the first period presented or the original date of issuance, if later.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

 
     2012  

Net loss

   $ (16,601

Pro forma adjustment to reflect change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     5,354   
  

 

 

 
   $ (11,247
  

 

 

 

Shares:

  

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic net loss per share

     2,515   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to occur upon consummation of the Company’s expected initial public offering

     33,897   
  

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share

     36,412   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.31 )
  

 

 

 

 

10. Income Taxes

The following table presents domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2010                 2011                 2012        

United States

   $ (16,343 )   $ (15,939   $ (16,725

Foreign

            68        164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (16,343   $ (15,871   $ (16,561
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2010                  2011                  2012        

Current:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

     1         1         6   

Foreign

             13         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1       $ 14       $ 40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Federal

   $       $       $   

State

                       

Foreign

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision

   $         1       $         14       $         40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010             2011             2012      
      

Federal income tax at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     5.4        5.4        4.5   

Foreign taxes at less than statutory rate

            0.1        0.1   

Nondeductible stock based compensation

     (1.1     (1.4     (3.4

Nondeductible warrant fair value adjustment

     (0.9     0.7        (12.4

Other permanent differences

     0.3        (0.4     (1.0

Tax credits generated in current year

     3.9        4.9        2.8   

Other

     0.1               0.7   

Valuation allowance change

     (41.7     (43.3     (25.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

             (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  
    

Deferred revenue

   $ 8      $ 206   

Depreciation and amortization

     (106     (241

Accrued expenses and reserves

     871        1,485   

Loss carryforwards

     26,063        29,149   

Tax credit carryforwards

     3,002        3,462   

Contribution carryforwards

     1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     29,839        34,062   

Valuation allowance

     (29,839     (34,062
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company established a full valuation allowance to offset net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $6.8 million, $6.9 million and $4.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

At December 31, 2012, the Company had NOL carryforwards of $73.7 million, $61.0 million, and $13.0 million available to reduce future taxable income for federal, California, and other state income tax purposes, respectively. The NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2026 for federal and 2016 for state tax purposes. At December 31, 2012, the Company had research credit carryforwards of $2.4 million and $3.4 million available to offset future taxable income for federal and California state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal tax credits begin to expire in 2027. The state tax credit does not expire.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Under Section 382 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and similar state provisions, the amounts of benefits from NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be impaired or limited on an annual basis in the event that the Company has a cumulative ownership change of more than 50%, as defined, over a three-year period. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the NOL and tax credit carryforwards before utilization. The impact of any limitation that may be imposed due to current or future issuances of equity securities, including issuances with respect to acquisitions, has not been determined.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had an unrecognized tax benefit balance of $1.2 million related to research and development credits. No amount of the unrecognized tax benefits of $1.2 million at December 31, 2012, if recognized, would reduce the Company’s annual effective tax rate because the benefits would be in the form of tax credit carryforwards for which a full valuation allowance has been recorded. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months. The unrecognized tax benefits may change during the next year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business. The following table reflects changes in the unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2012  

Unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the year

   $ 743       $ 1,001   

Increase related to prior year tax provisions

               

Decrease related to prior year tax provisions

               

Increase related to current year tax provisions

     258         153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the year

   $ 1,001       $ 1,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. Total interest and penalties included in the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, are each zero. The Company files income tax returns in the United States, various states and certain foreign jurisdictions. The tax periods 2006 through 2012 remain open in most jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other foreign jurisdiction.

 

11. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company provides a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the board of directors. There were no employer contributions under this plan for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 or 2012.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
12. Concentration

Customers with an accounts receivable balance of 10% or greater of the total accounts receivable and customers with net revenue of 10% or greater of the total revenue are as follows:

 

     As of or for the Year Ended December 31,
     2010    2011    2012
     Percentage
of
Revenue
   Percentage
of
Accounts

Receivable
   Percentage
of
Revenue
   Percentage
of
Accounts

Receivable
   Percentage
of
Revenue
                          

Customer A

       23%          26%          37%          22%          45%  

Customer B

       *          13          *          *          *  

Customer C

       11          *          *          *          *  

 

(*Represents less than 10%)

 

13. Segment Information

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the chief executive officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by product line for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reporting segment.

Substantially all of the revenue and assets were attributable to U.S. operations as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

14. Subsequent Events

For the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, the Company evaluated subsequent events through February 19, 2013, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

                     Shares

Cyan, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    J.P. Morgan

Jefferies

Pacific Crest Securities

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,230   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NYSE listing fee

             *   

Printing and engraving expenses

             *   

Legal fees and expenses

             *   

Accounting fees and expenses

             *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

             *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

             *   

Miscellaneous

             *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2011, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(1) Sales of capital stock

 

  Ÿ  

On May 6, 2011, we issued 110,446 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with our Series E Financing to two accredited investors at a price of $4.53 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $500,000; and

 

  Ÿ  

On December 9, 2011, and at an additional closing on December 12, 2011, we issued 2,138,535 shares of Series F redeemable convertible preferred stock to 17 accredited investors at a price of $4.68 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $10.0 million.

(2) Options Issuances

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 318,272 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain officers, directors, employees and consultants of the registrant under our 2006 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.10 to $2.54, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $224,896.

 

  Ÿ  

From January 1, 2011 through March 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,072,713 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $2.35 to $8.31 to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 2006 Plan.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes the transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, with respect to the items (1) and (2) above, and/or Rule 701 thereunder, with respect to the item (2) above, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(1) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financials statements or related notes.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Petaluma, State of California, on April 4, 2013.

 

CYAN, INC.

By:

 

/s/    Mark A. Floyd

 

Mark A. Floyd

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark A. Floyd, Michael W. Zellner and Kenneth M. Siegel, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Cyan, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Mark A. Floyd        

Mark A. Floyd

  

Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 4, 2013

/s/    Michael W. Zellner        

Michael W. Zellner

  

Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and

Financial Officer)

  April 4, 2013

/s/    Michael L. Hatfield        

Michael L. Hatfield

   President and Director   April 4, 2013

/s/    Paul A. Ferris        

Paul A. Ferris

   Director   April 4, 2013

/s/    Promod Haque        

Promod Haque

   Director   April 4, 2013

/s/    M. Niel Ransom        

M. Niel Ransom

   Director   April 4, 2013

/s/    Michael J. Boustridge        

Michael J. Boustridge

   Director   April 4, 2013

/s/    Robert E. Switz        

Robert E. Switz

   Director   April 4, 2013

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

   

Description

    1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
    3.2      Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
    3.3      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
    3.4      Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
    3.5      Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
    4.1      Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated December 9, 2011, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
    5.1      Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
  10.1+      Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.2.1+      2006 Stock Plan.
  10.2.2+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire U.S. Executive.
  10.2.3+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire U.S. Non-Executive.
  10.2.4+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: U.S. Director.
  10.2.5+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: Refresh Grant U.S. Executive.
  10.2.6+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: Refresh Grant U.S. Non-Executive.
  10.2.7+      Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement for 2006 Stock Plan: New Hire Non-U.S. Non-Executive.
  10.3.1+      2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.3.2+     

Form of U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

  10.3.3+     

Form of U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

  10.3.4+     

Form of Non-U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

  10.3.5+     

Form of Non-U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

  10.4+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Mark Floyd, dated May 4, 2012.
  10.5+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Scott Bauer, dated January 28, 2011.
  10.6+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Norm Foust, dated January 8, 2007.
  10.7+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and James Hamilton, dated February 18, 2013.
  10.8+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Scott Pradels, dated November 2, 2006.
  10.9+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Kenneth Siegel, dated August 23, 2012.
  10.10+      Offer Letter by and between the Registrant and Michael Zellner, dated February 15, 2013.
  10.11+      Form of Severance and Change in Control Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

10.12†   Flextronics Manufacturing Services Agreement by and between the Registrant and Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd., dated June 22, 2007, as amended.
10.13   Full Service Lease by and between the Registrant and Redwood Technology Center, LLC, and Redwood Business Center 1, LLC as successor in interest, dated April 25, 2007, as amended September 4, 2012.
10.14   Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 21, 2012.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (attached to the signature page of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the registration statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CYAN, INC.

The undersigned, Michael Hatfield and Eric Clelland, hereby certify that:

1. They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 25, 2006 under the name Cyan Optics, Inc.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

“ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Cyan, Inc, (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

(A) Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 85,031,602 shares, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share. 50,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 35,031,602 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

(B) Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock authorized by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 6,830,453 shares. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 7,256,366


shares.

The third series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 4,905,378 shares. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 7,038,659 shares. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 6,737,211 shares. The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock ” and shall consist of 2,263,535 shares. The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Preferred Stock ”) are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, provided that an adjustment to the respective Conversion Price (as defined below) of such other securities or rights has been made in accordance with Section 4(d)(ii) below) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of (a) $0.1038 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, (b) $0.1957 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, (c) $0.1957 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, (d) $0.2500 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock, (e) $0.3622 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock and (f) $0.3741 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock, payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). Such dividends shall not be cumulative. After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock).

2. Liquidation .

(a) Preference . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) $1.2981 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them, (ii) $2.4463 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them, (iii) $2.4463 per share (as adjusted for

 

-2-


stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, (iv) $3.1256 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, (v) $4.5271 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them and (vi) $4.6761 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them, plus in each instance an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amounts, the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

(b) Remaining Assets . Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section 2(a) above and if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

(c) Certain Acquisitions .

(i) Deemed Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur if the Corporation shall (A) sell, convey, or otherwise dispose of (1) all or substantially all of its property or business (including granting one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Corporation retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), in each instance, unless an election is made not to treat the transaction as a deemed liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation with respect to all holders of Preferred Stock by (1) the holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, (2) in the event that, by virtue of such election, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would receive less consideration per share of Series E Preferred Stock in the transaction than they otherwise would be entitled to receive under Section 2(a) of this Article IV(B) had the transaction been treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (taking into account the ratable distribution requirements of Section 2(a)), the holders of at least 70% of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series and (3) in the event that, by virtue of such election, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock would receive less consideration per share of Series F Preferred Stock in the transaction than they otherwise would be entitled to receive under Section 2(a) of this Article IV(B) had the transaction been treated as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (taking into account the ratable distribution requirements of Section 2(a)), the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series (any such transaction, unless elected otherwise, a “ Liquidation

 

-3-


Transaction ”), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a liquidation Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, (ii) an equity financing in which the Corporation sells Preferred Stock to venture capital and other investors that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Corporation held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), and (iv) exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property that would otherwise qualify as a Liquidation Transaction if the licensees are the Corporation’s wholly-owned subsidiaries.

(ii) Valuation of Consideration . In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(c)(i) above, if all or a portion of the consideration received by the Corporation or its stockholders is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities received as consideration shall be valued as follows:

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

(2) If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on the formula specified in the definitive agreements for the Liquidation Transaction or, if no such formula exists, then the value of such securities shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(c)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,

(iii) Notice of Liquidation Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the

 

-4-


impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Preferred Stock (on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) that are entitled to such notice rights,

(iv) Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of this Section 2(c) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(c)(iii).

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

4. Conversion . The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) $1.2981 in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $2.4463 in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, (iii) $2.4463 in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, (iv) $3.1256 in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, (v) $4.5271 in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock and (vi) $4.6761 in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial Conversion Price per share shall be $1.2981 for shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $2.4463 for shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $2.4463 for shares of Series C Preferred Stock, $3.1256 for shares of Series D Preferred Stock, $4.5271 for shares of Series E Preferred Stock and $4.6761 for shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d). The ratio pursuant to which each share of Preferred Stock of any series may be converted into Common Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ” for each such series.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the applicable Conversion Rate at the time in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) except as provided below in Section 4(c), immediately prior to the closing of the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the

 

-5-


Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) and in which the pre-money valuation of the Corporation is not less than $300,000,000 (determined by multiplying the “price to public” in the public offering (prior to deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and other expenses) by the Corporation’s pre-money, fully-diluted capitalization immediately prior to the public offering (assuming full exercise and conversion of all exercisable and convertible securities and including all reserved but unissued shares under the Corporation’s stock option and other equity compensation plans) or (ii) the date or time specified by vote, written consent or agreement of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis; provided , however , that if, in the event of a vote, written consent or agreement for automatic conversion under this Section 4(b)(ii) in connection with a Liquidation Transaction, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would receive less consideration in the Liquidation Transaction for the share(s) of Common Stock into which a share of Series E Preferred Stock would be converted than such holder would receive in the Liquidation Transaction for a share of Series E Preferred Stock if no shares of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock (assuming all of the same terms, conditions and circumstances with respect to the Liquidation Transaction other than those relating to conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), the Conversion Rate for the Series E Preferred Stock shall be adjusted automatically, immediately prior to such automatic conversion, such that the consideration to be received in the Liquidation Transaction for the shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series E Preferred Stock is converted is equal to the consideration that would have been received in the Liquidation Transaction for a share of Series E Preferred Stock assuming no shares of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock (taking into account the ratable distribution requirements of Section 2(a) of this Article IV(B)), unless the holders of at least 70% of the Series E Preferred Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to such automatic conversion waive, in writing, such right to a Conversion Rate adjustment and provided , further , that if, in the event of a vote, written consent or agreement for automatic conversion under this Section 4(b)(ii) in connection with a Liquidation Transaction, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock would receive less consideration in the Liquidation Transaction for the share(s) of Common Stock into which a share of Series F Preferred Stock would be converted than such holder would receive in the Liquidation Transaction for a share of Series F Preferred Stock if no shares of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock (assuming all of the same terms, conditions and circumstances with respect to the Liquidation Transaction other than those relating to conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock), the Conversion Rate for the Series F Preferred Stock shall be adjusted automatically, immediately prior to such automatic conversion, such that the consideration to be received in the Liquidation Transaction for the shares of Common Stock into which a share of Series F Preferred Stock is converted is equal to the consideration that would have been received in the Liquidation Transaction for a share of Series F Preferred Stock assuming no shares of Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock (taking into account the ratable distribution requirements of Section 2(a) of this Article IV(B)), unless the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock that is outstanding immediately prior to such automatic conversion waive, in writing, such right to a Conversion Rate adjustment.

 

-6-


(c) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert such Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed (or a reasonably acceptable affidavit and indemnity undertaking in the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate), at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a certificate for the remaining number of shares of Preferred Stock if less than all of the Preferred Stock evidenced by the certificate were surrendered. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on (i) the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted or (ii) if applicable, the date of automatic conversion specified in Section 4(b) above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of public Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten public offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a Liquidation Transaction the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering or the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities or such Liquidation Transaction.

(d) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price . If the Corporation should issue, at any time on or after the filing date of this Restated Certificate (the “ Filing Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the

 

-7-


Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

(B) Definition of “Additional Stock” . For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation on or after the Filing Date, other than

(1) Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

(2) Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation, or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation, approved by the Board of Directors, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(3) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, or securities convertible into capital stock, issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions, approved by the Board of Directors;

(4) Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities (A) outstanding as of the date of this Restated Certificate, including without limitation, warrants, notes, options or other convertible securities or (B) issued under one of the numbered exceptions set forth in this Section 4(d)(i)(B) of Article IV(B);

(5) Capital stock, or warrants or options to purchase capital stock, or securities convertible into capital stock, issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers or similar transactions, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors;

(6) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(7) Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock;

(8) Capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, or securities convertible into capital stock, issued to an entity as a

 

-8-


component of any business relationship with such entity for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital; provided that, in each case, the terms of such business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors; and

(9) Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock or Preferred Stock that are issued with the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(C) No Fractional Adjustments . No adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one one-hundredth of a cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

(D) Determination of Consideration . In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E) Deemed Issuances of Common Stock . In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Filing Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and, as applicable, upon any subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof, shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each

 

-9-


case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)), but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(2) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3) Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(4) The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

(F) No Increased Conversion Price . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii) Stock Splits and Dividends . In the event the Corporation should at any time after the Filing Date, fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and/or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect

 

-10-


to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

(iii) Reverse Stock Splits . If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and/or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(e) Other Distributions . In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)) payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(f) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or in Section 2 of this Article IV(B)), provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion thereof would have been entitled on such recapitalization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

(g) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion. If the conversion would result in any fractional

 

-11-


share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(h) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(i) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

(j) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

-12-


5. Voting Rights .

(a) Except as expressly provided by this Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters, except as expressly provided herein or as required by law. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Series A Preferred Stock, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock, each holder of Series E Preferred Stock and each holder of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and/or Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, could be converted. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded downward to the nearest whole number.

(b) At each meeting called for the purpose of electing directors or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, (i) the holders of Preferred Stock voting as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis shall be entitled to elect 3 members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, (ii) the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to elect 1 member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, and (iii) the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect any remaining members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

6. Protective Provisions . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis;

(a) effect a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion of the Preferred Stock, as set forth in Section 7 below) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or any series thereof or Common Stock;

(c) create, authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security (other than Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E or Series F Preferred Stock) convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E

 

-13-


or Series F Preferred Stock as to any rights, preferences or privileges (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock);

(d) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set funds aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (ii) the repurchase of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock through the exercise of any right of first refusal;

(e) amend, alter, repeal or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

(f) increase the number of shares available for grant under the Corporation’s 2006 Stock Plan in excess of the number of shares available for grant thereunder as of the date hereof;

(g) increase or decrease the authorized number of members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, except as otherwise unanimously approved by the Board of Directors;

(h) pay or declare any dividend on any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(i) incur any indebtedness exceeding $1,000,000;

(j) authorize the disposition of any material assets of the Corporation (which, for purposes of clarity, shall not include the sale of the Corporation’s products in the ordinary course of business); or

(k) cause or effect a Liquidation Transaction or any other merger pursuant to which the Corporation is a constituent party that involves the surrender or exchange of existing Preferred Stock for any equity securities with rights, preferences or privileges that are inferior to those of the existing Preferred Stock.

6A. Series E Preferred Stock Protective Provision . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 70% of the then-outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series;

(a) increase the aggregate number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

 

-14-


(b) alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series E Preferred Stock provided for in Section 2 or Section 4(b)(ii) of this Article IV(B) of the Restated Certificate adversely and in a manner different from changes to any other series of Preferred Stock (it being understood that the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be affected in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock solely because of the differences in the liquidation preferences, conversion prices and the like between the Series E Preferred Stock and the other series of Preferred Stock that exist due to differences in the original issue prices for such series).

6B. Series F Preferred Stock Protective Provision . So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall not (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series:

(a) increase the aggregate number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock; or

(b) alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Series F Preferred Stock provided for in Section 2 or Section 4(b)(ii) of this Article IV(B) of the Restated Certificate adversely and in a manner different from changes to any other series of Preferred Stock (it being understood that the Series F Preferred Stock shall not be affected in a manner different than the other series of Preferred Stock solely because of the differences in the liquidation preferences, conversion prices and the like between the Series F Preferred Stock and the other series of Preferred Stock that exist due to differences in the original issue prices for such series).

7. Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. This Restated Certificate shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8. Repurchase of Shares . If and to the extent the Corporation may from time to time be or become subject to certain provisions of the California Corporations Code pursuant to the operation of Section 2115 thereof, each holder of an outstanding share of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have waived application of Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code to the repurchase by the Corporation of (a) shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, advisors or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements or stock option exercise agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or services; and (b) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to the Corporation’s exercise of rights of first refusal to repurchase such shares.

 

-15-


(C) Common Stock .

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. Liquidation Rights . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the

votes represented by all then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote (on an as converted to Common Stock basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE V

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(B) The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at

 

-16-


any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

(C) Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

(D) To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time being presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than (i) those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees or consultants of the Corporation and (ii) those opportunities demonstrated by the Corporation to have been presented to such officers, directors or stockholders expressly as a result of their activities as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities which such officer, director or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.”

* * *

The foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Executed at Petaluma, California, on December 8, 2011.

 

/s/ Michael Hatfield

Michael Hatfield, President

/s/ Eric Clelland

Eric Clelland, Secretary

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CYAN, INC.

The undersigned, Michael Hatfield and Kenneth M. Siegel, hereby certify that:

1. They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”);

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 25, 2006.

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cyan, Inc. amends the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is amended to add a new Article VIII that reads in its entirety as follows:

“ARTICLE VIII

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VIII.”

4. This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Executed at Petaluma, California, on March 28, 2013.

 

/s/ Michael Hatfield

Michael Hatfield, President

 

/s/ Kenneth M. Siegel

Kenneth M. Siegel, Secretary

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CYAN, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Cyan, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 25, 2006 under the name “Cyan Optics, Inc.”.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is Cyan, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which Corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,020,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).


4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

 

2


4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions that dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the

 

3


Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

4


7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

7.4 Exclusive Jurisdiction . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensible parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 7.4.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2 Indemnification .

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including

 

5


attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cyan, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this     th day of             .

 

By:    
  Mark A. Floyd
  Chief Executive Officer

 

7

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

CYAN OPTICS, INC.

As adopted on October 25, 2006 and as amended on September 7, 2012

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

   CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

   Registered Office.      1   

1.2

   Other Offices.      1   

ARTICLE II

   MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

   Annual Meetings.      1   

2.2

   Special Meetings.      2   

2.3

   Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings.      3   

2.4

   Quorum.      4   

2.5

   Organization; Conduct of Business.      4   

2.6

   Proxies and Voting.      4   

2.7

   Waiver Of Notice.      5   

2.8

   Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.      5   

2.9

   Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents.      6   

ARTICLE III

   DIRECTORS      7   

3.1

   Number Of Directors.      7   

3.2

   Election And Term Of Office Of Directors.      7   

3.3

   Director Resignations; Newly Created Directors And Vacancies.      7   

3.4

   Participation In Meetings By Conference Telephone .      8   

3.5

   Regular Meetings.      8   

3.6

   Special Meetings.      9   

3.7

   Quorum.      9   

3.8

   Waiver Of Notice.      9   

3.9

   Conduct of Business; Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting.      9   

3.10

   Compensation Of Directors.      10   

3.11

   Approval Of Loans To Officers.      10   

3.12

   Removal Of Directors.      10   

3.13

   Chairman Of The Board Of Directors.      10   

ARTICLE IV

   COMMITTEES      11   

4.1

   Committees Of Directors.      11   

4.2

   Committee Minutes.      11   

4.3

   Conduct of Business.      11   

ARTICLE V

   OFFICERS      11   

5.1

   Officers.      11   

5.2

   Appointment Of Officers.      12   

5.3

   Subordinate Officers.      12   

5.4

   Removal And Resignation Of Officers.      12   

5.5

   Vacancies In Offices.      12   

5.6

   Chief Executive Officer.      12   

5.7

   President.      13   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.8

   Vice Presidents.      13   

5.9

   Secretary.      13   

5.10

   Chief Financial Officer.      14   

5.11

   Action With Respect to Securities Of Other Corporations.      14   

5.12

   Delegation of Authority.      14   

ARTICLE VI

   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER AGENTS      14   

6.1

   Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.      14   

6.2

   Indemnification Of Others.      15   

6.3

   Payment Of Expenses In Advance.      15   

6.4

   Indemnity Not Exclusive.      16   

6.5

   Insurance.      16   

ARTICLE VII

   RECORDS AND REPORTS      16   

7.1

   Maintenance And Inspection Of Records.      16   

7.2

   Inspection By Directors.      17   

7.3

   Annual Report To Stockholders; Waiver.      17   

ARTICLE VIII

   GENERAL MATTERS      17   

8.1

   Checks.      17   

8.2

   Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments.      17   

8.3

   Stock Certificates.      18   

8.4

   Special Designation On Certificates.      18   

8.5

   Lost Certificates.      18   

8.6

   Construction; Definitions.      19   

8.7

   Fiscal Year.      19   

8.8

   Seal.      19   

8.9

   Transfers of Stock.      19   

8.10

   Registered Stockholders.      19   

8.11

   Facsimile Signature.      19   

ARTICLE IX

   AMENDMENTS      19   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

CYAN OPTICS, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 Registered Office .

The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such location is Corporation Service Company.

1.2 Other Offices .

The Board of Directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 Annual Meetings .

(a) The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, time and place as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting may be held solely by means of remote communication, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”). At such meetings, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

(b) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.1, who is entitled to vote for the election of directors or such other business at the meeting, and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.1.

(c) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (b) of this Section 2.1, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation, as provided in this Section 2.1, and if the proposal if for other business, such other business is a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL;


(d) To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary date of the prior year’s meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days before or delayed more than 30 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day before the meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which a public announcement of the meeting is first made.

(d) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, the name, age, business address and residence address of such person; the principal occupation or employment of such person and the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by such person; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring forward in the meeting, a brief description of such business, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, the name and address of such stockholder and of such beneficial owner and the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned of record by such stockholder and beneficially by such beneficial owner.

(e) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.1 shall be eligible for election as directors. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Bylaws, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

2.2 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously-scheduled special meeting.

If a special meeting is called by any stockholder or group of stockholders, the request shall be in writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or delivered by first-class mail to the Secretary of the Corporation. No business shall be transacted at such special meeting other than as specified in such notice. Upon receiving such notice, the Secretary shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders, in accordance with Sections 2.3 and 2.4 of these Bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the stockholder or stockholders calling the special meeting. Such notice shall be sent not less than 35 nor more than 60 days after the

 

-2-


receipt of the request. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.2 shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such a special meeting of stockholders if the stockholder’s notice has been delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day before such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

2.3 Notice Of Stockholders’ Meetings .

(a) Notice of the place, if any, date and time of all meetings of stockholders, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic mail or other electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

-3-


2.4 Quorum .

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or by the Certificate of Incorporation. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time.

2.5 Organization; Conduct of Business .

(a) The chief executive officer of the Corporation or, if no such officer has been appointed or in his or her absence, the president of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, the chairman of the Board of Directors, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

(b) The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairman shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date and time. The date and time of opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

2.6 Proxies and Voting .

(a) At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile communication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

(b) The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.

 

-4-


(c) All elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, all voting on the election of directors shall be by written ballot. Voting on other matters may be by voice vote, except if otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, that a vote by written ballot shall be taken if the chairman of the meeting so elects or if so demanded by a stockholder.

The requirement, if any, of a written ballot may be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder.

2.7 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver of notice by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.8 Stockholder Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is (i) signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and (ii) delivered to the Corporation in accordance with Section 228(a) of the DGCL.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days after the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in this Section 2.8. An electronic mail or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this

 

-5-


Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the DGCL.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing (including by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law). If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL.

2.9 Record Date For Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents .

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date may not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which (i) with respect to a stockholder meeting, shall not be not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of such meeting, (ii) with respect to a consent to corporate action without a meeting, shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors or (iii) with respect to any other action, shall not be more than 60 days before such other action.

If the Board of Directors does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (i) when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent (including consent by electronic mail or other electronic transmission as permitted by law) is delivered to the Corporation by a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the prior business day and (ii) when prior action by the Board of Directors is required, shall be the close of business on the day the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

-6-


(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, if such adjournment is for 30 days or less; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 Number Of Directors .

The number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be nine (9). Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, this number may be changed from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3.2 Election And Term Of Office Of Directors .

Except as provided in Section 3.3 of these Bylaws, and unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

3.3 Director Resignations; Newly Created Directors And Vacancies .

(a) Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the attention of the secretary of the Corporation or, if there is no secretary in office, then to the attention of any other corporate officer or to the Board of Directors as a whole. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise required by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall serve for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected.

 

-7-


(c) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

(d) If any vacancy or newly created directorship has not been filled by director action as provided above, it may be filled by vote of the stockholders entitled to vote on such director, at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by written consent of a majority of the stockholders so entitled to vote, subject to the other requirements set forth for stockholder voting at a meeting or by written consent set forth elsewhere in these Bylaws.

(e) If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

(f) If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the Whole Board (as constituted immediately before any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.4 Participation In Meetings By Conference Telephone .

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.5 Regular Meetings .

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such date, time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after the conclusion of each annual meeting of stockholders.

 

-8-


3.6 Special Meetings .

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, the chief executive officer or by a majority of the Whole Board, and shall be held at such place, date and time as he, she or they shall fix.

Notice of the place, date and time of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, charges prepaid, facsimile or electronic mail, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the Corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally, or by facsimile, electronic mail or telephone, it shall be delivered at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting, unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof.

3.7 Quorum .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, then a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

3.8 Waiver Of Notice .

Whenever notice of a Board of Directors meeting is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL or of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic mail or other electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

3.9 Conduct of Business; Board Action By Written Consent Without A Meeting .

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters

 

-9-


shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or by law.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filings shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 Compensation Of Directors .

The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as director. No such compensation shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.11 Approval Of Loans To Officers .

Subject to applicable law, including Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.12 Removal Of Directors .

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

3.13 Chairman Of The Board Of Directors .

The Corporation may have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairman of the Board of Directors who shall not be considered by virtue of holding such position to be an officer of the Corporation.

 

-10-


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 Committees Of Directors .

The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent members at any meeting of the committee. In the absence of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent member. Any Board committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of such committee, and delegate to the subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

4.2 Committee Minutes .

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and maintain them in the Corporation’s official minute book.

4.3 Conduct of Business .

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-half of the members shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the governance of any committee not inconsistent with these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 Officers .

The officers of the Corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries, a treasurer and

 

-11-


one or more assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 Appointment Of Officers .

The officers of the Corporation except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these Bylaws, shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Subordinate Officers .

The Board of Directors may appoint or empower the chief executive officer or the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors or such other officer may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may empower the chief executive officer or the president to define the authority and duties of such subordinate officers.

5.4 Removal And Resignation Of Officers .

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the secretary of the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice (unless the officer is removed before such later time); and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 Vacancies In Offices .

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to that office.

5.6 Chief Executive Officer .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if any, the chief executive officer of the Corporation (if such an officer is appointed) shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He or she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a Corporation

 

-12-


and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.7 President .

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the chairman of the board, if there is one, or to the chief executive officer, if such an officer is appointed, the president shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers of the Corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a Corporation and such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

5.8 Vice Presidents .

In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer and president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively (in order of priority) by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president.

5.9 Secretary .

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or such other place as the Board of Directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as may be designated by the Board of Directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the Corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, by custom or by these Bylaws.

 

-13-


5.10 Chief Financial Officer .

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital retained earnings, and shares.

The chief financial officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the president, the chief executive officer, or the directors, upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, by custom or by these Bylaws.

5.11 Action With Respect to Securities Of Other Corporations .

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the chief executive officer or the president is authorized to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which the Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which the Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

5.12 Delegation of Authority .

Notwithstanding any other provision in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND OTHER

AGENTS

6.1 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers .

Each person who was or is made a party to or is threatened to be made a party to, witness or other participant in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation (an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL or other applicable state law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment), against all expense, liability and

 

-14-


loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, the Corporation shall not indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) (i) initiated by such Indemnitee against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation unless the Corporation has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) made on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, or is an act or omission not in good faith which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the Corporation includes any person who (i) is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, (ii) is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) was a director or officer of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2 Indemnification Of Others .

The Corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the DGCL or other applicable state law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide before such amendment), to indemnify each of its employees and agents against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such employees and agents in connection therewith; provided , however , the Corporation shall not indemnify any such employee or agent in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) (i) initiated by such employee or agent against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation unless the Corporation has joined in or consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or (ii) made on account of such employee’s or agent’s conduct which constitutes a breach of such employee’s or agent’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, or is an act or omission not in good faith which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the Corporation includes any person other than a director or officer who (i) is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, (ii) is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) was an employee or agent of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 Payment Of Expenses In Advance .

Expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding for which indemnification is required pursuant to Section 6.1 shall be, or for which indemnification is permitted pursuant to Section 6.2 following authorization thereof by the Board of Directors may be, paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the indemnified party to repay such amount if it shall ultimately

 

-15-


be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnified party is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Article VI.

6.4 Indemnity Not Exclusive .

The indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

6.5 Insurance .

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 Maintenance And Inspection Of Records .

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive offices or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in each such stockholder’s name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least 10 days before the meeting to the extent and in the manner provided by law. The stock list shall also be open to the

 

-16-


examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

7.2 Inspection By Directors .

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director.

7.3 Annual Report To Stockholders; Waiver.

As long as the Corporation is subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year adopted by the Corporation. Such report shall be sent at least 15 days (or, if sent by third-class mail 35 days) before the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the manner specified in Section 2.5 of these bylaws for giving notice to stockholders of the Corporation.

The annual report shall contain (a) a balance sheet as of the end of the fiscal year, (b) an income statement, (c) a statement of changes in financial position for the fiscal year, and (d) any report of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the Corporation that the statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

The foregoing requirement of an annual report is waived so long as the shares of the Corporation are held by fewer than 100 holders of record.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Checks .

From time to time, the Board of Directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 Execution Of Corporate Contracts And Instruments .

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or

 

-17-


authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 Stock Certificates .

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates. Every stockholder shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

No stock certificates will be issued in bearer form.

8.4 Special Designation On Certificates .

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 Lost Certificates .

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

-18-


8.6 Construction; Definitions .

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation (or other entity) and a natural person.

8.7 Fiscal Year .

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

8.8 Seal .

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which may be altered at pleasure, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.9 Transfers of Stock .

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.

8.10 Registered Stockholders .

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

8.11 Facsimile Signature .

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the Corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided , however , that no bylaw may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders except by the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation. The Corporation may, in its Certificate of Incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws upon the Board of Directors. The fact that

 

-19-


such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power, to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws as set forth in this Article IX.

 

-20-


CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF BYLAWS

OF

CYAN OPTICS, INC.

CERTIFICATE BY ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF ADOPTION BY INCORPORATOR

The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Assistant Secretary of Cyan Optics, Inc. , and that the foregoing Bylaws were adopted as the Bylaws of the Corporation on October 25, 2006, by the person identified in the Certificate of Incorporation as the Incorporator of the Corporation, and were re-adopted in their entirety by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on October 30, 2006.

Executed this 30th day of October, 2006.

 

/s/ Nicole Nemirofsky
Nicole Nemirofsky, Assistant Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

OF

CYAN, INC.

Effective September 6, 2012 by resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) on August 28, 2012, and by the resolutions duly adopted by the stockholders of the Company on September 6, 2012, Article III, Section 3.1 of the Company’s Bylaws was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

  3.1 Number of Directors .

The number of directors constituting the Whole Board shall be nine (9). Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, this number may be changed from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.”

Executed at Menlo Park, California this 7th day of September 2012.

 

/s/ Keith A. Miller
Keith A. Miller, Assistant Secretary

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CYAN, INC.

(initially adopted on October 25, 2006)

(as amended and restated on                      and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

  REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

1.2

  OTHER OFFICES      1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

  PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

2.2

  ANNUAL MEETING      1   

2.3

  SPECIAL MEETING      1   

2.4

  ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES      2   

2.5

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      6   

2.6

  QUORUM      6   

2.7

  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      6   

2.8

  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS      7   

2.9

  VOTING      7   

2.10

  STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      7   

2.11

  RECORD DATES      7   

2.12

  PROXIES      8   

2.13

  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      8   

2.14

  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION      9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1

  POWERS      9   

3.2

  NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      10   

3.3

  ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      10   

3.4

  RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      10   

3.5

  PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      11   

3.6

  REGULAR MEETINGS      11   

3.7

  SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      11   

3.8

  QUORUM; VOTING      11   

3.9

  BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      12   

3.10

  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      12   

3.11

  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1

  COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      12   

4.2

  COMMITTEE MINUTES      13   

4.3

  MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      13   

4.4

  SUBCOMMITTEES      14   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     14   

5.1

  OFFICERS      14   

5.2

  APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS      14   

5.3

  SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      14   

5.4

  REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      14   

5.5

  VACANCIES IN OFFICES      15   

5.6

  REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      15   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

         Page  

5.7

  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      15   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     15   

6.1

  STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      15   

6.2

  SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      16   

6.3

  LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES      16   

6.4

  DIVIDENDS      16   

6.5

  TRANSFER OF STOCK      16   

6.6

  STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      17   

6.7

  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      17   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

  NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      17   

7.2

  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION      17   

7.3

  NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS      18   

7.4

  NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL      18   

7.5

  WAIVER OF NOTICE      19   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

8.1

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS      19   

8.2

  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION      19   

8.3

  SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE      20   

8.4

  INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS      20   

8.5

  ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES      20   

8.6

  LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION      20   

8.7

  DETERMINATION; CLAIM      21   

8.8

  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS      21   

8.9

  INSURANCE      22   

8.10

  SURVIVAL      22   

8.11

  EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION      22   

8.12

  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS      22   

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     22   

9.1

  EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      22   

9.2

  FISCAL YEAR      23   

9.3

  SEAL      23   

9.4

  CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      23   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     23   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF CYAN, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Cyan, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors,


the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and

 

-2-


number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than five days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-3-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

-5-


(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called . Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders . Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) if the chairperson does not act, the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented . At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken . At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting . If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting . If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-6-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders . Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors . Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting . If the board of directors so fixes a date,

 

-7-


such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action . If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period . The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL . A written proxy may be in the form of any means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder . The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list . Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose related to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided

 

-8-


with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business . In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation . If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present . If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting . Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment . The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3) . If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability . The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine when the polls shall close; (vii) determine the result; and (viii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law . If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all . Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

-9-


3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person . Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors . No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal . Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws . The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director . A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events . Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, even if the directors in office represent less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director . If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

-10-


3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting . If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting . Any oral notice may be communicated to the director . The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business . If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present . A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

-11-


The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee . Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation . The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee . In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the

 

-12-


powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. In addition, the following provisions shall apply:

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.

The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-13-


4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary . The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws . Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers (other than president, secretary, chairperson of the board of directors, vice chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer and chief financial officer) and agents as the business of the corporation may require . Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer . Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that

 

-14-


notice . Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective . Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation . The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES

The shares of the corporation’s stock shall be represented by uncertificated shares, as previously authorized by the board of directors for all newly issued shares of the Corporation’s stock, or certificated shares if provided by a resolution of the board of directors, provided, however, that any shares of stock of the corporation represented by a certificate shall continue to be represented by such certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. A corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

-15-


6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights . Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock . Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve . Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

-16-


6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records . An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given . Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation . Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

-17-


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given . Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation . Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person . Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given . In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

-18-


7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice . Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened . Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful .

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-19-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law . The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL . Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines . The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

-20-


(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

-21-


8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation;

 

-22-


such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-23-


CYAN, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 23 pages, were amended and restated on            by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this day of .

 

   
Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

December 9, 2011

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.        Registration Rights

     2   

1.1      Definitions

     2   

1.2      Request for Registration

     4   

1.3      Company Registration

     5   

1.4      Form S-3 Registration

     6   

1.5      Obligations of the Company

     6   

1.6      Information From Holders

     8   

1.7      Expenses of Registration

     8   

1.8      Underwriting Requirements

     8   

1.9      Delay of Registration

     9   

1.10    Indemnification

     9   

1.11    Reports Under the Exchange Act

     11   

1.12    Assignment of Registration Rights

     12   

1.13    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     12   

1.14    Lock-Up Agreement

     13   

1.15    Termination of Registration Rights

     14   

2.        Covenants of the Company

     14   

2.1      Delivery of Financial Statements

     14   

2.2      Inspection

     15   

2.3      Right of First Offer

     15   

2.4      Director and Officer Insurance

     17   

2.5      Indemnification Agreements

     18   

2.6      Monthly Budgets

     18   

2.7      Termination of Covenants

     18   

3.        Miscellaneous

     18   

3.1      Termination

     18   

3.2      Entire Agreement

     18   

3.3      Successors and Assigns

     18   

3.4      Amendments and Waivers

     18   

3.5      Notices

     19   

3.6      Severability

     19   

3.7      Governing Law

     19   

3.8      Counterparts

     19   

3.9      Titles and Subtitles

     19   

3.10    Aggregation of Stock

     20   

 

-i-


CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of the 9 th day of December, 2011, by and among Cyan, Inc. (formerly Cyan Optics, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A hereto, each of which are herein referred to individually as an “ Investor ” and collectively as the “ Investors ,” and Eric Clelland, Michael Hatfield, Rick Johnston, and Steve West, each of whom is herein referred to as a “ Founder .”

RECITALS

A. The Company, the Founders and the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series A, B, C, D and E Holders ”), have previously entered into an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of November 19, 2010 (as amended to date, the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company granted the Founders and the Series A, B, C, D and E Holders certain rights.

B. The Company and the purchasers of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Investors ”) have entered into a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Series F Investors and the Series F Investors desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock. A condition to the Series F Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Prior Rights Agreement be amended and restated in order to provide the Series F Investors with certain rights to register shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series F Preferred Stock held by the Series F Investors, subject to the limitations and exclusions contained herein. The Company desires to induce the Series F Investors to purchase shares of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

C. The Prior Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Rights Agreement) then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock (as defined in the Prior Rights Agreement) and the undersigned represent the holders of such majority.

D. The Company, the Founders and the Series A, B, C, D and E Holders each desire to amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement to make certain changes as set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

A. Amendment of Prior Rights Agreement; Waiver . Effective and contingent upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority of the

 

-1-


Registrable Securities, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, not including the Founders’ Stock, as that term is defined in the Prior Rights Agreement, and upon Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in this Agreement, and the Company, the Founders and the Investors hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereof as the sole agreement of the Company, the Founders and the Investors with respect to registration rights of the Company’s securities and certain other rights, as set forth herein. The Series A, B, C, D and E Holders hereby waive any and all rights of first offer or participation to which they may be entitled (including any notice requirements relating thereto), including without limitation the right of first offer set forth in Section 2.3 of the Prior Rights Agreement, with respect to the issuance of Series F Preferred Stock (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement on behalf of themselves and all other Series A, B, C, D and E Holders.

1. Registration Rights . The Company and the Investors covenant and agree as follows:

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) “ Affiliated Fund ” means, with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company;

(b) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

(c) “ Excluded Registration ” means a registration statement relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered;

(d) “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act;

(e) “ Founders’ Stock ” means the shares of Common Stock issued to the Founders (other than Common Stock issued upon the conversion of Preferred Stock);

(f) “ Holder ” means any Investor or Founder owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement;

(g) “ Major Investor ” means (i) any Investor that holds at least 1,389,315 shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock or the Common Stock issued upon

 

-2-


conversion thereof (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like) and (ii) each of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P., Kinetic Ventures VIII, L.P., Grande Ventures, LLC, Telecommunications Development Fund and Juniper Networks, Inc. for so long as such party holds at least a majority of the shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock held by it as of the date of this Agreement, assuming the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, reclassifications or the like). A Major Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of a Major Investor, including Affiliated Funds, provided, however , that any obligation of the Company to provide information to a Major Investor under this Agreement shall be satisfied by the provision of such information to one representative of any group of affiliated Major Investors (as they shall designate);

(h) “ Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock prior to or in connection with which all the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time;

(i) “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document;

(j) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock held by the Holders (other than shares described in Section (iv) of this paragraph), (ii) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the preferred stock issued upon exercise of (X) the warrants issued pursuant to the Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated June 8, 2009 and (Y) those certain warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date hereof (other than shares described in Section (iv) of this paragraph), (iii) the Founders’ Stock, provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2, 1.4 or 1.13 the Founders’ Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Founders shall not be deemed Holders with respect thereto, (iv) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the preferred stock issued upon exercise of warrants issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC (“ TriplePoint ”); provided , however , that for the purposes of Section 1.2 or 1.13 such shares shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and TriplePoint shall not be deemed a Holder with respect thereto, and (v) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv); excluding , however , in all cases any Registrable Securities sold or otherwise transferred in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 of this Agreement;

 

-3-


(k) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities;

(l) “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission; and

(m) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.2 Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) December 9, 2014, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Qualified IPO, a written request from the Holders of at least 30% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within 20 days after receiving such request, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder, along with the Initiating Holders, have requested to be registered within 20 days after the mailing of such notice by the Company.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company, which underwriter shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Holders whose Registrable Securities are to be included in the underwriting. In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company and all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Company in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other securities are first excluded from such offering. Any Registrable Securities excluded from or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from registration.

 

-4-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.4(b)(iii) more than once in any 12-month period, and provided, further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such 120-day period (other than in a Qualified IPO or an Excluded Registration).

(d) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 provided, however , that such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and that either (A) the conditions of Section 1.5(a) have been satisfied or (B) the registration statements remain effective and there are no stop orders in effect to such registration statements;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof unless such offering is not the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4 below.

1.3 Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 1.8, use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered if any stock of the Company is registered.

(b) The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration

 

-5-


whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such registration shall be borne by the Company, in accordance with Section 1.7 hereof.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.4: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $1,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided , however , that the Company shall not utilize this right or the similar right set forth in Section 1.2(c) more than once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

-6-


(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(c) Promptly notify the Holders of the effectiveness of such registration statement, and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including any supplement to the prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Following the effective date of such registration statement, notify the Holders of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement, or the associated prospectus.

(e) Use all commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions unless the Company is already qualified to do business or subject to service of process in that jurisdiction.

(f) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder and other security holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(g) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 1 to be listed on each national securities exchange or trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

-7-


(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(j) Make generally available to its security holders, and to deliver to each Holder participating in the registration statement, an earnings statement of the Company that will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective date of such registration statement as soon as reasonably practicable after the termination of such 12-month period.

1.6 Information From Holders . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(b)(2), whichever is applicable.

1.7 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of up to $25,000 of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 or their right to one Form S-3 registration under Section 1.4, as the case may be.

1.8 Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be

 

-8-


included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities, other than those offered by the Company, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among all selling stockholders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling stockholder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling stockholders) but in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling stockholders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included or (ii) any Founders’ Stock held by a Founder be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a venture capital fund, or a partnership or corporation, the Affiliated Funds, partners, retired partners and stockholders of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling stockholder ,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

1.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred,

 

-9-


any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to

 

-10-


deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.11 Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

-11-


(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(d) furnish to any Holder upon request, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the Qualified IPO), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

1.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (i) of at least 500,000 shares of such securities (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification or the like) ( or if the transferring Holder owns less than 500,000 shares of such securities, then all Registrable Securities held by the transferring Holder), (ii) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or stockholder of a Holder, (iii) that is an Affiliated Fund, (iv) who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (v) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided , further , that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement, as if an original party hereto, and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (x) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (y) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

1.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective

 

-12-


holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include any of such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included, (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2, or (c) to have registration rights that are superior to or on parity with the rights of the Holders.

1.14 Lock-Up Agreement .

(a) Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, each Holder agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with NASD Rule 2711) from the effective date of such registration statement as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

(b) Limitations . The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers and directors of the Company and all greater than 1% stockholders enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

(c) Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

(d) Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that prior to the Company’s initial public offering it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

(e) Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.14):

 

-13-


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS (BUT SUBJECT TO AN EXTENSION IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES) AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

1.15 Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (i) five years following the consummation of a Qualified IPO, (ii) with respect to any Holder, at such time after the Qualified IPO as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three-month period without registration and such Holder holds less than 5% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, or (iii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

2. Covenants of the Company .

2.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor (other than a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (or such longer period of time as may be required by the Company’s independent public accountants, if applicable), an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company and approved by the Board of Directors or the audit committee of the Board of Directors;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, and,

 

-14-


as soon as prepared, any other updated or revised budgets for such fiscal year prepared by the Company;

(e) within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a summary of the Company’s capitalization on a fully diluted basis for such fiscal quarter; and

(f) an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying on behalf of the Company that (i) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (a) of this Section 2.1, such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods and (ii) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 2.1, such financials fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment (in the case of unaudited financial statements), provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors or a committee thereof determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

2.2 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Major Investor (except for a Major Investor reasonably deemed by the Company to be a competitor of the Company), at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Major Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information (a) which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement in form acceptable to the Company) or (b) if it reasonably believes that providing access to such information would breach an obligation of confidentiality to a third party or would otherwise not be in the best interests of the Company.

2.3 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Section 2.3, Investor includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of an Investor, including Affiliated Funds. An Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

-15-


(b) Within 15 days after delivery of the RFO Notice, the Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise (and, as applicable, subsequent conversion) of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Investor bears to the sum of (A) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming conversion and exercise (and, as applicable, subsequent conversion) of all convertible or exercisable securities) and (B) shares of Common Stock available for issuance to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors (which for purposes of clarification means all available shares under any such stock option plan, restricted stock plan or other stock plan that are neither issued and outstanding nor issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or other purchase rights). Each Investor’s portion as calculated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is referred to hereafter as its “ Pro Rata Portion .” Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Investor that purchases all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise (and, as applicable, subsequent conversion) of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming conversion and exercise (and, as applicable, subsequent conversion) of all convertible or exercisable securities).

(c) The Company may, during the 45-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days after the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Investors in accordance herewith.

(d) The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance of securities in connection with stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions; (ii) the issuance or sale of Common Stock (or options therefor) to employees, consultants and directors of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company approved by the Board of Directors, directly or pursuant to a stock option plan, restricted stock purchase plans or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors; (iii) the issuance of securities to financial institutions, equipment lessors, brokers or similar persons in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors; (iv) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities (A) outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, or (B) issued under one of the numbered exceptions in this Section 2.3(d),

 

-16-


including without limitation, warrants, notes or options; (v) the issuance of securities in connection with bona fide acquisition, merger or similar transaction, the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors; (vi) the issuance or sale of the Series F Preferred Stock, (vii) the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock; (viii) the issuance of Common Stock in a Qualified IPO; (ix) the issuance of securities to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity primarily for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Company’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, provided that, in each case, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors; (x) the issuance of securities that the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, have elected shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 2.3 or (xi) the issuance of securities that, with unanimous approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, are not offered to any existing stockholder of the Company. In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

(e) In the event that the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 is waived pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof, or is deemed not to apply pursuant to the application of subsection 2.3(d)(x), with respect to an issuance of securities by the Company, and any Major Investor that consented to such waiver (a “ Waiving Major Investor ”) is nevertheless permitted to purchase (and does purchase) any such securities, each Major Investor that is not a Waiving Major Investor (a “ Non-Waiving Major Investor ”) shall be entitled to purchase its Adjusted Pro Rata Portion (as defined below) of such Shares upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.3. For purposes of this Section 2.3(e), a Major Investor’s “ Adjusted Pro Rata Portion ” of the Shares subject to the waiver described herein shall be equal to (i) such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion of such Shares multiplied by (ii) the highest percentage (up to 100%) of any Waiving Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion that such Waiving Major Investor is permitted to purchase and does purchase. For example, if only one Waiving Major Investor is permitted to purchase any Shares and it is permitted to purchase, and does purchase, 50% of its Pro Rata Portion of the Shares, the Adjusted Pro Rata Portion for each Non-Waiving Major Investor shall be 50% of its Pro Rata Portion. For another example, if one Waiving Major Investor is permitted to purchase, and does purchase, 60% of its Pro Rata Portion and another Waiving Major Investor is permitted to purchase, and does purchase, 110% of its Pro Rata Portion, the Adjusted Pro Rata Portion for each Non-Waiving Major Investor shall be 100% of its Pro Rata Portion.

2.4 Director and Officer Insurance. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain director and officer insurance in an amount of at least $3,000,000 and will keep such insurance in full force and effect so long thereafter as the Preferred Stock holders have the right to designate at least one member of the Board of Directors of the Company, unless the Board of

 

-17-


Directors determines in good faith that such insurance is not available on acceptable terms at an acceptable cost.

2.5 Indemnification Agreements . The Company shall enter into its standard form of Indemnification Agreement with each director of the Company.

2.6 Monthly Budgets . The Company’s management shall prepare and present to the Board of Directors rolling forward monthly budgets.

2.7 Termination of Covenants .

(a) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through Section 2.6 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) upon termination of the Agreement, as provided in Section 3.1.

(b) The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.7(a) above.

3. Miscellaneous .

3.1 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate, and have no further force and effect, when the Company shall consummate a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a Liquidation Transaction pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended from time to time.

3.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto are expressly canceled.

3.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any of the Preferred Stock or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.4 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of the

 

-18-


Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, not including the Founders’ Stock; provided, however , that if such amendment or waiver has the effect of affecting the Founders’ Stock then held by Founders who are officers of the Company at the time of such amendment or waiver in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of Founders’ Stock, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority of the Founders’ Stock then held by Founders who are officers of the Company at the time of such amendment or waiver and, provided further , that the definition of “Major Investor” under Section 1.1(g) of this Agreement shall not be amended to exclude or remove from such definition any Investor who, immediately following the Initial Closing or any subsequent Closing under the Purchase Agreement, is included in such definition, nor shall this Agreement be amended to eliminate such Investor’s rights under Sections 2.1 or 2.2 (as such sections may be amended from time to time), without the written consent of such Investor (but, for purposes of clarity, this shall not otherwise affect the exclusion of a party that fails to continue to qualify as a Major Investor as a result of its sale or other disposition of Company stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company for the sole purpose of including additional purchasers of Series F Preferred Stock as “Investors” and “Holders.” Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each party to the Agreement, whether or not such party has signed such amendment or waiver, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

3.5 Notices . Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address, facsimile number or e-mail address as set forth on Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto or as subsequently modified by written notice.

3.6 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

3.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

-19-


3.10 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of the Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-20-


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Michael Hatfield

      Michael Hatfield, Chief Executive Officer

Address:

      1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300
      Petaluma, CA 94954

Fax: (707) 763-3319

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FOUNDERS:

/s/ Eric Clelland

Eric Clelland

/s/ Michael Hatfield

Michael Hatfield

/s/ Rick Johnston

Rick Johnston

/s/ Steve West

Steve West

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS X, LP
By:  

Genesis VC Partners X, LLC,

  General Partner

By:  

/s/ Promod Haque

Print Name: Promod Haque
Its:  

 

 

NORWEST VENTURE PARTNERS VII-A, LP
By:  

Itasca VC Partners VII-A, LLC,

General Partner

By:  

/s/ Promod Haque

    Member
Print Name: Promod Haque

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
TENAYA CAPITAL V, L.P.
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

Name: Dave Markland
Title: Attorney-in-fact

 

TENAYA CAPITAL V-P, L.P.
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

Name: Dave Markland
Title: Attorney-in-fact

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.
  By:  

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

its General Partner

  By:  

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

a managing member

By:  

/s/ Robert D. Ward

Name:   Robin D. Ward
Title:   a managing member
Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.
  By:  

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

its General Partner

  By:  

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C.

a managing member

By:  

/s/ Robert D. Ward

Name:   Robin D. Ward
Title:   a managing member

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
F OCUS V ENTURES III, L.P.

By:

  Focus Ventures Partners III, L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin J. McQuillan

    Kevin J. McQuillan, Managing Member
FV I NVESTORS III, L.P.

By:

  Focus Ventures Partners III, L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Kevin J. McQuillan

    Kevin J. McQuillan, Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

 

TELECOMMUNICATIONS DEVELOPMENT FUND

By:

  TD Fund II. LP, its Managing Partner

By:

 

/s/ James J. Pastoriza

Print Name: James J. Pastoriza

Its:

  Managing Partner

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
KINETIC VENTURES VIII, L.P.
By:   Kinetic Ventures Partners VIII, L.L.C
By:   Kinetic Ventures, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ William T. Heflin

  William T. Heflin, Managing Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mitchell L. Gaynor

Print Name: Mitchell L. Gaynor
Its:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

GULF SOUTH CAPITAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Justin McClure

Print Name: Justin McClure

Title:

  President
GS TECHNOLOGY VENTURES I, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Justin McClure

Print Name: Justin McClure

Title:

  President

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
G&W VENTURES LLC
By:  

/s/ William C. White

Print Name: William C. White
Its:   Manager

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
ROBERT E. SWITZ REVOCABLE TRUST DATED JULY 27, 2009

/s/ Robert E. Switz

Signature

Robert E. Switz

Print Name

Trustee

Title

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Scott Bauer
Scott Bauer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:

TRIPLEPOINT VENTURES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

Print Name: Sajal Srivastava

Its:

  COO
TRIPLEPOINT VENTURES 2, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

Print Name: Sajal Srivastava

Its:

  COO

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Keith Miller
Keith Miller

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
AZURE CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

By: Azure Capital Partners Administrators II, LP

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Steve Gillan

  Steve Gillan, Chief Financial Officer
AZURE ENTREPRENEURS II, L.P.

By: Azure Capital Partners Administrators II, LP

Its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Steve Gillan

  Steve Gillan, Chief Financial Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
GRANDE VENTURES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Tina Gascoigne

Print Name: Tina Gascoigne
Its: General Counsel and Secretary

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Michael Hatfield
Michael Hatfield

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Steve West
Steve West

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Eric Clelland
Eric Clelland

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
/s/ Rick Johnston
Rick Johnston

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CYAN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT B

FOUNDERS

 

Name

Steve West

Michael Hatfield

Eric Clelland

Rick Johnson

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

  

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

 

PHONE 650.493.9300

FAX 650.493.6811

www.wsgr.com

FORM OF OPINION

[DATE]

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, CA 94954

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-          ), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of          shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), all of which (including up to          shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) will be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

AUSTIN  BRUSSELS  GEORGETOWN, DE  HONG KONG  NEW YORK  PALO ALTO  SAN DIEGO

  SAN FRANCISCO  SEATTLE  SHANGHAI  WASHINGTON, DC


 

LOGO

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation

Exhibit 10.1

CYAN, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [              ], and is between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [            ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

-2-


(f) “ Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, or shall have admitted or entered a plea of nolo contendere or guilt, to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

-4-


(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy purchased and maintained by the Company, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor;

(d) initiated by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law as determined in the opinion of reputable counsel that is experienced in matters of such law.

8. Advances of Expenses.

(a) The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final resolution, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

-5-


9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense; (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

 

-6-


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, if required by applicable law (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing). The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

 

-7-


11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

-8-


(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8. Such advances shall be subject to Indemnitee’s agreement to repay the sums advanced if the court (or arbitrator) finds that each material argument or defense advanced by Indemnitee in such action or arbitration was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”), Indemnitee may have certain

 

-9-


rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy purchased and maintained by the Company, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position. In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in respect of Indemnitee for a period of six years thereafter (“ Tail Policy ”). The Tail Policy shall be placed by the broker of the Company’s choice with incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change in Control (unless the incumbent carriers do not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies); provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay an amount in excess of 300% of the premium of the then current directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance policies to purchase or cause to be purchased such Tail Policy. In the event the Company cannot purchase Tail Policy with respect to the entirety of the then current directors’ and officers’ liability and fiduciary liability insurance policies for such 300% premium amount, the Company shall purchase the amount of Tail Coverage as the Company is able to purchase for such premium amount.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed

 

-10-


by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

-11-


24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company at 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, California, 94954, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to David J. Segre at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, or except as mutually agreed by the parties in writing, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts,

 

-12-


each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

  CYAN, INC.
 

 

( Signature )

 

 

( Print name )

 

 

( Title )

 

[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

( Print name )

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.2.1

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

As amended through February 26, 2013

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2006 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder. Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Unit Awards may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

(c) Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option, restricted stock purchase and stock issuance plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Stock Awards are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

(d) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Cause for termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service Status will exist if the Participant is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (1) Participant’s repeated failure to materially fulfill his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company, or abide, in all material respects, with Company policies after written notice from the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company describing in reasonable detail Participant’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by the Company’s policies; (2) Participant’s engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company or its affiliates; (3) Participant’s material violation or material breach of his Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or that is incapable of cure; or (4) Participant’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company or its affiliates.


(f) Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or (4) a contested election of Directors, as a result of which or in connection with which the persons who were Directors before such election or their nominees (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease to constitute a majority of the Board; provided however that if the election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least 50% of the Incumbent Directors, such new Director shall be considered as an Incumbent Director.

(g) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(h) Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

(i) Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) Company means Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Cyan Optics, Inc.).

(k) Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether compensated for such services or not.

(l) Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Consultant. Continuous Service Status as an Employee or Consultant shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors. A change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service Status.

(m) Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, the

 

-2-


direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

(n) Director means a member of the Board.

(o) Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws. The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

(p) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in the Wall Street Journal for the applicable date.

(r) Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(s) “ Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(t) Named Executive means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer). Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

(u) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

(v) Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

 

-3-


(x) Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(y) Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(z) Optionee means an Employee or Consultant who receives an Option.

(aa) Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(bb) Participant means any holder of one or more Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

(cc) Plan means this 2006 Stock Plan.

(dd) Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

(ee) Restricted Stock means Shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.

(ff) Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive Shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 11 below.

(hh) “ Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of restricted stock unit award grant and a form of restricted stock unit agreement.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

(jj) Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(kk) “ Stock Award ” means any right to receive Shares of Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Stock Purchase Right, or a Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(ll) Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

(mm) Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.

(nn) Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

(oo) Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

-4-


3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is 13,002,500 Shares of Common Stock. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased or unissued Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan. In addition, any Shares of Common Stock which are retained by the Company upon exercise of a Stock Award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to exercise, purchase or settlement of a Stock Award shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan and later forfeited to the Company or repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) General . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

(b) Committee Composition . If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions. The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

(c) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

(ii) to select the Employees and Consultants to whom Stock Awards may from time to time be granted;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Stock Awards are granted;

(iv) to determine the number of Shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Stock Award granted;

 

-5-


(v) to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Stock Award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vii) to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(c) instead of Common Stock;

(viii) to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

(ix) to adjust the vesting of an Option held by an Employee or Consultant as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

(x) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Stock Awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

(xi) in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Stock Awards to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

5. Eligibility .

(a) Recipients of Grants . Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Unit Awards may be granted to Employees and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) ISO $100,000 Limitation . Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of

 

-6-


this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

(d) No Employment Rights . The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 16 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

(A) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to a person who is at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator;

(B) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security to any other eligible person, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant if required by the Applicable Laws and, if not so required, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

 

-7-


(C) granted on any date on which the Common Stock is a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Permissible Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for such period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge; (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or (8) such other consideration and method of payment as determined by the Administrator and to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

9. Exercise of Option .

(a) General .

(i) Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee.

 

-8-


(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(iii) Minimum Exercise Requirements . An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

(iv) Procedures for and Results of Exercise . An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares that thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

(b) Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time. Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option

 

-9-


shall revert to the Plan. In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

(i) Termination other than Upon Disability or Death or for Cause . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) through (iv) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for 90 days following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination. No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b)(i) shall not apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (ii) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

(ii) Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her disability (including a disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within twelve months following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

(iii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within thirty days following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

(iv) Termination for Cause . In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for Cause, any Option (including any exercisable portion thereof) held by such Optionee shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon first notification to the Optionee of termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status. If an Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Optionee shall be terminated for Cause, all the Optionee’s rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the investigation period and the Optionee shall have no right to exercise any Option.

(c) Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Stock Purchase Rights .

 

-10-


(a) Rights to Purchase . When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer. If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator. The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option .

(i) General . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 260.140.42(h) of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner), the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(ii) Leave of Absence . The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws). In the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given “vesting” credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

(c) Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

 

-11-


(d) Rights as a Stockholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

11. Restricted Stock Unit Awards .

(a) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement . Each grant of Restricted Stock Unit Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Participant and the Company. Such award shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Administrator deems appropriate for inclusion in a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

(b) Number of Shares . Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall specify the number of Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 14.

(c) Consideration . At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Administrator will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each Share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion and permissible under Applicable Laws.

(d) Vesting . At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Administrator may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(e) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of Shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Administrator and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(f) Basic Term . The Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall specify the term of the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The term shall not exceed ten (10) years from the Date of Grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Administrator at its sole discretion shall determine when a Restricted Stock Unit Award is to expire.

(g) Additional Restrictions . At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Administrator, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the Shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(h) Dividend Equivalents . Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Administrator and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Administrator, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Administrator. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(i) Termination of Service . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of a Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service Status.

(j) Withholding Taxes . As a condition to the award, vesting or delivery of Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Administrator and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Shares of Common Stock that are to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

12. Taxes .

(a) As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right, or Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right or receiving shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or the issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied. If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 12 (whether pursuant to Section 12(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

(b) In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or issuance of shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(c) This Section 12(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security. In the case of a Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or upon settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld. For purposes of this Section 12, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

(d) If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld. In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 12(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for such period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges.

 

-12-


(e) Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 12(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by a Participant under Section 12(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

(f) In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

13. Non-Transferability of Stock Awards .

(a) General. Except as set forth in this Section 13, Stock Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer. An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by this Section 13.

(b) Limited Transferability Rights . Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 13, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “ Immediate Family ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent of the voting interests.

14. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding award, and the number of Shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Stock Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of a Stock Award, as well as the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Stock Award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued

 

-13-


Shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(c) Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), the Board or Committee may, in its discretion, (1) provide for the assumption or substitution of, or adjustment to, each outstanding Stock Award by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”); (2) accelerate the vesting and termination of outstanding Stock Awards, in whole or in part, so that Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Restricted Stock Unit Awards can be exercised before or otherwise in connection with the closing or completion of the transaction or event but then terminate; and/or (3) provide for termination of Stock Awards as a result of the Corporate Transaction on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, including providing for the cancellation of Stock Awards for a cash payment to the Participant. The Board or Committee need not provide for identical treatment of each outstanding award.

For purposes of this Section 14(c), a Stock Award shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of a Stock Award would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares of Common Stock covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Stock Award as provided for in this Section 14); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

(d) Certain Distributions . In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Stock Award to reflect the effect of such distribution.

 

-14-


15. Time of Granting Stock Awards . The date of grant of a Stock Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Stock Award, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom a Stock Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

16. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Authority to Amend or Terminate . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent. In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Effect of Amendment or Termination . Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Stock Awards already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the holder of the Stock Award and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Stock Award holder and the Company.

17. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right or the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of Stock Awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In addition, awards issued prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall require the Participant to agree to a lock-up agreement in connection with public offerings of the Company’s stock that applies to all capital stock and rights to purchase capital stock of the Company held by the Participant on such terms and subject to such conditions as are reflected in the applicable Option Agreement, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

 

-15-


18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Agreements . Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements, Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

20. Stockholder Approval . If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

 

-16-

Exhibit 10.2.2

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(New Hire - US - Exec)

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:   

Date of Grant (Later of Board

Approval Date or Commencement

of Employment/Consulting):

  
Exercise Price per Share:    $

Total Number of Shares subject to

this Option (the “ Shares ”):

  
Total Exercise Price:    $
Type of Option:                 Incentive Stock Option
                Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    [Insert Vesting Schedule]
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) and within the period commencing thirty (30) days prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction (1) your employment or consulting relationship with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company (or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined below), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a Permanent and Total

New Hire Option – US – Exec


  Disability as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (2) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined below) from your employment or consulting relationship with the Company (or its successor), then 50% of the then-unvested Shares, if any, subject to this Option shall immediately vest and become exercisable.
  For purposes of this Notice of Stock Option Grant:
  Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (iv) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;
  Cause ” shall mean (i) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Company (or its successor), or abide, in all material respects, with the policies of the Company (or its successor) after written notice from the Board

New Hire Option – US – Exec

 

-2-


  of Directors or an officer of the Company (or its successor) describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies, (ii) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates, (iii) your material violation or material breach of your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (iv) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates; and
  Resign for Good Reason ” shall mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Company (or its successor), and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that your duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (ii) a reduction by the Company (or its successor) in your gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, by more than 10%, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Company (or its successor); (iii) a material reduction by the Company (or its successor) in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (iv) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site for the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control Transaction; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Company’s (or its

New Hire Option – US – Exec

 

-3-


   successor’s) President or Chief Executive Officer within the 60-day period following the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice.
Termination Period:    This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While we think this is an unlikely event, we cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

 

    CYAN, INC.
      By:    
«O PTIONEE »      
    Name:    
     
    Title:    

New Hire Option – US – Exec

 

-4-


 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

New Hire Option – US – Exec

 

-5-


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

(d) by surrender of other shares (meaning, shares not subject to this Option) of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

 

2


(e) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

3


6. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “ Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

8. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

9. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

 

4


(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

12. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

This Stock Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

 

5


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                     shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                    . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).


(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

3


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

4


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

5


6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

 

6


(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

7


(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
PURCHASER:
 
«O PTIONEE »
Address:    
     

I,                     , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

   
  Spouse of «Optionee»

 

9


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:            
        «O PTIONEE »


RECEIPT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

            A check in the amount of $                    

            The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $                    

            A promissory note in the amount of $                    

            Certificate No.             representing                     shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $                    

given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of the Company.

Dated:                             

 

CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.2.3

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(New Hire – US – Non-Exec)

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  

Exercise Price per Share:

   $

Total Number of Shares subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

  

Total Exercise Price:

   $

Type of Option:

            Incentive Stock Option
  
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
  

Expiration Date:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

   [Insert Vesting Schedule]

Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability:

   This Option may not be transferred.


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While we think this is an unlikely event, we cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

[Signature Page Follows]

New Hire Option – US – Non-Exec

 

-2-


    CYAN, INC.

 

    By:    

 

«O PTIONEE »      
    Name:    
    Title:  

 

 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

New Hire Option – US – Non-Exec

 

-3-


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «O PTIONEE » (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash;

(b) check; or

(c) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

2


(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a

 

3


Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

8. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

9. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any

 

4


short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

12. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

This Stock Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

 

5


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                         , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «O PTIONEE » (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                         shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                    . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).


(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

3


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

4


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

5


6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

 

6


(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

7


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.
By:                                                                                   
Name:                                                                              
Title:                                                                                
PURCHASER:

 

«Optionee»
Address:                                                                          

 

I,                                     , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

   
Spouse of «Optionee»

 

8


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for                     shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:                                            

 

  
   «O PTIONEE »   

Exhibit 10.2.4

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(Director – US)

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:

  

Date of Grant (Later of Board

  

Approval Date or Commencement

of Employment/Consulting):

  

Exercise Price per Share:

   $

Total Number of Shares subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

  

Total Exercise Price:

   $

Type of Option:

                Incentive Stock Option
        X     Nonstatutory Stock Option

Expiration Date:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

   [Insert Vesting Schedule]
   In the event the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) and you are, as of immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control Transaction, in Continuous Service Status with the Company, the vesting of this Option shall accelerate such that the Shares underlying this Option, to the extent not already vested, shall become fully vested effective immediately prior to the closing of such Change of Control Transaction.
   For purposes of this Notice of Stock Option Grant:


   Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (iv) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;

Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability:

   This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

 

-2-


In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While we think this is an unlikely event, we cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-3-


      CYAN, INC.   

 

      By:                                                                                  
«O PTIONEE »         
      Name:                                                                             
      Title:                                                                               

 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

 

-4-


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «O PTIONEE » (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise.

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

 

2


(d) by surrender of other shares (meaning, shares not subject to this Option) of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(e) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

3


(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “ Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

8. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

 

4


9. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

12. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

5


This Stock Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

 

6


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of             , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «O PTIONEE » (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $            . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each

 


Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

3


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

4


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

5


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a

 

6


Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

7


(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:

 

CYAN, INC.

By:    

 

Name:

   

 

Title:

   

 

PURCHASER:
 
«O PTIONEE »

 

Address:    
   

I,                     , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

   
  Spouse of «Optionee»

 

9


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:                             
   «O PTIONEE »   

 


RECEIPT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

               A check in the amount of $                    

 

               The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $                    

 

               A promissory note in the amount of $                    

 

               Certificate No.             representing             shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $            

given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of the Company.

Dated:                         

 

CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.2.5

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(Refresh – US – Exec)

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:

  

Date of Grant (Later of Board

  

Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):

  

Exercise Price per Share:

   $

Total Number of Shares subject
to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

  

Total Exercise Price:

   $

Type of Option:

                Incentive Stock Option
                Nonstatutory Stock Option

Expiration Date:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

   [Insert Vesting Schedule]
   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) and within the period commencing thirty (30) days prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the consummation of such Change of Control Transaction (1) your employment or consulting relationship with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company (or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined below), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a Permanent and Total Disability as defined under

 

Refresh Option – US – Exec

 


  Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (2) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined below) from your employment or consulting relationship with the Company (or its successor), then 50% of the then-unvested Shares, if any, subject to this Option shall immediately vest and become exercisable.
  For purposes of this Notice of Stock Option Grant:
  Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (iv) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;
  Cause ” shall mean (i) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Company (or its successor), or abide, in all material respects, with the policies of the Company (or its successor) after written notice from the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company (or its

 

Refresh Option – US – Exec

 

-2-


  successor) describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies, (ii) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates, (iii) your material violation or material breach of your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (iv) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates; and
  Resign for Good Reason ” shall mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Company (or its successor), and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that your duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (ii) a reduction by the Company (or its successor) in your gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, by more than 10%, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Company (or its successor); (iii) a material reduction by the Company (or its successor) in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (iv) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site for the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control Transaction; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Company’s (or its successor’s) President or Chief Executive Officer within the 60-day period following
 

 

Refresh Option – US – Exec

 

-3-


   the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice.

Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability:

   This Option may not be transferred.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While we think this is an unlikely event, we cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

 

Refresh Option – US – Exec

 

-4-


    CYAN, INC.

 

    By:    
«O PTIONEE »      
    Name:    
    Title:    

 

 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

 

Refresh Option – US – Exec

 

-5-


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «O PTIONEE » (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

 

2


(d) by surrender of other shares (meaning, shares not subject to this Option) of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(e) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

3


(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “ Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

8. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

 

4


9. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

12. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

5


This Stock Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

 

6


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of             , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «O PTIONEE » (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $            . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each


Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

3


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

4


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

5


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a

 

6


Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

7


(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

PURCHASER:

 

«O PTIONEE »
Address:    
   

I,                     , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

9


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:                            

 

  
   «O PTIONEE »   

 


RECEIPT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

               A check in the amount of $            

 

               The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $            

 

               A promissory note in the amount of $            

 

               Certificate No.             representing             shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $            

given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of the Company.

Dated:                                              

 

CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.2.6

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(Refresh – US – Non-Exec)

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Board Approval Date:

  

Date of Grant (Later of Board Approval Date or Commencement of Employment/Consulting):

  

Exercise Price per Share:

   $

Total Number of Shares subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

  

Total Exercise Price:

   $

Type of Option:

                Incentive Stock Option
  
                Nonstatutory Stock Option
  

Expiration Date:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

       [Insert Vesting Schedule]

Termination Period:

   This Option may be exercised for 90 days after termination of Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.

Transferability:

   This Option may not be transferred.


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

The per share “Exercise Price” is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While we think this is an unlikely event, we cannot provide absolute assurance and you may want to consult your own tax adviser with any questions.

 

    CYAN, INC.

 

    By:    
«O PTIONEE »      
    Name:    
    Title:    

 

 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

Refresh Option – US – Non-Exec

 

-2-


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «O PTIONEE » (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Designation of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Applicable Law, then it is intended to be and will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

3. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

(ii) In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

(iii) In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.


(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) This Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option and as further set forth in Section 12 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

4. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) cancellation of indebtedness;

(c) subject to any requirements of Applicable Laws, delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate;

(d) by surrender of other shares (meaning, shares not subject to this Option) of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised. In

 

2


the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

(e) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

5. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5. To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety. In no event, may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause (as defined in the Plan), Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the Termination Date, exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(b) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

3


(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship with the Company is suspended pending investigation of whether such relationship shall be terminated for Cause, all Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(c) Termination of Option . This Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 5(a) and (b) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

6. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

7. Tax Consequences . The Company has not provided any tax advice with respect to this Option or the disposition of the Shares. Optionee should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, exercise, assignment, release, cancellation or any other disposal of this Option (each, a “ Trigger Event ”) and on any subsequent sale or disposition of the Shares. Optionee should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 8 below. The per share Exercise Price of the Option is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Optionee, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. While the Company thinks this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance and Optionee may want to consult Optionee’s own tax adviser with any questions.

8. Optionee’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Optionee hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Optionee’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event or arising out of the acquisition, retention and disposal of the Shares.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Optionee has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a Trigger Event (the “ Option Tax Liability ”), or Optionee has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Option Tax Liability will be recovered from Optionee within such period as the Company may then determine.

 

4


9. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Optionee and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Optionee may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Optionee consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Optionee’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that Optionee may, at any time, view Optionee’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Optionee’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Optionee.

10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

12. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

5


This Stock Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

 

6


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of             , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «O PTIONEE » (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be $«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $            . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each


Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its
assignee(s).

(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

-8-


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

-9-


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

-10-


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “Exercise Price” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock at the date of grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the IRS will agree. Purchaser understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

  (i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

 

  (ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

-11-


(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a parent or subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . Purchaser should obtain advice from an appropriate independent professional adviser with respect to the taxation implications of the grant, issuance, purchase, retention, assignment, release, cancellation, sale or any other disposal of the Shares (each, a “ Trigger Event ”). Participant should also take advice in respect of the taxation indemnity provisions under Section 9 below.

9. Purchaser’s Taxation Indemnity .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, Purchaser hereby agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company and the Company as trustee for and on behalf of any affiliate entity, in respect of any liability or obligation of the Company and/or any affiliate entity to account for income tax or any other taxation provisions under the laws of Purchaser’s country or citizenship and/or residence to the extent arising from a Trigger Event.

(b) The Company shall not be obliged to allot and issue any of the Shares or any interest in the Shares unless and until Purchaser has paid to the Company such sum as is, in the opinion of the Company, sufficient to indemnify the Company in full against any liability the Company has for any amount of, or representing, income tax or any other tax arising from a

 

-12-


Trigger Event (the “ Shares Tax Liability ”), or Purchaser has made such other arrangement as in the opinion of the Company will ensure that the full amount of any Shares Tax Liability will be recovered from Purchaser within such period as the Company may then determine.

10. Data Protection .

(a) To facilitate the administration of the Plan and this Agreement, it will be necessary for the Company (or its payroll administrators) to collect, hold and process certain personal information about Purchaser and to transfer this data to certain third parties such as brokers with whom Purchaser may elect to deposit any share capital under the Plan. Purchaser consents to the Company (or its payroll administrators) collecting, holding and processing Purchaser’s personal data and transferring this data to the Company or any other third parties insofar as is reasonably necessary to implement, administer and manage the Plan.

(b) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may, at any time, view Purchaser’s personal data, require any necessary corrections to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Company, but acknowledges that without the use of such data it may not be practicable for the Company to administer Purchaser’s involvement in the Plan in a timely fashion or at all and this may be detrimental to Purchaser.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

-13-


(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
PURCHASER:

 

«O PTIONEE »

Address:    
   

I,             , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement. I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

-14-


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:                                            

 

  
   «O PTIONEE »   


RECEIPT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):

 

               A check in the amount of $            

 

               The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $            

 

               A promissory note in the amount of $            

 

               Certificate No.             representing             shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a fair market value of $            

given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of the Company.

Dated:                                              

 

CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.2.7

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

(New Hire – Non-US – Non-Exec)

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Notice of Stock Option Grant shall have meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

«O PTIONEE »

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   
Exercise Price per Share:    $
Total Number of Shares subject to the Option (the “ Shares ”):   
Total Exercise Price:    $
Type of Option:    Nonstatutory Stock Option
Expiration Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting/Exercise Schedule:    [Insert Vesting Schedule]
Termination Period:    The Option may be exercised for 90 days after your Termination Date (as defined in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement), except as set out in Section 4 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). You are responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following your Termination Date. The Company will not provide further notice of such periods.
Transferability:    The Option may not be transferred.


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, including any country-specific terms and conditions contained in Exhibit A to the Stock Option Agreement, all of which are attached and made a part of this document.

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that (i) your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as long as you remain in Continuous Service Status with the Company or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, (ii) the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate prior to the Vesting Commencement Date, and (iii) nothing in this Notice of Stock Option Grant or the attached documents, nor the Option grant or your participation in the Plan shall create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to terminate your employment or service relationship (if any).

The per share “ Exercise Price ” is intended to be at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Date of Grant. The Company has attempted in good faith to make such determination in compliance with applicable United States tax laws, although there can be no certainty that the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) or any other tax authority will agree. If the IRS does not agree and asserts the Fair Market Value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on you if you are a U.S. taxpayer, including interest and penalties under Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code. While the Company believes that this is an unlikely event, the Company cannot provide absolute assurance in this respect and you should consult your own tax adviser with any questions concerning the taxation of the Option.

[Signature Page Follows]

New Hire Option – Non-US – Notice of Award

 

2


    CYAN, INC.

 

«O PTIONEE »

    By:  

 

    Name:  

 

Date:     Title:  

 

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, the Company hereby informs you that any tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) (i) was not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding any tax penalty, and (ii) was not written to promote, market or recommend the transaction or matter addressed in the communication. You should seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Notice of Award

 

3


CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to «O PTIONEE » (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms of this Stock Option Agreement, including any country-specific terms contained in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, this “ Agreement ”), and the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

2. Exercise of Option . The Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) The Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(ii) In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 4 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 2.

(iii) In no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(b) Method of Exercise .

(i) The Option shall be exercisable by execution and delivery of the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) or of any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery. The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.


(ii) As a condition to the exercise of this Option, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for all applicable Tax-Related Items, as set forth below under Section 6.

(iii) The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel. The Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the United States Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for tax purposes, the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price and any applicable Tax-Related Items shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

(a) cash or check; or

(b) following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the Exercise Price and applicable Tax-Related Items.

4. Termination of Relationship; Early Termination of Option . Optionee may exercise the Option only to the extent provided for in the Notice and this Section 4; however, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

(a) Termination Date . For purposes of the Option, Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be considered terminated as of the date that Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any) (the “ Termination Date ”). Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Notice or this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of the Termination Date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the Termination Period (if any) during which Optionee may exercise the Option

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

2


after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will commence on the Termination Date and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

(b) Termination . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death or for Cause, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option at the Termination Date, exercise the Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

(c) Other Terminations of Relationship . In connection with any termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than a termination covered by Section 4(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as follows:

(i) Termination upon Disability of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve months from the Termination Date, exercise the Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of such Termination Date.

(ii) Death of Optionee . In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s death (a) during the term of the Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the Date of Grant, or (b) within thirty (30) days after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

(iii) Termination for Cause . In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate immediately upon such termination for Cause as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan. In the event Optionee’s Continuous Service Status with the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate is suspended pending investigation of whether such status shall be terminated for Cause, all of Optionee’s rights under the Option, including the right to vest in the Shares underlying the Option and the right to exercise the Option, shall be suspended during the investigation period, also as set forth in Section 9(b)(iv) of the Plan.

(d) Termination of Option . The Option may terminate prior to its Expiration Date and prior to the dates specified under Section 4(a) through (c) above under certain circumstances as set forth in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Non-Transferability of Option . Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice or this Agreement, the Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

3


6. Responsibility for Taxes.

(a) Optionee acknowledges and agrees that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Optionee’s employer (the “ Employer ”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Optionee (“ Tax-Related Items ”), is and remains Optionee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result.

(b) Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Optionee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. If Optionee fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, the Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by withholding from any cash compensation due to Optionee and/or reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Optionee upon exercise of the Option. Further, if Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

7. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Optionee’s participation in the Plan, or Optionee’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option. Optionee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

8. Nature of Grant . In accepting the Option, Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

4


(c) all decisions with respect to future Option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying shares of Common Stock do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Optionee is employed or the terms of Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Optionee is otherwise not entitled, Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, the Employer and any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

(k) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any Corporate Transaction affecting the Common Stock; and

(l) neither the Company, the Employer nor any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

5


9. Data Protection .

(a) Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Optionee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

(b) Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Optionee, including, but not limited to, Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor (“ Data ”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

(c) Optionee understands that Data will be transferred to a broker or stock plan service provider selected by the Company either now or in the future for purposes of assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Optionee’s country. Optionee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative.

(d) Optionee authorizes the Company, the Company’s designated broker or stock plan service provider and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Optionee’s participation in the Plan. Optionee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Optionee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Optionee does not consent, or if Optionee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Optionee’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Optionee options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Optionee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Optionee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

6


10. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

11. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

12. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

13. Language . If Optionee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

14. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

15. Country Addendum . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions for Optionee’s country set forth Exhibit A to this Agreement. Moreover, if Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in Exhibit A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Optionee to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Exhibit A constitutes part of this Agreement.

16. Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

7


17. Waiver . Optionee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Optionee or any other optionee.

18. Effect of Agreement . Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts the Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option. In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail. Together, the Notice, this Agreement (including any exhibits attached hereto) and the Plan, constitute the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersede all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter. This Agreement will be deemed to be signed by the Optionee upon the Optionee’s signing of the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which it is attached.

New Hire Option – Non-US – Option Agt.

 

8


EXHIBIT A

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

COUNTRY ADDENDUM TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Terms and Conditions

This Country Addendum, which is part of the Stock Option Agreement, includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option if Optionee works and/or resides in one of the countries listed below. If Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Optionee is currently working (or is considered as such for local law purposes), or if Optionee transfers employment to a different country after the Option is granted, the Company will, in its discretion, determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will be applicable to Optionee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Country Addendum shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.

Notifications

This Country Addendum also includes notifications regarding certain other issues of which Optionee should be aware with respect to Optionee’s participation in the Plan. These notifications are based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of October 2012. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Optionee not rely on the notifications contained in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Optionee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out-of-date at the time Optionee exercises the Option or sell any Shares acquired upon such exercise.

In addition, the notifications contained in this Country Addendum are general in nature and may not apply to Optionee’s particular situation and, as a result, the Company is not in a position to assure Optionee of any particular result. Accordingly, Optionee is strongly advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in Optionee’s country may apply to Optionee’s individual situation.

If Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Optionee is currently working (or is considered as such for local law purposes), or if Optionee relocates to a different country after the Option is granted, the notifications contained in this Country Addendum may not be applicable to Optionee in the same manner.


AUSTRALIA

Terms and Conditions

Vesting and Exercise. The following provision supplements Section 2 (“Exercise of Option”) of the Stock Option Agreement:

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or the Stock Option Agreement, the Option shall not vest nor be exercisable until the earlier of (i) the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and is no longer subject to a Lock-Up Agreement (as set forth in Section 10 of the Stock Option Agreement), or (ii) the date on which the Company enters into a Corporate Transaction (the “ Liquidity Date ”). Optionee must remain in Continuous Service Status through each applicable vesting event and through the Liquidity Date to be entitled to exercise the Option. Should the Liquidity Date occur after any of the vesting dates set forth in the Vesting/Exercise Schedule, Optionee will receive a credit for any vesting event that would have occurred under the Vesting/Exercise Schedule once the Liquidity Date occurs and will continue to vest in accordance with the Vesting Exercise Schedule thereafter to the extent that Optionee remains in Continuous Service Status.

Furthermore, if the Option vests and becomes exercisable when the Fair Market Value per Share is equal to or less than the Exercise Price for the Option, Optionee will not be permitted to exercise the Option until such date that is the earlier of (i) the first U.S. business day following the first period of 30 consecutive days on which the Fair Market Value per Share has exceeded the Exercise Price for the Option, or (ii) the first U.S. business day after the Company enters into a Corporate Transaction on which the Fair Market Value per Share exceeds the Exercise Price for the Option.

Finally, notwithstanding the Expiration Date set forth on the Notice, the Option shall automatically expire in the event that the Option has not become exercisable pursuant to the preceding paragraphs within six years and 11 months following the Date of Grant.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . If Optionee acquires Shares under the Plan and offer such Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law. Optionee is advised to obtain legal advice regarding Optionee’s disclosure obligations prior to making any such offer.

CANADA

Terms and Conditions

Termination Date . The following provision replaces Section 4(a) (“Termination Date”) of the Stock Option Agreement:

Cyan Non-US Option Agt Country Addendum

 

2


For purposes of the Option, Optionee’s Continuous Service Status will be considered terminated for purposes of vesting and any post-termination exercise period as of the earlier of (a) the date that Optionee receives notice of termination of her or her Continuous Service Status with the Company or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, or (b) the date that Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, regardless of any notice period or period of pay in lieu of such notice required under applicable statutory law, regulatory law and/or common law (the “ Termination Date ”); the Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option (including whether Optionee may still be considered actively employed while on a leave of absence).

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Optionee will not be permitted to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option within Canada. Optionee will be permitted to sell or dispose of any Shares acquired under the Plan, provided that the resale of such Shares takes place outside of Canada. Optionee may sell the Shares to the Company, provided the Company is located outside of Canada or should the Shares be publicly traded, quoted or listed on a recognized exchange, Optionee may sell or dispose of the Shares through facilities in such exchange or market, provided it is outside of Canada.

GERMANY

Notifications

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. In the event that Optionee makes or receives a payment in excess of this amount, Optionee is responsible for obtaining the appropriate form from a German federal bank and complying with applicable reporting requirements.

HONG KONG

Terms and Conditions

Sale of Shares . Optionee agrees that, in the event that any portion of the Option becomes vested and is exercisable prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant, Optionee will not sell any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the six-month anniversary of the Date of Grant.

Notifications

Securities Law Information . WARNING: The Option and the Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option do not constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available only to eligible Employees. The Stock Option Agreement, including this Country Addendum, the Plan and any other incidental communication materials distributed to Optionee in connection with the Option (i) have not been prepared in accordance with applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under such legislation, (ii) have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong, and (iii) are intended only for the personal use of each optionee, and

Cyan Non-US Option Agt Country Addendum

 

3


may not be distributed to any other person. If Optionee is in any doubt about any of the meaning or intent of anything contained in the Stock Option Agreement, including this Country Addendum, the Plan or any other incidental communication materials distributed to Optionee in connection with the Option, Optionee is advised to obtain independent professional advice.

JAPAN

Notifications

Exchange Control Information. If Optionee acquires Shares valued at more than ¥100,000,000 in a single transaction, Optionee must file a Securities Acquisition Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the acquisition of the Shares.

In addition, if Optionee pays more than ¥30,000,000 in a single transaction for the purchase of Shares when Optionee exercises the Option, Optionee must file a Payment Report with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of the date that the payment is made. The precise reporting requirements vary depending on whether or not the relevant payment is made through a bank in Japan.

Please note that a Payment Report is required independently from a Securities Acquisition Report. Therefore, if the total amount that Optionee pays in a single transaction for exercising the Option and purchasing Shares exceeds ¥100,000,000, then Optionee must file both a Payment Report and a Securities Acquisition Report.

Tax Information . If Optionee is a Japanese resident or foreign national with permanent residency in Japan and holds assets outside of Japan (including any Shares acquired under the Plan) with a value exceeding ¥50,000,000 (as of December 31 each year), Optionee is required to comply with annual tax reporting obligations with respect to such investments. Optionee is advised to consult with a personal tax advisor to ensure that Optionee is properly complying with applicable reporting requirements.

NETHERLANDS

Notifications

Securities Law Information . Attention: the Option grant falls outside of AFM supervision. No prospectus is required in the Netherlands for the Option or the Shares underlying the Option.

Insider Trading Information . In the event that the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, Optionee should be aware of the Dutch insider-trading rules, which may impact Optionee’s ability to sell any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. In particular, Optionee may be prohibited from effectuating certain transactions in the Shares if he or she has inside information about the Company.

Under Article 5:56 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, anyone who has “insider information” related to an issuing company is prohibited from effectuating a transaction in securities in or from the Netherlands. “Inside information” is defined as knowledge of specific

Cyan Non-US Option Agt Country Addendum

 

4


information concerning the issuing company to which the securities relate or the trade in securities issued by such company, which has not been made public and which, if published, would reasonably be expected to affect the price of such securities, regardless of the actual development of the price. The insider could be any employee of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company in the Netherlands who has inside information as described herein.

Given the broad scope of the definition of inside information, certain employees working at a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company in the Netherlands may have inside information and, thus, would be prohibited from effectuating a transaction in the Shares in the Netherlands.

Optionee is advised to consult with his or her personal legal advisor if Optionee is uncertain as to whether the Dutch insider-trading rules apply to Optionee.

TAIWAN

Notifications

Securities Law Information . The offer of the Option and the Shares to be issued pursuant to the Plan are available only for eligible Employees. It is not a public offer of securities by a Taiwanese company; therefore, it is exempt from registration in Taiwan.

Exchange Control Information . Optionee is permitted to acquire foreign currency and remit the same out of Taiwan up to US$5,000,000 per year without justification. However, if Optionee remits TWD500,000 or more in a single transaction, Optionee must submit a Foreign Exchange Transaction Form and supporting documentation to the remitting bank. Remittances of funds for the purchase of Shares under the Plan must be made through an authorized foreign exchange bank in Taiwan.

UNITED KINGDOM

For optionees who are Employees, the following additional terms and conditions apply to the Stock Option Agreement. No options shall be granted to individuals in the United Kingdom who are not Employees.

Terms and Conditions

Joint Election for the Transfer of Employer’s National Insurance Contributions to the Employee. As a condition of participation in the Plan and the exercise of the Option at a time when the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law, Optionee agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) that may be payable by the Company or the Employer in connection with the Option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (the “ Employer NICs ”). The Employer NICs may be collected by the Company or the Employer using any of the methods described in Section 6) of the Stock Option Agreement.

Cyan Non-US Option Agt Country Addendum

 

5


Without prejudice to the foregoing, Optionee agrees to execute Part A of the Joint Election for the Transfer of Employer’s National Insurance Contributions to the Employee attached to this Country Addendum as Appendix 1 (the “ Joint NIC Election ”), the form of such Joint NIC Election being formally approved by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“ HMRC ”), and any other consent or elections required to accomplish the transfer of the Employer NICs liability to Optionee. Optionee further agrees to execute such other elections as may be required by any successor to the Company and/or the Employer for the purpose of continuing the effectiveness of Optionee’s Joint Election.

If Optionee does not complete the Joint NIC Election attached to this Country Addendum and return such completed Joint Election to the Employer prior to exercise of the Option, or if approval of the Joint Election is withdrawn by HMRC and a new Joint Election is not entered into, the Option shall become null and void and may not be exercised by Optionee, without any liability to the Company, the Employer or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

Section 431 Election . As a condition of participation in the Plan and the exercise of the Option, Optionee agrees that, jointly with the Employer (or the Company or its Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable), he or she shall enter into the joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ ITEPA 2003 ”) in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “Restricted Securities” (as defined in Sections 423 and 424 of ITEPA 2003), and that Optionee will not revoke such election at any time. This election will be to treat the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option as if such Shares were not Restricted Securities (for U.K. tax purposes only). Optionee must enter into the form of Section 431 Joint Election Form attached to this Country Addendum as Appendix 2 concurrent with the execution of the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

Tax-Related Items . The following provision supplements the Section 6 (“Responsibility for Taxes”) of the Stock Option Agreement and applies if the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law at the time of exercise:

If payment or withholding of Optionee’s income tax liability is not made within 90 days of the event giving rise to the income tax liability or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of ITEPA 2003 (the “ Due Date ”), the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a loan owed by Optionee to the Employer, effective on the Due Date. Optionee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of HMRC, it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in the Stock Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Optionee is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of and subject to Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), Optionee will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the income tax due. In the event that Optionee is such a director or executive officer and the income tax is not collected from or paid by Optionee by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax will constitute a benefit to Optionee on which additional income tax and NICs will be payable. Optionee will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax and NICs due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company and/or the Employer (as appropriate) for the value of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit.

Cyan Non-US Option Agt Country Addendum

 

6


Appendix 1

United Kingdom

Joint Election for the Transfer of Employer’s National Insurance

Contributions to the Employee

Part A – To be completed by the Employee

(This Joint Election will only be valid when both Parts A and B have been signed and dated)

1. Between

The Company, Cyan EMEA Limited (‘the Secondary Contributor’ who is the employer), whose Registered Office is at Carrick House, Lypiatt Road, Cheltenham, Gloucestershire GL50 2QJ, Registration number 7445501 , and

«O PTIONEE » , ‘the Employee’, whose National Insurance number is

                    [INSERT EMPLOYEE NATIONAL INS. NUMBER].

2. Purpose and scope of election

(a) This election covers the grant of employment related securities options under the Cyan Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.

(b) This joint election is made in accordance with Paragraph 3B(1) of Schedule 1 of the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (‘SSCBA 1992’).

(c) On the signing of both Part A (by the employee) and Part B (by the employer) of this election, the liability for the employer’s National Insurance contributions (NICs) that arises on any relevant employment income covered by this election shall transfer from the secondary contributor to the employee, to the extent specified below.

(d) The employer’s National Insurance liability that shall transfer from the employer to the Employee under this joint election is the whole of the secondary liability.

Relevant employment income from securities and options specified in 2(a) on which employer’s NICs becomes due is defined as

i). an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 426 of ITEPA 2003 (restricted securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events), ii). an amount that counts as employment income of the earner under section 438 of that Act (convertible securities: charge on certain post-acquisition events), or iii). any gain that is treated as remuneration derived from the earner’s employment by virtue of section 4(4)(a) SSCBA 1992.

(e) This joint election will not apply to the extent that it relates to relevant employment income which is employment income of the earner by virtue of Chapter 3A of Part 7 of ITEPA 2003 (employment income: securities with artificially depressed market value).


(f) This election does not apply in relation to any liability, or any part of any liability, arising as a result of regulations being given retrospective effect by virtue of section 4B(2) of either the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or the Social Security Contributions and Benefits (Northern Ireland) Act 1992.

3. Arrangements for payment of secondary NICs

(a) In signing this joint-election the Employee authorises the Company, or other body (if applicable), to recover an amount sufficient to cover the liability for the employer’s National Insurance contributions transferred under this election in accordance with the arrangements summarised below.

 

   

A deduction from salary or other payments due.

 

   

The delivery in cleared funds from the Employee in sufficient time to enable the Company to make payment to HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) by the due date.

(b) The Company and the Employee will ensure that payment of the liability for the secondary NICs will be made to HMRC within 14 days following the end of the Income Tax month in which the relevant employment income arises – the due date.

The Employee understands that in making this election they will be personally liable for the secondary NICs covered by this election.

4. Duration of this election

(a) This joint election shall continue in force from the time it is made until whichever of the following first takes place:

 

   

the Company gives notice to the Employee terminating the joint election

 

   

it is cancelled jointly by the Company and the Employee

 

   

it ceases to have effect in accordance with the terms of the joint election

 

   

HMRC serves notice on the Company that the approval of the joint election has been withdrawn

(b) The terms of this joint-election will continue in full force regardless of whether the Employee ceases to be an employee of the Company.

5. Declaration

In signing this Joint Election I agree as the Employee to be bound by its terms as stated above.

Signature of employee                                                                                   Date         /        /                

UK Joint NIC Election

 

2


United Kingdom

Section 431 Joint Election Form

Joint Election under s431 ITEPA 2003 for full disapplication of Chapter 2 Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003

One Part Election

1. Between

 

the Employee    «Optionee»   
whose National Insurance Number is   

 

[insert employee Nat. Ins. Number]

  
and      
the Company (who is the Employee’s employer)    Cyan EMEA Limited   
of Company Registration Number    7445501   

2. Purpose of Election

This joint election is made pursuant to section 431(1) Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ ITEPA ”) and applies where employment-related securities, which are restricted securities by reason of section 423 ITEPA, are acquired.

The effect of an election under section 431(1) is that, for the relevant Income Tax and national insurance contribution (“ NIC ”) purposes, the employment-related securities and their market value will be treated as if they were not restricted securities and that sections 425 to 430 ITEPA do not apply. Additional Income Tax will be payable (with PAYE and National Insurance contributions (“ NICs ”) where the securities are Readily Convertible Assets).

 

Should the value of the securities fall following the acquisition, it is possible that Income Tax/NICs that would have arisen because of any future chargeable event (in the absence of an election) would have been less than the Income Tax/NICs due by reason of this election. Should this be the case, there is no Income Tax/NICs relief available under Part 7 of ITEPA 2003; nor is it available if the securities acquired are subsequently transferred, forfeited or revert to the original owner.

3. Application

This joint election is made not later than 14 days after the date of acquisition of the securities by the employee and applies to:

 

Number of securities                
  

 

[insert number of shares acquired – To be completed in connection with Option Exercise]

Description of securities    Common Stock
Name of issuer of securities    Cyan, Inc.


To be acquired by the Employee on or after the date of this Election under the terms of the Cyan, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.

4. Extent of Application

This election disapplies S.431(1) ITEPA: All restrictions attaching to the securities.

5. Declaration

This election will become irrevocable upon the later of its signing or the acquisition (and each subsequent acquisition) of employment-related securities to which this election applies.

In signing this joint election, we agree to be bound by its terms as stated above.

«Optionee»

 

 

   Date:   

 

Signature      
CYAN EMEA LTD.      

 

   Date:   

 

Signature (for and on behalf of the Company)      

 

Position in company

     

Note: Where the election is in respect of multiple acquisitions, prior to the date of any subsequent acquisition of a security it may be revoked by agreement between the employee and employer in respect of that and any later acquisition.

UK Sxection 431 Election

 

2


EXHIBIT B

CYAN, INC.

2006 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                     , by and between Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «O PTIONEE » (“ Purchaser ”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. Exercise of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                     shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”). The purchase price for the Shares shall be US$«ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of US$            . The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

2. Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(b) of the Option Agreement. On such date, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 3 of the Option Agreement.

3. Limitations on Transfer . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

(a) Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(i) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer. The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).


(ii) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

(iii) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(iv) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price (as defined in the Option Agreement) shall be made in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(v) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(vi) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a). “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

2


(b) Involuntary Transfer .

(i) Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer . In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred at the greater of the purchase price paid by Purchaser for the Shares pursuant to this Agreement (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like) or the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of transfer. Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer. The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

(ii) Price for Involuntary Transfer . With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the Fair Market Value per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith using a reasonable valuation method in a reasonable manner in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares. However, if the Purchaser does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser.

(c) Assignment . The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

(d) Restrictions Binding on Transferees . All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

(e) Termination of Rights . The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). Upon termination of the rights to repurchase and the right of first refusal described in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

3


4. Investment and Taxation Representations . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

(a) Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares. Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law. Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

(b) Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

(e) Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

4


(f) Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse Tax-Related Items consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

(g) Purchaser understands that the per share “ Exercise Price ” for the Shares is intended to be at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock at the Date of Grant and that the Company has attempted in good faith to make the fair market value determination in compliance with applicable tax law although there can be no certainty that the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) or any other tax authority will agree. If Purchaser is a U.S. taxpayer, he or she understands that if the IRS does not agree and asserts that the fair market value at the time of grant is higher than the Exercise Price, the IRS could seek to impose greater taxes on Purchaser, including interest and penalties under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

5. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

(i) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED UNLESS EFFECTED PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR UNDER ANOTHER EXEMPTION AVAILABLE UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (AS TO WHICH AVAILABILITY THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE THE SELLER/TRANSFEROR TO PROVIDE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY).

(ii) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

5


6. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, as applicable, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or service relationship (if any).

7. Lock-Up Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days but subject to such extension or extensions as may be required by the underwriters in order to publish research reports while complying with Rule 2711 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

8. Tax Consequences . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Purchaser’s participation in the Plan, or Purchaser’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Purchaser is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan. Purchaser should also be aware of his or her liability for Tax-Related Items, as set forth in Section 6 of the Option Agreement.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

(b) Language . If Purchaser has received this Agreement translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

(a) Imposition of Other Requirements . The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Purchaser’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Purchaser to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

6


(b) Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

(c) Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

(e) Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram, fax or email, or seventy-two (72) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(g) Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

[Signature page follows]

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

7


The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
CYAN, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
PURCHASER:

 

«Optionee»

Address:  

 

 

Ex Notice & RSPA

 

8


RECEIPT

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.             for             shares of Common Stock of Cyan, Inc.

 

Dated:                                                                 
  

 

«Optionee»

Exhibit 10.3.1

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel;

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants; and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related issuance of Shares under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable securities or exchange control laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock already held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or


(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, providing services as an employee of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -2-   


(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in a source that the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in a source that the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -3-   


(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -4-   


3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 3,600,000 Shares plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued under the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”) that are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2006 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2006 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 11,400,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2014 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 5,000,000 Shares, (ii) four and one half percent (4.5%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board; provided, however, that such determination under clause (iii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -5-   


4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -6-   


(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 14 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand U.S. dollars ($100,000), the portion of the Options falling within such limit shall be Incentive Stock Options and the excess Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -7-   


(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (4) by net exercise; (5) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will vest and be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -8-   


exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable through the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the date on which a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the date on which a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date that a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after the date on which a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided the right to designate a beneficiary is set forth in the Award Agreement and such beneficiary has

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -9-   


been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then the vested portion of such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the vested portion of the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -10-   


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be settled and the corresponding number of underlying Shares to be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued provision of services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Base Price and Other Terms . The per share base price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the base price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -11-   


(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount (the “ Payout Amount ”) determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the base price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares (which, on the date of exercise, have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the Payout Amount), or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued provision of services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company), applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -12-   


objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -13-   


(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -14-   


deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

14. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy U.S. federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA or other social tax obligation and any payment on account) required to be withheld and any employer tax liability shifted to a Participant with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) using proceeds from the sale of Shares underlying an Award authorized by a Participant, (c) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (d) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares withheld by the Company or delivered to the Company will be determined as of the date that such Shares are withheld or delivered, as applicable.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will be interpreted as forming an employment or service relationship with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Further, neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, as applicable, to terminate such relationship at any time.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -15-   


17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) its approval by the Company’s shareholders. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 18 of the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

Cyan 2013 Equity Incentive Plan    -16-   

Exhibit 10.3.2

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

U.S. STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Cyan, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Participant Name:  

 

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted the individual (“ Participant ”) named above an Option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Award Agreement ”), as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share   $  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Total Exercise Price   $  

 

 
Type of Option:            Incentive Stock Option  
           Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date:  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

The vesting of the Option in accordance with the schedule set forth above is subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company through each vesting date. For purposes of the Option, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in


breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice or severance period.

Termination Period :

The Option will be exercisable until the ninetieth (90th) day following the date on which Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case the Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months following the date on which Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of Participant’s death or Disability.

As stated above, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent of Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to exercise the Option will be measured from the date that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, as described above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Notice of Option – US    2   


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A . Participant acknowledges that he or she has reviewed the Plan and the Award Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice of Stock Option Grant and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or the Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Notice of Option – US    3   


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant the Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the first page of the Award Agreement under the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice of Gran t ”) at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), the Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). However, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the US$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason the Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) will be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or any of their respective employees or directors, have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by the Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . The Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of the Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . The Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable Tax-Related Items (as defined below). The Option will be deemed to be exercised


upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price together with any applicable Tax-Related Items.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) check; or

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant or deemed by the Company or Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“ Tax-Related Items ”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Option or such Shares. Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Tax Withholding . Prior to the exercise of the Option, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of Tax-Related Items of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, or withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent from Participant. If withholding is performed from proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy his or her obligations for Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (i) delivery of cash or check to the Company or the

 

2


Employer, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, or (iii) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Further, to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any obligations for Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes (and for the avoidance of doubt, not for purposes of Section 3(c) of the Plan), Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the portion of the Option that was exercised, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the Option exercise and refuse to deliver any Shares pursuant to such exercise.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(d) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ Discount Option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) U.S. federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of the Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE OPTION PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY PARTICIPANT CONTINUING AS AN ACTIVE SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR A PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE

 

3


OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES UPON EXERCISE OF THE OPTION. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH IN THE NOTICE OF GRANT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME.

9. Nature of Grant . In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of the Option, even if Options have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by the Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(h) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider with the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan,

 

4


Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. Data Privacy . Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“ Data ”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company, which will assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country of residence. Participant hereby authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of the Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Stock Administration at Cyan, Inc., 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Non-Transferability of Option . The Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, the Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Subject to Section 21 of the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired upon exercise

 

5


of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Assuming such compliance, for purposes of any applicable Tax-Related Items, the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

16. Plan Governs. The Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

17. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Award Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option or any future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not intended to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Award Agreement.

20. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in the Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Award Agreement.

21. Modifications to the Agreement . The Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting the Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Unless otherwise set forth herein, modifications to the Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise the Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with the Option.

22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting the Option, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan

 

6


is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

23. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of the Award Agreement by Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

24. Governing Law and Venue . The Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Option or the Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Option grant is made and/or to be performed.

25. Language . If Participant has received the Award Agreement or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

7


EXHIBIT B

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, CA 94954

Attention: Equity Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase                  shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement dated             , 20      (the “ Award Agreement ”). The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the purchase of Shares pursuant to this Exercise Notice is subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and the Award Agreement, including any terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant set forth in Exhibit A of the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . The purchase price for the Shares will be $         (number of Shares times Exercise Price), as required by the Award Agreement. Purchaser:

 

  ¨ Herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required Tax-Related Items due in connection with the exercise of the Option;

 

  ¨ Herewith directs the Plan administrator or its agent to deliver to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required Tax-Related Items due in connection with the exercise of the Option by deducting such amounts from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares (or a portion thereof) through the cashless exercise program;

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement, and agrees to abide by and be bound by the terms and conditions of such documents.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in


connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Governing Law and Venue . This Exercise Notice will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Option or this Exercise Notice, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Option grant is made and/or to be performed.

7. Entire Agreement; Severability . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, the remaining provisions of this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :     Date Received:  

 

 

     

 

     

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Option Ex. Notice    2   

Exhibit 10.3.3

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

U.S. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Cyan, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Participant Name:      

 

  

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted the individual (“ Participant ”) named above an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Award Agreement ”), as follows:

 

Grant Number:  

 

 
Date of Grant:  

 

 
First Vesting Date:  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units:  

 

 
Vesting Schedule:    

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

The vesting of the Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the schedule set forth above is subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company through each vesting date. In the event that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, any unvested Restricted Stock Units will terminate immediately. For purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent of Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice or severance period.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which


are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges that he or she has reviewed the Plan and the Award Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or the Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Notice of US RSU Award   -2-   


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant an Award of Restricted Stock Units in the amount set forth on the first page of the Award Agreement under the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one Share on the date such Restricted Stock Unit vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of Shares pursuant to any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any obligations for Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 7). Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Shares under this Award.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by the Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 will in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A (as described below).

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of Shares pursuant to such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, except in the event of Participant’s death following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, in which case, the


Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of the Award Agreement that the Award Agreement and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under the Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under the Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of the Award Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final U.S. Treasury Regulations and U.S. Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will terminate immediately in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under the Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares (or proceeds from the sale of Shares) will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant or deemed by the Company or Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“ Tax-Related Items ”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares. Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Tax Withholding . Prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -2-   


Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of Tax-Related Items of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, or withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent from Participant. If withholding is performed from proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy his or her obligations for Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (i) delivery of cash or check to the Company or the Employer, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, or (iii) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Further, to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any obligations for Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN ACTIVE SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY (OR A PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -3-   


10. Nature of Grant . In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Award of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future Awards of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Awards of Restricted Stock Units or other awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by the Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares;

(h) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider with the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the Award of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

11. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -4-   


is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

12. Data Privacy . Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“ Data ”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan. Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company to assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operations may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country of residence. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan.

13. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of the Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Cyan, Inc., 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

14. Award is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this Award of Restricted Stock Units and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Award of Restricted Stock Units, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this Award of Restricted Stock Units and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

15. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this Award of Restricted Stock Units contained herein, the Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

16. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -5-   


other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares no longer will cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Subject to Section 22 of the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Restricted Stock Units and on any Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

17. Plan Governs . The Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.

18. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Award Agreement.

19. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

20. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Award Agreement.

21. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in the Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Award Agreement.

22. Modifications to the Award Agreement . The Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting the Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Unless otherwise set forth herein, modifications to the Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise the Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -6-   


Restricted Stock Units.

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature, is established voluntarily by the Company, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

24. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of the Award Agreement by Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of the Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

25. Governing Law and Venue . The Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of California without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or the Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

26. Language . If Participant has received the Award Agreement or any other document related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP    -7-   

Exhibit 10.3.4

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-U.S. STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Cyan, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Participant Name:  

 

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted the individual (“ Participant ”) named above an Option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company (“ Shares ”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Non-U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Country Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Award Agreement ”), as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share   $  

 

 
Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Total Exercise Price   $  

 

 
Type of Option:            Incentive Stock Option  
           Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date:  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

The vesting of the Option in accordance with the schedule set forth above is subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company through each vesting date. For purposes of the Option, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent of Subsidiary of the Company


(regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any).

Termination Period :

The Option will be exercisable until the ninetieth (90th) day following the date on which Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case the Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months following the date on which Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of Participant’s death or Disability.

As stated above, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent of Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to exercise the Option the Option will be measured from the date that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, as described above.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may the Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Notice of Option – Non-US    2


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Country Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges that he or she has reviewed the Plan and the Award Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice of Stock Option Grant and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or the Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Notice of Option – Non-US    3


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to Participant the Option to purchase the number of Shares set forth on the first page of the Award Agreement under Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice of Gran t ”) at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”). The Option is subject to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, including any country-specific provisions contained in the Country Addendum set forth in Exhibit B and of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ ISO ”), the Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). However, if the Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the US$100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“ NSO ”). Further, if for any reason the Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) will be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or any of their respective employees or directors, have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by the Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . The Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of the Award Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . The Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any


applicable Tax-Related Items (as defined below). The Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price together with any applicable Tax-Related Items.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) check; or

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant or deemed by the Company or Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“ Tax-Related Items ”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Option or such Shares. Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Tax Withholding . Prior to the exercise of the Option, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of Tax-Related Items of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, or withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent from Participant. If withholding is performed from proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy his or her obligations for Tax-Related Items,

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   2   


in whole or in part (without limitation) by (i) delivery of cash or check to the Company or the Employer, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, or (iii) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Further, to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any obligations for Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the portion of the Option that was exercised, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the Option exercise and refuse to deliver any Shares pursuant to such exercise.

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

(d) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ Discount Option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, a Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) U.S. federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of the Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE OPTION PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY PARTICIPANT CONTINUING AS AN ACTIVE SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR A PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THE OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES UPON EXERCISE OF THE OPTION. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE AWARD AGREEMENT, THE

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   3   


TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH IN THE NOTICE OF GRANT DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME.

9. Nature of Grant . In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Options, or benefits in lieu of the Option, even if Options have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Options or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by the Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares;

(h) none of the Company, the Employer, or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any Shares issuable to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

(i) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider with the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, waives his or her ability, if

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   4   


any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

11. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in the Award Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“ Data ”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company to assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country of residence. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   5   


participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of the Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company, in care of its Stock Administration at Cyan, Inc., 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

13. Non-Transferability of Option . The Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, the Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority. Subject to Section 21 of the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing. Assuming such compliance, for purposes of any applicable Tax-Related Items, the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

16. Plan Governs . The Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan.

17. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Award Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option or any future Options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   6   


the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not intended to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Award Agreement.

20. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in the Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Award Agreement.

21. Modifications to the Agreement . The Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting the Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Unless otherwise set forth herein, modifications to the Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise the Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Code Section 409A in connection with the Option.

22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting the Option, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

23. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of the Award Agreement by Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

24. Governing Law and Venue . The Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Option or the Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Option grant is made and/or to be performed.

25. Language . If Participant has received the Award Agreement or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

26. Country Addendum . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Award Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions for Participant’s country in

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   7   


the Country Addendum set forth in Exhibit B . Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum constitutes part of the Award Agreement.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP     
Ts & Cs of Option – Non-US   8   


EXHIBIT B

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AWARD – COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions

[Country specific language to be provided]

Notifications

[Country specific language to be provided]


EXHIBIT C

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, CA 94954

Attention: Equity Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“ Purchaser ”) hereby elects to purchase              shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Common Stock of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Non-U.S. Stock Option Award Agreement dated             , 20     (the “ Award Agreement ”). The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the purchase of Shares pursuant to this Exercise Notice is subject to all the terms and conditions contained in the Plan and the Award Agreement, including any terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant set forth in Exhibit A of the Award Agreement and the Country Addendum set forth in Exhibit B of the Award Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . The purchase price for the Shares will be $         (number of Shares multiplied by Exercise Price), as required by the Award Agreement. Purchaser:

 

  ¨ Herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required Tax-Related Items due in connection with the exercise of the Option; or

 

  ¨ Herewith directs the Plan administrator or its agent to deliver to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required Tax-Related Items due in connection with the exercise of the Option by deducting such amounts from the proceeds of the sale of the Shares (or a portion thereof) through the cashless exercise program.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Award Agreement, including any applicable country-specific terms set forth in the Country Addendum, and agrees to abide by and be bound by the terms and conditions of such documents.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.


5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Governing Law and Venue . This Exercise Notice will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under the Option or this Exercise Notice, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where the Option grant is made and/or to be performed.

7. Entire Agreement; Severability . The Plan and Award Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, the remaining provisions of this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :     Date Received:  

 

 

     

 

     

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Option Ex. Notice    2   

Exhibit 10.3.5

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-U.S. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Cyan, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

Participant Name:  

 

 

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted the individual (“ Participant ”) named above an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Non-U.S. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Country Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B (collectively, the “ Award Agreement ”), as follows:

 

Grant Number:  

 

 
Date of Grant:  

 

 
First Vesting Date:  

 

 
Number of Restricted Stock Units:  

 

 
Vesting Schedule:    

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

The vesting of the Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the schedule set forth above is subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company through each vesting date. In the event that Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, any unvested Restricted Stock Units will terminate immediately. For purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, unless Participant is on a leave of absence approved by the Company as set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date that Participant is no longer actively providing services for the Company or a Parent of Subsidiary of the Company (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any) and, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Company, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g ., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is providing services or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any).

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under


and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Country Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit B , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges that he or she has reviewed the Plan and the Award Agreement, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or the Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     CYAN, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

 

   

 

Print Name     Title
Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP – Notice of RSU Award    -2-   


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to Participant an Award of Restricted Stock Units in the amount set forth on the first page of the Award Agreement under Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “ Notice of Grant ”) subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, including any country-specific provisions contained in the Country Addendum set forth in Exhibit B and of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive one Share on the date such Restricted Stock Unit vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of Shares pursuant to any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any obligations for Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 7). Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Shares under this Award.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by the Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 will in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A (as described below).

If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of Shares pursuant to such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of termination of Participant’s status as a Service

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -1-   


Provider, except in the event of Participant’s death following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of the Award Agreement that the Award Agreement and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under the Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under the Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of the Award Agreement, “ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final U.S. Treasury Regulations and U.S. Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will terminate immediately in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under the Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Tax Obligations .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares (or proceeds from the sale of Shares) will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant or deemed by the Company or Participant’s employer (the “ Employer ”) in its discretion to be an appropriate charge to Participant even if legally applicable to the Company or the Employer (“ Tax-Related Items ”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares. Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -2-   


(b) Tax Withholding . Prior to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of Tax-Related Items of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, or withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent from Participant. If withholding is performed from proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable rates, in which case Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy his or her obligations for Tax-Related Items, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (i) delivery of cash or check to the Company or the Employer, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, or (iii) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. Further, to the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, the Company will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any obligations for Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS AN ACTIVE SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY (OR A PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE EMPLOYER, THE COMPANY OR ANY PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY OF THE COMPANY TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -3-   


10. Nature of Grant . In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Award of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future Awards of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Awards of Restricted Stock Units or other awards, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose including, but not limited to, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(g) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by the Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares;

(h) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(i) none of the Company, the Employer, or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the payment of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon payment; and

(j) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider with the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the Award of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Employer, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan,

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -4-   


Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

11. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

12. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in the Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“ Data ”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company to assist the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that a recipient’s country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country of residence. Participant understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -5-   


13. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of the Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Cyan, Inc., 1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300, Petaluma, CA 94954, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

14. Award is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this Award of Restricted Stock Units and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this Award of Restricted Stock Units, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this Award of Restricted Stock Units and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

15. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this Award of Restricted Stock Units contained herein, the Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

16. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Shares . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares no longer will cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Subject to Section 22 of the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Restricted Stock Units and on any Shares acquired upon vesting of the Restricted Stock Units to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

17. Plan Governs . The Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan.

18. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Award Agreement.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -6-   


19. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

20. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Award Agreement.

21. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in the Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Award Agreement.

22. Modifications to the Award Agreement . The Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting the Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Unless otherwise set forth herein, modifications to the Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise the Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature, is established voluntarily by the Company, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan.

24. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of the Award Agreement by Participant shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of the Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other participant.

25. Governing Law and Venue . The Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of California without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or the Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Sonoma County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

26. Language . If Participant has received the Award Agreement or any other document related to this Award of Restricted Stock Units and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -7-   


English version, the English version will control.

27. Country Addendum . Notwithstanding any provisions in the Award Agreement, this Award of Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to any special terms and conditions for Participant’s country in the Country Addendum set forth in Exhibit B. Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum constitutes part of the Award Agreement.

 

Cyan, Inc. 2013 EIP      
Non-US RSU Ts & Cs    -8-   


EXHIBIT B

CYAN, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

NON-US RSU COUNTRY ADDENDUM

Terms and Conditions

[Country specific language to be provided]

Notifications

[Country specific language to be provided]

Exhibit 10.4

May 4, 2012

 

LOGO

Mark Floyd

Dear Mark:

On behalf of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the Full-Time position of Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position .

(a) As Chief Executive Officer, you will serve in an executive capacity and shall perform the duties commonly associated with this position and as required by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). You will report to the Board. You will work at the Company’s corporate headquarters, which are currently located in Petaluma, California, subject to business travel. You acknowledge that, as an express condition of this letter agreement, you will relocate your residence to the San Francisco Bay Area within Six months following your Start Date.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior consent of the Board, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein and with the prior consent of the Board, you may serve as a director of other corporations or organizations; provided, however, that the Board may rescind such consent if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such service compromises or threatens to compromise the Company’s business interests or conflicts with your duties to the Company.

(c) Your employment relationship with the Company will also be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company (except that if the terms of this letter agreement differ from or are in conflict with such policies or practices, this letter agreement will control). The Company may modify its employment policies and practices from time to time in its discretion.


2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on or before May 28, 2012 (the “ Start Date ”).

3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

4. Compensation .

(a) You will be paid a monthly salary of $22,916.67 which is equivalent to $275,000 on an annualized basis (the “ Base Salary ”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings. Your salary will be payable biweekly pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary and your overall compensation package will be reviewed annually by the Board (or any authorized committee thereof), and are subject to change in the discretion of the Board (or any authorized committee thereof). You acknowledge and agree that the $3,000 per month payments you have been receiving from the Company for your service as an outside board director will cease once you commence your employment with the Company.

(b) You will be eligible to earn a cash bonus in the amount of up to $120,000 at the end of the fiscal year based on factors to be determined by the Board. It is anticipated that 25% of this bonus amount will be payable based on criteria that will be established by the Board within the first sixty (60) days following your Start Date. As a condition precedent to earning and receiving the bonus referenced in this paragraph, you must remain an employee with the Company through the date the bonus otherwise is scheduled to be paid.

5. Stock Option Grant .

(a) In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board grant you an option to purchase 1,517,874 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”), which amount is intended to represent (together with your prior Company option grants) 3.8% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock on a fully-diluted basis as of the date of this letter agreement, with an exercise price to be set by the Board. These option shares will vest and become exercisable at the rate of 25% of the shares on the twelve (12) month anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in your Stock Option Agreement, which date will be your Start Date, as defined above) and the remaining Option Shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) and within the period commencing thirty (30) days prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the closing of such Change of Control Transaction (i) your employment with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company

 

-2-


(or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined below), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a Permanent and Total Disability as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (ii) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined below) from your employment with the Company (or its successor), then 50% of the then-unvested Option Shares, if any, shall immediately vest and become exercisable.

(c) For purposes of this letter agreement, the terms “Cause,” “Change of Control Transaction” and “Resign for Good Reason” shall have the meanings set forth below.

(i) “ Cause ” shall mean (A) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Company (or its successor), or abide, in all material respects, with the policies of the Company (Or its successor) after written notice from the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company (or its successor) describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies, (B) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates, (C) your material violation or material breach of your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (D) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates;

(ii) “ Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (1) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (2) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (4) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company; and

(iii) “ Resign for Good Reason ” shall mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Company (or its successor), and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (A) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that your duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (B) a reduction by the Company (or its successor) in your gross base

 

-3-


salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, by more than 10%, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Company (or its successor); (C) a material reduction by the Company (or its successor) in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (D) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site for the Company immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control Transaction; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Company’s (or its successor’s) President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of Directors (other than any such position you then occupy) within the 60-day period following the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice.

6. Benefits .

(a) Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans. The Company may modify its benefits programs from time to time in its discretion.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

(c) Relocation Expenses . The Company will promptly reimburse you for all reasonable moving expenses associated with your relocation to the San Francisco Bay Area for your employment with the Company following submission to the Company of receipts or other reasonably requested documentation in accordance with the Company’s standard expense reimbursement policies and practices; provided that in no event shall expenses incurred in the 2012 calendar year be reimbursed later than March 15, 2013. If, prior to the one-year anniversary of your Start Date, you resign from your employment with the Company (other than if you Resign for Good Reason) or the Company terminates your employment for Cause, you must repay a portion of the reimbursed relocation expenses to the Company, on or within 30 days of your employment termination date, prorated based on your length of employment with the Company.

7. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

8. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

 

-4-


9. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

10. Entire Agreement . This letter agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This letter agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to is conflict of laws provision. This letter agreement may be executed in counterparts (which shall be deemed to be part of one original).

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before 5pm Wednesday, May 9, 2012.

 

Very truly yours,

 

CYAN, INC.

     

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

MARK FLOYD

By:   /s/ Paul Ferris       /s/ Mark A. Floyd
        Signature
Title:   Paul Ferris, Board Member        
        Date

Attachment A: Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.5

January 28, 2011

Scott Bauer

Dear Scott:

On behalf of Cyan Optics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the Full-Time position of Chief Financial Officer.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position .

(a) You will become the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. You will perform the duties of a Chief Financial Officer as commonly associated with this position and as required by the Company. You will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. You will work at the Company’s corporate headquarters which are currently located in Petaluma, California, subject to business travel.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

(c) Your employment relationship with the Company will also be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, and you will be required to abide by such policies and practices (except that if the express terms of this letter agreement differ from or are in conflict with such policies or practices, the terms of this letter agreement will control). The Company may modify its employment policies and practices from time to time in its discretion.

2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on Monday, February 14, 2011 (the “Start Date”).


3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

4. Compensation . You initially will be paid a monthly salary of $20,416.67 which is equivalent to $245,000.00 on an annualized basis (the “Base Salary”) subject to standard deductions and withholdings. Your salary will be payable biweekly pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.

5. Stock Option Grants .

(a) In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant (as determined by the Board of Directors). For so long as you are in Continuous Service Status with the Company (as defined in the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan), the shares underlying this option will vest and become exercisable as follows: 1/4 th of the total number of shares underlying the option will vest and become exercisable on the one (1) year anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in your Stock Option Agreement, which date will be your Start Date, as defined above), and 1/48 th of the total number of shares underlying the option will vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date thereafter.

(b) Additionally, in connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant (as determined by the Board of Directors). For so long as you remain in Continuous Service Status with the Company, the shares underlying this option will vest and become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule: such number of shares as equals X multiplied by 1/48 th of the total number of shares underlying the option will vest and become exercisable on the Cliff Vest Date (as defined below), where X is equal to the number of full month periods that have elapsed from your Vesting Commencement Date until the Cliff Vest Date (up to a maximum of 48), and 1/48 th of the total number of shares underlying the option will vest and become exercisable on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date following the Cliff Vest Date (in the event that shares underlying the option remain unvested following the Cliff Vest Date).

(c) Vesting for the abovementioned options will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The options will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreements between you and the Company.

(d) In the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined below) and within the period commencing thirty (30) days prior to and ending twelve (12) months following the closing of such Change of Control Transaction (i) your

 

-2-


employment with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company (or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined below), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a Permanent and Total Disability as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or (ii) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined below) from your employment with the Company (or its successor), then 100% of the then-unvested shares, if any, subject to the options described in Sections 5(a) and (b) that you then hold shall immediately vest and become exercisable.

(e) For purposes of this Section 5, the terms “Cause,” “Change of Control Transaction,” “Cliff Vest Date” and “Resign for Good Reason” shall have the meanings set forth below.

(i) “ Cause ” shall mean (A) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Company (or its successor), or abide, in all material respects, with the policies of the Company (or its successor) after written notice from the Board of Directors or an officer of the Company (or its successor) describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies, (B) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates, (C) your material violation or material breach of your Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (D) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of moral turpitude, embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates;

(ii) “ Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (1) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (2) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (4) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;

(iii) “ Cliff Vest Date ” shall mean the date of the earlier to occur of (A) the closing of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in an initial public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or (B) the closing of a

 

-3-


Change of Control Transaction in which the total consideration to he paid to the Company or its stockholders in such transaction equals or exceeds $300,000,000; and

(iv) “ Resign for Good Reason ” shall mean your resignation from all positions then held with the Company (or its successor), and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (A) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that such duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (B) a reduction by the Company (or its successor) in your gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, by more than 10%, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Company (or its successor); (C) a material reduction by the Company (or its successor) in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (D) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site for the Company immediately prior to the closing of the Change of Control Transaction; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Company’s (or its successor’s) President or Chief Executive Officer within the 60-day period following the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice.

6. Benefits .

(a) Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans. The Company may modify its benefits plans from time to time in its discretion.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

7. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

8. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

9. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any

 

-4-


other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

10. Entire Agreement . This letter agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This letter agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to is conflict of laws provision. This letter agreement may be executed in counterparts (which shall be deemed to be part of one original).

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before 5pm Tuesday, February 1, 2011.

 

Very truly yours,       ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
CYAN OPTICS, INC.       SCOTT BAUER
By:  

/s/ Michael L. Hatfield

     

/s/ Scott Bauer

        Signature
Title:  

President & CEO

     

1/31/11

        Date

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.6

January 8, 2007

Norm Foust

Dear Norm:

On behalf of Cyan Optics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Vice President, Manufacturing Operations for the Company.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position .

(a) You will become Vice President, Manufacturing Operations of the Company working out of the Company’s headquarters office in Petaluma, California. You will be responsible for the building and managing the Cyan Operations team and partners. You will report to the President.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on March 15, 2007 (the “Start Date”).

3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

4. Compensation . You will be paid a monthly salary of $14,583, which is equivalent to $175,000 on an annualized basis (the “Base Salary”). Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.


Norm Foust

January 8, 2007

Page 2

 

5. Stock Option Grant .

In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest at the rate of 25% of the shares on the twelve (12) month anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in your Stock Option Agreement, which date will be your Start Date, as defined above) and the remaining Option Shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

6. Benefits .

(a) Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

7. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

8. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

9. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and


Norm Foust

January 8, 2007

Page 3

 

protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

10. Entire Agreement . This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This letter will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws provision.

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before January 10, 2007.

 

Very truly yours,       ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
CYAN OPTICS, INC.       Norm Foust
By:  

/s/ Michael L. Hatfield

     

/s/ Norm Foust

        Signature
Title:  

President & CEO

     

1/9/07

        Date

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, CA 94954

Phone: +1 707-735-2300

February 18, 2013

James Hamilton

Dear James:

On behalf of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President Worldwide Sales.

The terms of your employment with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position

(a) You will become the Senior Vice President Worldwide Sales of the Company. You will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of the conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence your employment with the Company on or before February 25, 2013. The date you actually commence employment is referred to as your Start Date.

3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.


James Hamilton

Page 2

February 18, 2013

 

4. Compensation .

(a) You will be paid a semi-monthly salary of $9,375.00 which is equivalent to $225,000 on an annualized basis (the “ Base Salary ”). Your salary will be payable semi-monthly pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.

(b) In addition to your Base Salary, you will be eligible to participate in Cyan’s Sales Incentive Plan (the “ Sales Incentive Plan ”). Your annualized target sales commission under the Incentive Plan will be $275,000 for the current year and will be reevaluated and communicated to you for future periods. The commissions will be subject to the terms of the Sales Incentive Plan and will be pro rated for partial year’s service.

5. Stock Option Grant.

(a) In connection with your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 356,250 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”), which represents approximately .75% of the fully diluted outstanding equity of the Company. The option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant and will vest at the rate of 25% of the Option Shares on the first anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (which will be your Start Date) and the remaining Option Shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month, for a total of four years of vesting. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in Exhibit A ) and within three (3) months prior to or twelve (12) months thereafter (1) your employment relationship with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company (or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined in Exhibit A ), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a permanent and total disability or (2) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit A ) from your employment relationship with the Company (or its successor), then, (X) in addition to the shares which have vested by the passage of time as described above, your option will vest and become immediately exercisable as to an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option.

6. Benefits .

(a) Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

7. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution and delivery to an officer of the Company, on or before your Start Date, of a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”).

 


James Hamilton

Page 3

February 18, 2013

 

8. At-Will Employment . The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

9. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

10. Governing Law; Arbitration . This letter will be governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to is conflict of laws provision. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law.

11. Entire Agreement . This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before 5 p.m. Pacific Time on Friday, February 22, 2013.

 


James Hamilton

Page 4

February 18, 2013

 

Very truly yours,     ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
CYAN, INC.     JAMES HAMILTON
By:  /s/ Mark A. Floyd                                                     

 /s/ James Hamilton

    Signature
Title: CEO                                                                           

2/20/13

    Date

 


Exhibit B

Definitions

Change of Control Transaction ” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided , however , that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (iv) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;

Cause ” shall mean (i) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Employer, or abide, in all material respects, with the written policies of the Employer that have been provided to you after written notice from the Company or the Employer describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies that is not cured within twenty (20) days of such written notice thereof, (ii) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Employer or the Company or their affiliates, (iii) your material violation or material breach of the terms of your employment agreement or Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Employer that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (iv) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates;

Employer ” shall mean the Company or subsidiary of the Company (or its successor) by which you are directly employed; and

Resign for Good Reason ” shall mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Employer and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that your duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (ii) a reduction by the Employer in your gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Employer; (iii) a material reduction by the Employer in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (iv) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site immediately prior to such change; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Employer and to the Company’s (or its successor’s) President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board (other than to yourself) within the 60-day period following the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice and your termination of employment occurs no later than 60 days following the expiration of such 30 day period to remedy.

Exhibit 10.8

November 2, 2006

Scott Pradels

Dear Scott:

On behalf of Cyan Optics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Manager, Hardware Engineering for the Company.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position .

(a) You will become Manager, Hardware Engineering of the Company working out of the Company’s headquarters office in Petaluma, California. You will be responsible for Hardware Architecture and Design. You will report to the Vice President, Engineering.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on November 15, 2006 (the “Start Date”).

3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.


Scott Pradels

November 2, 2006

Page 2

 

4. Compensation . You will be paid a monthly salary of $10,417, which is equivalent to $125,000 on an annualized basis (the “Base Salary”). Your salary will be payable pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.

5. Stock Option Grant .

Upon adoption by the Company of a stock option plan, and subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors, you will be granted an option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.

6. Benefits .

(a) Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

7. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

8. At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

9. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way


Scott Pradels

November 2, 2006

Page 3

 

possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

10. Entire Agreement . This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This letter will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws provision.

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before November 6, 2006.

 

Very truly yours,     ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
CYAN OPTICS, INC.     Scott Pradels
By:  

/s/ Michael L. Hatfield

   

/s/ Scott Pradels

      Signature
Title:  

President & CEO

   

November 3, 2006

      Date

Exhibit 10.9

August 23, 2012

Kenneth Siegel

Dear Kenneth:

On behalf of Cyan, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the Full-Time position of Vice President & General Counsel.

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth below:

 

  1. Position

(a) You will become a Vice President & General Counsel of the Company. You will report to the Chief Executive Officer.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange.

2.     Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of any conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence this new position with the Company on or before Monday, September 17, 2012 (the “ Start Date ”).

3.     Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.


Kenneth Siegel

August 23, 2012

Page 2

 

4.     Compensation . You will be paid a monthly salary of $18,333.33 which is equivalent to $220,000.00 on an annualized basis (the “ Base Salary ”). Your salary will be payable biweekly pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.

5.     Relocation . Cyan will reimburse you up to $3,000.00 per month up to twelve months for all relocation expenses associated with the move from Los Altos to Petaluma. The relocation is subject to reimbursement if you resign from your position within one year from the date of your hire per the terms of Cyan’s Relocation Agreement.

6.     Stock Option Grant . In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 225,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”) with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant. These option shares will vest at the rate of 25% of the shares on the twelve (12) month anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (as defined in your Stock Option Agreement, which date will be your Start Date, as defined above) and the remaining Option Shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

7.     Benefits .

(a) Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

8.     Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution, and delivery to an officer of the Company, of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), prior to or on your Start Date.

9.     At-Will Employment . Your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also


Kenneth Siegel

August 23, 2012

Page 3

 

modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

10.     No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

11.     Entire Agreement . This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This letter will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of laws provision.


Kenneth Siegel

August 23, 2012

Page 4

 

We are all delighted to be able to extent this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before 5pm Tuesday, August 28, 2012.

 

Very truly yours

 

CYAN, INC.

   

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

KENNETH SIEGEL

By:    /s/ Mark Floyd     /s/ Ken Siegel
      Signature
Title:    CEO      
      Date

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

Cyan, Inc.

1383 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite 300

Petaluma, CA 94954

Phone: +1 707-735-2300

February 15, 2013

Michael Zellner

Dear Mike:

On behalf of Cyan, Inc. (the Company” ), I am pleased to offer you the position of Chief Financial Officer.

The terms of your employment with the Company are as set forth below:

1. Position .

(a) You will become the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. You will report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, with dotted line reporting to the Company’s Audit Committee.

(b) You agree to the best of your ability and experience that you will at all times loyally and conscientiously perform all of the duties and obligations required of and from you pursuant to the express and implicit terms hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company. During the term of your employment, you further agree that you will devote all of your business time and attention to the business of the Company, the Company will be entitled to all of the benefits and profits arising from or incident to all such work services and advice, you will not render commercial or professional services of any nature to any person or organization, whether or not for compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company, and you will not directly or indirectly engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. Nothing in this letter agreement will prevent you from accepting speaking or presentation engagements in exchange for honoraria or from serving on boards of charitable organizations, or from owning no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity securities of a corporation whose stock is listed on a national stock exchange. In addition, the Company is aware that you are actively engaged in those activities listed in Exhibit A and consents to your continued participation in such activities.

2. Start Date . Subject to fulfillment of the conditions imposed by this letter agreement, you will commence your employment with the Company on or before February 25, 2013. The date you actually commence employment is referred to as your Start Date.

3. Proof of Right to Work . For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.


Michael Zellner

Page 2

February 15, 2013

 

4. Compensation .

(a) You will be paid a semi-monthly salary of $10,833.33 which is equivalent to $260,000 on an annualized basis (the “ Base Salary” ). Your salary will be payable semi-monthly pursuant to the Company’s regular payroll policy. The Base Salary will be reviewed annually as part of the Company’s normal salary review process.

(b) In addition to your Base Salary, you will be eligible to participate in the Cyan Incentive Plan (the “ Incentive Plan” ). Your annualized target bonus under the Incentive Plan will be 35% of your Base Salary. The bonus will be subject to the terms of the Incentive Plan and will be pro rated for partial year’s service.

5. Housing Allowance. Cyan understands your family home is in San Mateo, and that in connection with joining Cyan, you will rent an apartment in or around Petaluma. To help defray the costs of your establishing and maintaining a residence close to Cyan, Cyan will pay you a monthly housing allowance of $3,500.00 per month (the “ Housing Allowance” ) for the first 12 months of your employment. The Housing Allowance will be payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll policy. This arrangement will be re-evaluated at or near the end of the first year of your employment, and may be extended. You acknowledge that the Housing Allowance will be deemed to be compensation reportable on your Form W-2, and will be subject to customary withholding taxes.

6. Stock Option Grant .

(a) In connection with your employment, the Company will recommend that the Board of Directors grant you an option to purchase 475,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Option Shares” ), which represents approximately 1% of the fully diluted outstanding equity of the Company. The option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of the grant and will vest at the rate of 25% of the Option Shares on the first anniversary of your Vesting Commencement Date (which will be your Start Date) and the remaining Option Shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 1/48 of the total number of the Option Shares per month, for a total of four years of vesting. Vesting will, of course, depend on your continued employment with the Company. The option will be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and the Company.

(b) In the event that the Company consummates a Change of Control Transaction (as defined in Appendix A) and within three (3) months prior to or twelve (12) months thereafter (1) your employment relationship with the Company (or its successor) is terminated by the Company (or its successor) for any reason other than Cause (as defined in Exhibit B), death or your inability to perform the essential functions of your job due to a permanent and total disability or (2) you Resign for Good Reason (as defined in Exhibit B) from your employment relationship with the Company (or its successor), then, (X) in addition to the shares which have vested by the passage of time as described above, your option will vest and become immediately exercisable as to an additional 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option.

 


Michael Zellner

Page 3

February 15, 2013

 

7. Benefits .

(a) Insurance Benefits . The Company will provide you with the opportunity to participate in the standard benefits plans currently available to other Company employees, subject to any eligibility requirements imposed by such plans.

(b) Vacation; Sick Leave . You will be entitled to paid time off according to the Company’s standard policies.

8. Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . Your acceptance of this offer and commencement of employment with the Company is contingent upon the execution and delivery to an officer of the Company, on or before your Start Date, of a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed for your review and execution (the “ Confidentiality Agreement” ).

9. At-Will Employment . The Company is excited about your joining and looks forward to a beneficial and productive relationship. Nevertheless, you should be aware that your employment with the Company will be on an “at will” basis, meaning that either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason or no reason, without further obligation or liability. The Company may also modify your duties, compensation or other terms and conditions of your employment at any time for any reason, with or without notice.

10. No Conflicting Obligations . You understand and agree that by accepting this offer of employment, you represent to the Company that your performance will not breach any other agreement to which you are a party and that you have not, and will not during the term of your employment with the Company, enter into any oral or written agreement in conflict with any of the provisions of this letter or the Company’s policies. You are not to bring with you to the Company, or use or disclose to any person associated with the Company, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to any former employer or other person or entity with respect to which you owe an obligation of confidentiality under any agreement or otherwise. The Company does not need and will not use such information and we will assist you in any way possible to preserve and protect the confidentiality of proprietary information belonging to third parties. Also, we expect you to abide by any obligations to refrain from soliciting any person employed by or otherwise associated with any former employer and suggest that you refrain from having any contact with such persons until such time as any non-solicitation obligation expires.

11. Governing Law; Arbitration . This letter will be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to is conflict of laws provision. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that (i) any and all disputes between you and the Company shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration, (ii) you are waiving any and all rights to a jury trial but all court remedies

 


Michael Zellner

Page 4

February 15, 2013

 

will be available in arbitration, (iii) all disputes shall be resolved by a neutral arbitrator who shall issue a written opinion, (iv) the arbitration shall provide for adequate discovery, and (v) the Company shall pay all the arbitration fees, except an amount equal to the filing fees you would have paid had you filed a complaint in a court of law.

12. Entire Agreement . This letter, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company relating to your employment and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between us. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you.

We are all delighted to be able to extend you this offer and look forward to working with you. To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to me, along with a signed and dated copy of the Confidentiality Agreement. This offer will terminate if not accepted by you on or before 5 p.m. Pacific Time on Friday, February 15, 2013.

 

Very truly yours,     ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
CYAN, INC.     MICHAEL ZELLNER

 

By:  

Kenneth M. Siegel

   

 /s/ Michael Zellner

      Signature
Title:  

Vice President & General Counsel

   

15/Feb/2013

Date

 


Exhibit A

Approved External Activities

Member of the Board of Directors and chairperson of the Audit Committee of FormFactor, Inc.


Exhibit B

Definitions

“Change of Control Transaction” shall mean the Company’s (A) sale, conveyance or other disposition of (1) all or substantially all of its assets, property or business (including the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, the cumulative effect of which results in the Company retaining insufficient intellectual property rights to continue operation as a going concern) or (2) 50% or more of its capital stock or (B) merger with or into or consolidation with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), provided, however, that none of the following shall be considered a Change of Control Transaction: (i) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (ii) an equity financing in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately following the transaction (taking into account only stock of the Company held by such stockholders prior to the transaction), or (iv) the granting of one or more exclusive licenses of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property to one or more wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company;

“Cause” shall mean (i) your repeated failure to materially fulfill your duties and responsibilities to the Employer, or abide, in all material respects, with the written policies of the Employer that have been provided to you after written notice from the Company or the Employer describing in reasonable detail your failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies that is not cured within twenty (20) days of such written notice thereof, (ii) your engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Employer or the Company or their affiliates, (iii) your material violation or material breach of the terms of your employment agreement or Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement with the Employer that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure, or (iv) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of nobo contendere to, a felony or committing any act of embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company (or its successor) or its affiliates;

“Employer” shall mean the Company or subsidiary of the Company (or its successor) by which you are directly employed; and

“Resign for Good Reason” shall mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Employer and its affiliates, following the occurrence of one of the following events without your written consent: (i) a material reduction of your duties, position or responsibilities, provided that your duties, position and responsibilities shall not be deemed to be materially reduced if you retain reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control Transaction; (ii) a reduction


by the Employer in your gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Employer; (iii) a material reduction by the Employer in the kind or level of benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is materially diminished, or (iv) relocation of your principal place of work to a location that is more than 50 miles from your principal work site immediately prior to such change; provided that prior to such resignation, you provide written notice of the occurrence of such event listed above to the Employer and to the Company’s (or its successor’s) President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board (other than to yourself) within the 60-day period following the occurrence of such event and such event is not remedied by the Company, or its successor, within 30 days following its receipt of such written notice and your termination of employment occurs no later than 60 days following the expiration of such 30 day period to remedy.

Exhibit 10.11

CYAN, INC.

SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

This Severance and Change in Control Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between                          (“ Executive ”) and Cyan, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of                     , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

A. The Compensation Committee (the “ Committee ”) of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of the Company believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment prior to a Change in Control and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change in Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

B. The Committee believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security, incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.

C. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will renew automatically for additional one (1) year terms (each an “ Additional Term ”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if a Change in Control occurs when there are fewer than twelve (12) months remaining during the Initial Term or an Additional Term, the term of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Change in Control. If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 3 during the term of this Agreement, the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. As an at-will employee, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause. Upon any termination of employment, the Company will pay Executive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies and arrangements (“ Accrued Compensation ”).


3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change in Control . If (x) the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause and other than due to death or Disability, or (y) Executive resigns from his or her employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination does not occur within the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to [CEO/President: twelve (12) months / Other Executives: six (6) months] of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, within ten (10) days of the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)).

(ii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to [CEO/President: one hundred percent (100%) / Other Executives: fifty percent (50%)] of the Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the Company’s fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) will be neither prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs nor adjusted based on the extent of the actual achievement of the performance criteria applicable with respect to such fiscal year. The bonus payment will be made, less applicable withholdings, within ten (10) days of the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)).

(iii) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [CEO/President: twelve (12) months / Other Executives: six (6) months] from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(a)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [CEO/President: twelve (12) payments / Other Executives: six (6) payments]. Any such payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive within the sixty (60) days

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    2   


following Executive’s termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, any taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(iv) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards .

(1) Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested as to that number of shares subject thereto that would have vested had the Executive remained employed for an additional [CEO/President: twelve (12) months / Other Executives: six (6) months] following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (the “ Extended Vesting Period ”). With respect to Equity Awards the vesting of which and/or the amount of the Equity Award is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria (“ Performance Awards ”), then the Equity Award will vest assuming that the applicable performance criteria had been achieved at target levels through the Extended Vesting Period. For the avoidance of doubt with respect to Performance Awards the performance measurement of which is for a fiscal period extending beyond the end of the Extended Vesting Period, the performance for such fiscal period will be deemed to have been achieved at target levels.

(2) Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards that do not accelerate vesting pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv)(1) above will remain outstanding and unvested for an additional period of thirty (30) days following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (the “ Pre-Change in Control Window ”) (but in no event beyond each such Equity Award’s original maximum term to expiration, if applicable) during which such Equity Awards may become vested in accordance with Section 3(b)(iv) below. If a Change in Control has not occurred during the Pre-Change in Control Window, the unvested Equity Awards that did not accelerate vesting pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv)(1) above will terminate without having vested as of immediately following the Pre-Change in Control Window.

(b) Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from his or her employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change in Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to [CEO/President: eighteen (18) months / Other Executives: twelve (12) months] of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date or, if greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, within ten (10) days of the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change in Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 3(a)(i); and (y) a Change in Control occurs within the thirty (30) day period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 3(b)(i), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 3(b)(i), less amounts, if any, already paid under Section 3(a)(i).

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    3   


(ii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to [CEO/President: one hundred fifty percent (150%) / Other Executives: one hundred percent (100%)] of the greater of (A) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the Company’s fiscal year in which the Change in Control occurs or (B) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the Company’s (or surviving company’s, as applicable) fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3(b)(ii) will be neither prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs nor adjusted based on the extent of the actual achievement of the performance criteria applicable with respect to such fiscal year. The bonus payment will be paid, less applicable withholdings, within ten (10) days of the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)).

(iii) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [CEO/President: eighteen (18) months / Other Executives: twelve (12) months] from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(b)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [CEO/President: eighteen (18) payments / Other Executives: twelve (12) payments]. Any such payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive within the sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, any taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to, continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(iv) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full. If an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    4   


(v) Extended Post-Termination Exercise Period . Notwithstanding any other provision in any applicable equity compensation plan and/or individual stock option agreement, Executive’s outstanding and vested stock options and/or stock appreciation rights as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment will remain exercisable until the six (6) month anniversary of such date of termination of employment; provided, however, that the post-termination exercise period for any individual stock option and/or stock appreciation right will not extend beyond its original maximum term to expiration.

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for (x) the Accrued Compensation and (y) those severance or other benefits (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then subject to Section 4:

(i) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . Executive’s then outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will vest as provided in Sections 3(a)(iv) or 3(b)(iv), as applicable, as if Executive’s termination were treated as a termination without Cause.

(ii) Other Benefits . Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 3(a) or 3(b) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of and supersede any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

4. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than any Accrued Compensation) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline Date ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline Date, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 3 (other than any Accrued Compensation) will

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    5   


be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the any confidential information and invention assignment agreement executed by Executive in favor of the Company and the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) It is intended that none of the severance payments under this Agreement will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 4(c)(iv) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 4(c)(v) below. In no event will Executive have discretion to determine the taxable year of payment of any Deferred Payment. Any severance payments under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on the Release Deadline Date, or if later, such time as required by Section 4(c)(iii).

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s separation from service (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of Executive’s death following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    6   


(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. In no event will the Company reimburse Executive for any taxes that may be imposed on Executive as result of Section 409A.

5. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits under Section 3 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; and (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event shall Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of payment reductions.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 will be made in writing by a nationally recognized accounting or valuation firm (the “ Firm ”) reasonably agreed upon between the parties, whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs for payment of the Firm’s services in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    7   


6. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” will mean:

(i) Executive’s repeated failure to materially perform his or her duties and responsibilities to the Company, or abide, in all material respects, with the policies of the Company after written notice from the Board or an officer of the Company describing in reasonable detail Executive’s failure to perform such duties or responsibilities or abide by such policies;

(ii) Executive’s engagement in knowing and intentional illegal conduct that was or is injurious in any material respect to the Company;

(iii) Executive’s material violation or material breach of his or her Confidential Information and Invention Assignment with the Company that is not cured within twenty (20) days of written notice thereof or is incapable of cure; or

(iv) Executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (other than motor vehicle offenses the effect of which do not materially impair Executive’s performance of his employment duties) or committing any act of embezzlement, dishonesty or fraud against, or the misappropriation of material property belonging to, the Company.

(v) Procedure for “Cause” Finding.

(1) Prior to a Change in Control, Executive may be terminated only for Cause if a majority of the Board then in office determines that grounds for Cause exist. In the event of such determination, the Company will provide Executive notice of the finding of Cause with reasonable specificity, and will provide Executive with a reasonable opportunity to meet with the Board to refute the finding.

(2) If Executive elects to appear before the Board to dispute the finding, the Board will meet with the Executive at a mutually agreeable time not to be unreasonably delayed. Following such meeting, the Board will reconsider its initial finding and the decision of a majority of the Board then in office will be required to confirm the determination that grounds for Cause exist.

(3) If Executive declines to appear before the Board to dispute the finding, then the initial action by the Board will constitute the determination to terminate Executive for Cause.

(4) On or following a Change in Control, the procedural requirements of this Section 6(a)(v) shall apply, except that the findings of the Board must be approved by not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then in office.

The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time as provided in Section 2 above, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    8   


(b) Change in Control. Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock already held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(c) Change in Control Period . “ Change in Control Period ” will mean the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to, and ending twelve (12) months following, a Change in Control.

(d) Code . “ Code ” will mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Disability . “ Disability ” will mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of his or her job due to a Permanent and Total Disability as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(f) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” will mean Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    9   


(g) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” will mean Executive’s voluntary termination of employment with the Company within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following one or more of the following occurring without Executive’s prior written consent:

(i) a material reduction by the Company in Executive’s gross base salary, as in effect immediately prior to such reduction other than in connection with a similar reduction for all similarly-situated employees of the Company;

(ii) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of benefits to which Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is materially diminished;

(iii) relocation of Executive’s principal place of work to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Executive’s principal work site for the Company immediately prior to the closing of the Change in Control;

(iv) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; or

(v) [CEO/PRESIDENT/CFO/GC/SVP SALES ONLY: a material reduction of Executive’s authority or responsibilities, relative to Executive’s authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or, a change in the Executive’s reporting position such that Executive no longer reports directly to [FOR CEO: the Board of Directors][FOR OTHERS: directly to the Chief Executive Officer] of the parent corporation in a group of controlled corporations. Provided that the Company is publicly held immediately prior to a Change in Control, following a Change in Control any change in role, authority or responsibilities that results in Executive ceasing to serve as the [CEO/PRESIDENT/CFO/GC/SVP SALES] of a publicly held company shall be deemed to constitute a material change or reduction in Employee’s authority and responsibilities constituting grounds for a Good Reason termination.]

(v) [OTHER EXECUTIVES (A) prior to a Change in Control, a material reduction of Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities, relative to Executive’s duties, authority, or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or (B) following a Change in Control, (x) the removal of Executive from the position held by Executive immediately prior to the Change in Control, provided that continued employment following the Change in Control with substantially the same responsibility with respect to the Company’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, Executive will not have been removed from his position if he or she is employed by the Company, the acquiring company or one of its affiliates and Executive has substantially the same responsibilities with respect to the business of the Company as he or she had immediately prior to the Change in Control whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect his or her placement within the overall corporate hierarchy and whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise), or (y) a material reduction in Executive’s responsibilities, authority or status as such (which for this purpose will include a material reduction in the resources (financial, personnel and other) allocated to the Company’s business and under Executive’s direction, including reallocation of key personnel engaged in the Company’s business to other businesses of the acquiring company).]

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    10   


Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing [CEO : one or more of the independent members of the Board/ OTHER EXECUTIVES: the Company’s Chief Executive Officer] with written notice within sixty (60) days of the initial existence of the condition that he believes constitutes Good Reason specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, during which such grounds must not have been cured.

For purposes of the “Good Reason” definition, the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(h) Section 409A Limit . “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

7. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at his/her home address, in either case as the Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to general.counsel@cyaninc.com and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its General Counsel.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    11   


hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice).

9. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

10. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “ Act ”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act will also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive understands that nothing in this Agreement constitutes a waiver of Executive’s rights under Section 7 of the National Labor Relations Act. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”), which are available at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/. The arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, applying the standards set forth under the California Code of Civil Procedure, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator will award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    12   


have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator will apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law will take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator will be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement will be conducted in San Francisco County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings,

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    13   


undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that this Agreement supersedes in its entirety any severance, change in control, vesting acceleration set forth in any offer letter, employment agreement or equity award agreement that may be in effect on or before the effective date of this Agreement. In addition, the parties hereby agree that the equity award acceleration provisions set forth in this Agreement shall supersede and take precedence over any acceleration provisions set forth in any equity award granted to the Executive at any time following the Effective Date. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in San Francisco County, California, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

COMPANY     CYAN, INC.
    By:  

 

    Title:  
EXECUTIVE     [INSERT NAME]
   

 

(Signature)

   

Date:

 

 

Cyan Sev & CoC Agt    14   

Exhibit 10.12

Confidential Treatment Requested by Cyan, Inc.

FLEXTRONICS AND CYAN CONFIDENTIAL

Flextronics Manufacturing Services Agreement

This Flextronics Manufacturing Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into this 22nd day of June 2007 by and between Cyan Optics, Inc. having its place of business at 1390 N. McDowell Blvd., Suite G-327, Petaluma, CA 94954 USA (“ Customer ”) and Flextronics Telecom Systems Ltd. having its place of business at Level 3, Alexander House, 35 Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius (“ Flextronics ”).

Customer desires to engage Flextronics to perform manufacturing services as further set forth in this Agreement. The parties agree as follows:

1.    DEFINITIONS

Flextronics and Customer agree that capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Agreement and Exhibit 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

2.    MANUFACTURING SERVICES

2.1. Work . Customer hereby engages Flextronics to perform the work (hereinafter “ Work ”). “ Work ” shall mean to procure Materials and to manufacture, assemble, and test products (hereinafter “ Product(s) ”) pursuant to detailed written Specifications. The “ Specifications ” for each Product or revision thereof, shall include but are not limited to bill of materials, designs, schematics, assembly drawings, process documentation, test specifications, current revision number, and Approved Vendor List. The Specifications as provided by Customer and included in Flextronics’s production document management system and maintained in accordance with the terms of this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 2.1. This Agreement does include new product introduction (NPI) and product prototype services related to the Products. In the event that Customer requires any other services, the parties will enter into a separate agreement. In case of any conflict between the Specifications and this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.

2.2. Engineering Changes . Customer may request that Flextronics incorporate engineering changes into the Product by providing Flextronics with a description of the proposed engineering change sufficient to permit Flextronics to evaluate its feasibility and cost. Flextronics will proceed with engineering changes when the parties have agreed upon the changes to the Specifications, delivery schedule and Product pricing and the Customer has issued a purchase order for the implementation costs.

2.3. Tooling; Non-Recurring Expenses; Software . Customer shall pay for or obtain and consign to Flextronics any Product-specific tooling, equipment or software and other reasonably necessary non-recurring expenses, to be set forth in Flextronics’s quotation. All

 

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


equipment and software that Customer provides to Flextronics and any test equipment and software that Customer engages Flextronics to develop is and shall remain the property of Customer.

2.4. Cost Reduction Projects . Flextronics agrees to seek ways to reduce the cost of manufacturing Products by methods such as elimination of Materials, redefinition of Specifications, and re-design of assembly or test methods. Upon implementation of such ways that have been initiated by Flextronics and approved by Customer, Flextronics will receive [***] of the demonstrated cost reduction for [***]. Customer will receive [***] of the demonstrated cost reduction upon implementation of such ways initiated by Customer.

2.5. Manufacturing Exclusivity . Flextronics will supply 100% of Customer’s Worldwide Demand for Product, (a) subject to subsection (b) below, Customer agrees to engage Flextronics to supply Customer’s worldwide actual demand for all of its products for the next five (5) years beginning on the Effective Date of this Agreement. (b) Customer’s commitment set forth in subsection (a) above is contingent upon Flextronics remaining competitive with regard to all material aspects of the parties relationship taken as a whole including without limitation: volumes, price, product quality, lead times, delivery, flexibility, technical support and responsiveness (the Competitiveness Criteria”), as specified in writing by Customer. If Customer determines that Flextronics is not satisfying the Competitiveness Criteria, then Customer shall provide written notice to Flextronics specifying Flextronics’s deficiencies in satisfying the Competitiveness Criteria. If Flextronics receives such notice, the parties shall meet and discuss an appropriate resolution to the matter. If the parties are unable to arrive at a mutually satisfactory resolution within a reasonable period of time, then Customer may terminate the Agreement by providing Flextronics with one hundred twenty (120) days written notice.

3.    FORECASTS; ORDERS; FEES; PAYMENT

3.1. Forecast . Customer shall provide Flextronics, on a [***] basis, a rolling [***] forecast indicating Customer’s monthly Product requirements. The first [***] of the forecast will constitute Customer’s written purchase order for all Work to be completed within the first [***] period. Such purchase orders will be issued in accordance with Section 3.2 below.

3.2. Purchase Orders; Precedence . Customer may use its standard purchase order form for any notice provided for hereunder; provided that all purchase orders must reference this Agreement and the applicable Specifications. The parties agree that the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall prevail over any terms and conditions of any such purchase order, acknowledgment form or other instrument.

3.3. Purchase Order Acceptance . Purchase orders shall normally be deemed accepted by Flextronics, provided however that Flextronics may reject any purchase order: (a) that is an amended order in accordance with Section 5.2 below because the purchase order is outside of the Flexibility Table; (b) if the fees reflected in the purchase order are inconsistent with the parties’ agreement with respect to the fees; (c) if the purchase order represents a significant deviation from the forecast for the same period, unless such deviation is within the parameters of the Flexibility Table; or (d) if a purchase order would extend Flextronics’s liability beyond Customer’s approved

 

-1-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


credit line. Flextronics shall notify Customer of rejection of any purchase order within five (5) business days of receipt of such purchase order.

3.4. Fees; Changes; Taxes .

(a) The fees will be agreed by the parties and will be indicated on the purchase orders issued by Customer and accepted by Flextronics. The initial fees shall be as set forth on the Fee List attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit 3.4 (the “Fee List” ). If a Fee List is not attached or completed, then the initial fees shall be as set forth in purchase orders issued by Customer and accepted by Flextronics in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Customer is responsible for additional fees and costs due to: (a) changes to the Specifications; (b) failure of Customer or its subcontractor to timely provide sufficient quantities or a reasonable quality level of Customer Controlled Materials where applicable to sustain the production schedule; and (c) any pre-approved expediting charges reasonably necessary because of a change in Customer’s requirements.

(c) The fees will be reviewed [***] by the parties and remain unchanged during the agreed upon [***]. Any changes and timing of changes shall be agreed by the parties, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. By way of example only, the fees may be increased if the market price of fuels, Materials, equipment, labor and other production costs, increase beyond normal variations in pricing or currency exchange rates as demonstrated by Flextronics.

(d) All fees are exclusive of federal, state and local excise, sales, use, VAT, and similar transfer taxes, and any duties, and Customer shall be responsible for all such items. This subsection (d) does not apply to taxes on Flextronics’s net income.

(e) The Fees List will be based on the exchange rate(s) for converting the purchase price for Inventory denominated in the Parts Purchase Currency(ies) into the Functional Currency. The fees will be adjusted, [***] based on changes in the Exchange Rate(s) as reported on the last business day [***], for the following month to the extent that such Exchange Rates change more than [***] from the prior month (the “Currency Window”). “Exchange Rate(s)” is defined as the closing currency exchange rate(s) as reported on Reuters’ page FIX on the last business day of the current month prior to the following month. “Functional Currency” means the currency in which all payments are to be made pursuant to Section 3.5 below. “Parts Purchase Currency(ies)” means U.S. Dollars, Japanese Yen and/or Euros to the extent such currencies are different from the Functional Currency and are used to purchase Inventory needed for the performance of the Work forecasted to be completed during the applicable month.

3.5. Payment . Customer agrees to pay all invoices in U.S. Dollars within [***] days of the date of the invoice.

3.6. Late Payment . Customer agrees to pay [***] interest on all late payments. Furthermore, if Customer is late with payments, or Flextronics has reasonable cause to believe Customer may not be able to pay, Flextronics may (a) stop all Work under this Agreement until

 

-2-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


assurances of payment satisfactory to Flextronics are received or payment is received; (b) demand prepayment for purchase orders; (c) and delay shipments. Customer agrees to provide all reasonable financial information required by Flextronics from time to time in order to make a proper assessment of the creditworthiness of Customer.

4.    MATERIALS PROCUREMENT; CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITY FOR MATERIALS

4.1. Authorization to Procure Materials, Inventory and Special Inventory . Customer’s accepted purchase orders and forecast will constitute authorization for Flextronics to procure, with Customer’s prior approval, (a) Inventory to manufacture the Products covered by such purchase orders based on the Lead Time and (b) certain Special Inventory based on Customer’s purchase orders and forecast as follows: Long Lead-Time Materials as required based on the Lead Time when such purchase orders are placed and Minimum Order Inventory as required by the supplier. Flextronics will only purchase Economic Order Inventory with the prior approval of Customer.

4.2. Customer Controlled Materials . Customer may direct Flextronics to purchase Customer Controlled Materials in accordance with the Customer Controlled Materials Terms. Customer acknowledges that the Customer Controlled Materials Terms will directly impact Flextronics’s ability to perform under this Agreement and to provide Customer with the flexibility Customer is requiring pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. In the event that Flextronics reasonably believes that Customer Controlled Materials Terms will create an additional cost that is not covered by this Agreement, then Flextronics will notify Customer and the parties will agree to either (a) compensate Flextronics for such additional costs, (b) amend this Agreement to conform to the Customer Controlled Materials Terms or (c) amend the Customer Controlled Materials Terms to conform to this Agreement, in each case at no additional charge to Flextronics. Customer agrees to provide copies to Flextronics of all Customer Controlled Materials Terms upon the execution of this Agreement and promptly upon execution of any new agreements with suppliers. Customer agrees not to make any modifications or additions to the Customer Controlled Materials Terms or enter into new Customer Controlled Materials Terms with suppliers that will negatively impact Flextronics’s procurement activities.

4.3. Preferred Supplier . Customer shall provide to Flextronics and maintain an Approved Vendor List. Flextronics shall purchase from vendors on a current Customer provided AVL the Materials required to manufacture the Product. Customer shall give Flextronics every opportunity to be included on AVL’s for Materials that Flextronics can supply, and if Flextronics is competitive with other suppliers with respect to reasonable and unbiased criteria for acceptance established by Customer, Flextronics shall be included on such AVL’s with Customer approval. If Flextronics is on an AVL and its prices and quality are competitive with other vendors, Customer will raise no objection to Flextronics sourcing Materials from itself. For purposes of this Section 4.3 only, the term “Flextronics” includes any companies affiliated with Flextronics.

 

-3-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


4.4. Customer Responsibility for Inventory and Special Inventory . Customer is responsible under the conditions provided in this Agreement for all Materials, Inventory and Special Inventory purchased by Flextronics under this Section 4.

4.5. Materials Warranties . Flextronics shall endeavor to obtain and pass through to Customer the following warranties with regard to the Materials (other than the Production Materials): (i) conformance of the Materials with the vendor’s specifications and/or with the Specifications; (ii) that the Materials will be free from defects in workmanship; (iii) that the Materials will comply with Environmental Regulations; and (iv) that the Materials will not infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.

5.    SHIPMENTS, SCHEDULE CHANGE, CANCELLATION, STORAGE

5.1. Shipments . All Products delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be suitably packed for shipment in accordance with the Specifications and marked for shipment to Customer’s destination specified in the applicable purchase order. Shipments will be made [***] Flextronics’s facility, at which time risk of loss and title will pass to Customer. All freight, insurance and other shipping expenses, as well as any special packing expenses not included in the original quotation for the Products, will be paid by Customer. In the event Customer designates a freight carrier to be utilized by Flextronics, Customer agrees to designate only freight carriers that are currently in compliance with all applicable laws relating to anti-terrorism security measures and to adhere to the C-TPAT (Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism) security recommendations and guidelines as outlined by the United States Bureau of Customs and Border Protection and to prohibit the freight carriage to be sub-contracted to any carrier that is not in compliance with the C-TPAT guidelines.

5.2. Quantity Increases and Shipment Schedule Changes .

(a) For any accepted purchase order, Customer may (i) increase the quantity of Products or (ii) reschedule the quantity of Products and their shipment date as provided in the flexibility table below (the “ Flexibility Table ”):

Maximum Allowable Variance From Accepted Purchase Order Quantities/Shipment Dates

 

# of days before

Shipment Date

on Purchase Order

 

Allowable

Quantity

Increases

 

Maximum

Reschedule

Quantity

 

Maximum

Reschedule

Period

[***]

  [***]   [***]   [***]

[***]

  [***]   [***]   [***]

[***]

  [***]   [***]   [***]

[***]

  [***]   [***]   [***]

Any decrease in quantity is considered a cancellation, unless the decreased quantity is rescheduled for delivery at a later date in accordance with the Flexibility Table. Quantity

 

-4-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


cancellations are governed by the terms of Section 5.3 below. Any purchase order quantities increased or rescheduled pursuant to this Section 5.2 (a) may not be subsequently increased or rescheduled.

(b) All reschedules to push out delivery dates outside of the table in subsection (a) require Flextronics’s prior written approval, which, in its sole discretion, may, or may not be granted. If Customer does not request prior approval from Flextronics for such reschedules, or if Customer and Flextronics do not agree in writing to specific terms with respect to any approved reschedule, then Customer will pay Flextronics [***] for any such reschedule, calculated as of the first day after such reschedule for any Inventory and/or Special Inventory that was procured by Flextronics to support the original delivery schedule that is not used to manufacture Product pursuant to an accepted purchase order within thirty (30) days of such reschedule. In addition, if Flextronics notifies Customer that such Inventory and/or Special Inventory has remained in Flextronics’s possession for more than [***] days since such reschedule, then Customer agrees to [***] purchase any affected Inventory and/or Special Inventory upon receipt of the notice by paying the Affected Inventory Costs. In addition, any finished Products that have already been manufactured to support the original delivery schedule will be treated as cancelled as provided in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 below.

(c) Flextronics will use reasonable commercial efforts to meet any quantity increases, which are subject to Materials and capacity availability. All reschedules or quantity increases outside of the table in subsection (a) require Flextronics’s approval, which, in its sole discretion, may or may not be granted. If Flextronics agrees to accept a reschedule to pull in a delivery date or an increase in quantities in excess of the flexibility table in subsection (a) and if there are extra costs to meet such reschedule or increase, Flextronics will inform Customer for its acceptance and approval in advance.

(d) Any delays in the normal production or interruption in the workflow process caused by Customer’s changes to the Specifications or failure to provide sufficient quantities or a reasonable quality level of Customer Controlled Materials where applicable to sustain the production schedule, will be considered a reschedule of any affected purchase orders for purposes of this Section 5.2 for the period of such delay. In addition, Customer shall be responsible for costs related to adjusting foreign currency hedging contracts due to changes in cash flows resulting from such delays.

(e) For purposes of calculating the amount of Inventory and Special Inventory subject to subsection (b), the “ Lead Time ” shall be calculated as the Lead Time at the time of procurement of the Inventory and Special Inventory.

5.3. Cancellation of Orders and Customer Responsibility for Inventory .

(a) Customer may not cancel all or any portion of Product quantity of an accepted purchase order without Flextronics’s prior written approval, which, in its sole discretion, may or may not be granted. If Customer does not request prior approval, or if Customer and Flextronics do not agree in writing to specific terms with respect to any approved cancellation, then Customer will pay Flextronics [***] for any such cancellation, calculated as of the first day after

 

-5-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


such cancellation for any Product or Inventory or Special Inventory procured by Flextronics to support the original delivery schedule. In addition, if Flextronics notifies Customer that such Product, Inventory and/or Special Inventory has remained in Flextronics’s possession for more than [***] days since such cancellation, then Customer agrees to immediately purchase from Flextronics such Product, Inventory and/or Special Inventory by paying the Affected Inventory Costs. In addition, Flextronics shall calculate the cost or gain of unwinding any currency hedging contracts entered into by Flextronics to support the cancelled purchase order(s). Should the unwinding result in a loss to Flextronics, Customer agrees to cover such loss amount for Flextronics immediately upon receipt of an invoice for such amount. Should the unwinding result in a gain to Flextronics, a credit note will be immediately issued to Customer.

(b) If the forecast for any period is less than the previous forecast supplied over the same period, that amount will be considered canceled and Customer will be responsible for any Special Inventory purchased or ordered by Flextronics to support the forecast.

(c) Products that have been ordered by Customer and that have not been picked up in accordance with the agreed upon shipment dates shall be considered cancelled and Customer will be responsible for such Products in the same manner as set forth above in Section 5.3(a).

(d) For purposes of calculating the amount of Inventory and Special Inventory subject to subsection (a), the “ Lead Time ” shall be calculated as the Lead Time at the time of (i) procurement of the Inventory and Special Inventory; (ii) cancellation of the purchase order or (iii) termination of this Agreement, whichever is longer.

5.4. Mitigation of Inventory and Special Inventory . Prior to invoicing Customer for the amounts due pursuant to Sections 5.2 or 5.3, Flextronics will use reasonable commercial efforts [***], to return unused Inventory and Special Inventory and to cancel pending orders for such inventory, and to otherwise mitigate the amounts payable by Customer. Customer shall pay amounts due under this Section 5 within [***] of receipt of an invoice. Flextronics will ship the Inventory and Special Inventory paid for by Customer under this Section 5.4 to Customer promptly upon said payment by Customer. In the event Customer does not pay within [***], Flextronics will be entitled to dispose of such Inventory and Special Inventory in a commercially reasonable manner and credit to Customer any monies received from third parties. Flextronics shall then submit an invoice for the balance amount due and Customer agrees to pay said amount within [***] of its receipt of the invoice.

5.5. No Waiver . For the avoidance of doubt, Flextronics’s failure to invoice Customer for any of the charges set forth in this Section 3 does not constitute a waiver of Flextronics’s right to charge Customer for the same event or other similar events in the future.

6 .     PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE AND EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY

6.1. Product Acceptance . The Products delivered by Flextronics will be inspected and tested as required by Customer within [***] of receipt at the “ship to” location on the

 

-6-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


applicable purchase order. If Products do not comply with the express limited warranty set forth in Section 6.2 below, Customer has the right to reject such Products during said period. Products not rejected during said period will be deemed accepted. Customer may return defective Products, freight collect, after obtaining a return material authorization number from Flextronics to be displayed on the shipping container and completing a failure report. Rejected Products will be promptly repaired or replaced, at Flextronics’s option, and returned freight pre-paid. Customer shall bear all of the risk, and all costs and expenses, associated with Products that have been returned to Flextronics for which there is no defect found.

6.2. Express Limited Warranty . This Section 6.2 sets forth Flextronics’s sole and exclusive warranty and Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies with respect to a breach by Flextronics of such warranty.

(a) Flextronics warrants that the Products will have been manufactured in accordance with the applicable Specifications and will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of [***] from the date of shipment. In addition, Flextronics warrants that Production Materials are in compliance with Environmental Regulations.

(b) Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, this express limited warranty does not apply to, and Flextronics makes no representations or warranties whatsoever with respect to: (i) Materials and/or Customer Controlled Materials; (ii) defects resulting from the Specifications or the design of the Products; (iii) Product that has been abused, damaged, altered or misused by any person or entity after title passes to Customer; (iv) defects resulting from tooling, designs or instructions produced or supplied by Customer, or (v) the compliance of Materials or Products with any Environmental Regulations. Customer shall be liable for costs or expenses incurred by Flextronics related to the foregoing exclusions to Flextronics’s express limited warranty.

(c) Upon any failure of a Product to comply with this express limited warranty, Flextronics’s sole obligation, and Customer’s sole remedy, is for Flextronics, at its option, to promptly repair or replace such unit and return it to Customer freight prepaid. Customer shall return Products covered by this warranty freight prepaid after completing a failure report and obtaining a return material authorization number from Flextronics to be displayed on the shipping container. Customer shall bear all of the risk, and all costs and expenses, associated with Products that have been returned to Flextronics for which there is no defect found.

(d) Customer will provide its own warranties directly to any of its end users or other third parties. Customer will not pass through to end users or other third parties the warranties made by Flextronics under this Agreement. Furthermore, Customer will not make any representations to end users or other third parties on behalf of Flextronics, and Customer will expressly indicate that the end users and third parties must look solely to Customer in connection with any problems, warranty claim or other matters concerning the Product.

6.3. No Representations or Other Warranties . FLEXTRONICS MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS AND NO OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS ON THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, OR THE PRODUCTS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY,

 

-7-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


OR IN ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR COMMUNICATION WITH CUSTOMER, AND FLEXTRONICS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.

7 .     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

7.1. Licenses . Customer hereby grants Flextronics a non-exclusive license during the term of this Agreement to use Customer’s patents, trade secrets and other Intellectual Property as necessary to perform Flextronics’s obligations under this Agreement.

7.2. No Other Licenses . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, each party acknowledges and agrees that no licenses or rights under any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the other party are given or intended to be given to such other party.

7.3. Intellectual Property . Customer shall retain all rights, title and interest in any and all Customer owned Intellectual Property Rights embodied in the Products.

8 .     TERM AND TERMINATION

8.1. Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof above and shall continue for five (5) years thereafter until terminated as provided in Section 8.2 (Termination). After the expiration of the initial term hereunder (unless this Agreement has been terminated), this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for separate but successive one-year terms unless either party provides written notice to the other party that it does not intend to renew this Agreement ninety (90) days or more prior to the end of any term.

8.2. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by either party (a) for convenience upon ninety (90) days written notice to the other party, or (b) if the other party defaults in any payment to the terminating party and such default continues without a cure for a period of fifteen (15) days after the delivery of written notice thereof by the terminating party to the other party, (c) if the other party defaults in the performance of any other material term or condition of this Agreement and such default continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the delivery of written notice thereof by the terminating party to the other party, or (d) pursuant to Section 10.8 (Force Majeure).

8.3. Effect of Expiration or Termination . Expiration or termination of this Agreement under any of the foregoing provisions: (a) shall not affect the amounts due under this Agreement by either party that exist as of the date of expiration or termination, and (b) as of such date the provisions of Sections 5.2, 5.3, and 5.4 shall apply with respect to payment and shipment to Customer of finished Products, Inventory, and Special Inventory in existence as of such date, and (c) shall not affect Flextronics’s express limited warranty in Section 6.2 above. Termination of this Agreement, settling of accounts in the manner set forth in the foregoing sentence shall be the exclusive remedy of the parties for breach of this Agreement, except for breaches of Section 6.2, 9.1, 9.2, or 10.1. Sections 1, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 4, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2, 6.3, 7, 8, 9, and 10 shall be the only terms that shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

-8-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


9.    INDEMNIFICATION; LIABILITY LIMITATION

9.1. Indemnification by Flextronics . Flextronics agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, Customer and all directors, officers, employees, and agents (each, a “ Customer Indemnitee ”) from and against all claims, actions, losses, expenses, damages or other liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively, “ Damages ”) incurred by or assessed against any of the foregoing, but solely to the extent the same arise out of third-party claims relating to:

(a) any actual or threatened injury or damage to any person or property caused, or alleged to be caused, by a Product sold by Flextronics to Customer hereunder, but solely to the extent such injury or damage has been caused by the breach by Flextronics of its express limited warranties related to Flextronics’s workmanship and manufacture in accordance with the Specifications only as further set forth in Section 6.2;

(b) any infringement of the intellectual property rights of any third party but solely to the extent that such infringement is caused by a process that Flextronics uses to manufacture, assemble and/or test the Products; provided that, Flextronics shall not have any obligation to indemnify Customer if such claim would not have arisen but for Flextronics’s manufacture, assembly or test of the Product in accordance with the Specifications; or

(c) noncompliance with any Environmental Regulations but solely to the extent that such non-compliance is caused by a process or Production Materials that Flextronics uses to manufacture the Products; provided that, Flextronics shall not have any obligation to indemnify Customer if such claim would not have arisen but for Flextronics’s manufacture of the Product in accordance with the Specifications.

9.2. Indemnification by Customer . Customer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless, Flextronics and its affiliates, and all directors, officers, employees and agents (each, a “ Flextronics Indemnitee ”) from and against all Damages incurred by or assessed against any of the foregoing to the extent the same arise out of, are in connection with, are caused by or are related to third-party claims relating to:

(a) any failure of any Product (and Materials contained therein) sold by Flextronics hereunder to comply with any safety standards and/or Environmental Regulations to the extent that such failure has not been caused by Flextronics’s breach of its express limited warranties set forth in Section 6.2 hereof;

(b) any actual or threatened injury or damage to any person or property caused, or alleged to be caused, by a Product, but only to the extent such injury or damage has not been caused by Flextronics’s breach of its express limited warranties related to Flextronics’s workmanship and manufacture in accordance with the Specifications only as further set forth in Section 6.2 hereof; or

(c) any infringement of the intellectual property rights of any third party by any Product except to the extent such infringement is the responsibility of Flextronics pursuant to Section 9.1(b) above.

 

-9-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


9.3. Procedures for Indemnification . With respect to any third-party claims, either party shall give the other party prompt notice of any third-party claim and cooperate with the indemnifying party at its expense. The indemnifying party shall have the right to assume the defense (at its own expense) of any such claim through counsel of its own choosing by so notifying the party seeking indemnification within thirty (30) calendar days of the first receipt of such notice. The party seeking indemnification shall have the right to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the indemnifying party. The indemnifying party shall not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, agree to the settlement, compromise or discharge of such third-party claim.

9.4. Sale of Products Enjoined . Should the use of any Products be enjoined for a cause stated in Section 9.1(b) or 9.2(c) above, or in the event the indemnifying party desires to minimize its liabilities under this Section 9, in addition to its indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 9, the indemnifying party’s sole responsibility is to either substitute a fully equivalent Product or process (as applicable) not subject to such injunction, modify such Product or process (as applicable) so that it no longer is subject to such injunction, or obtain the right to continue using the enjoined process or Product (as applicable). In the event that any of the foregoing remedies cannot be effected on commercially reasonable terms, then, all accepted purchase orders and the current forecast will be considered cancelled and Customer shall purchase all Products, Inventory and Special Inventory as provided in Sections 5.3 and 5.4 hereof. Any changes to any Products or process must be made in accordance with Section 2.2 above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a third party makes an infringement claim, but does not obtain an injunction, the indemnifying party shall not be required to substitute a fully equivalent Product or process (as applicable) or modify the Product or process (as applicable) if the indemnifying party obtains an opinion from competent patent counsel reasonably acceptable to the other party that such Product or process is not infringing or that the patents alleged to have been infringed are invalid.

9.5. No Other Liability . EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO A BREACH OF SECTIONS 9.1 AND 9.2 ABOVE OR SECTION 10.1 BELOW, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY “COVER” DAMAGES (INCLUDING INTERNAL COVER DAMAGES WHICH THE PARTIES AGREE MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED “DIRECT” DAMAGES), OR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SALE OF PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY IS ASSERTED ON THE BASIS OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OF NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN WARNED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE, AND EVEN IF ANY OF THE LIMITED REMEDIES IN THIS AGREEMENT FAIL OF THEIR ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

THE FOREGOING SECTION 9 STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF THE PARTIES TO EACH OTHER CONCERNING INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADE SECRET OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

 

-10-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


10.    MISCELLANEOUS

10.1. Confidentiality . Each party shall refrain from using any and all Confidential Information of the disclosing party for any purposes or activities other than those specifically authorized in this Agreement. Except as otherwise specifically permitted herein or pursuant to written permission of the party to this Agreement owning the Confidential Information, no party shall disclose or facilitate disclosure of Confidential Information of the disclosing party to anyone without the prior written consent of the disclosing party, except to its employees, consultants, parent company, and subsidiaries of its parent company who need to know such information for carrying out the activities contemplated by this Agreement and who have agreed in writing to confidentiality terms that are no less restrictive than the requirements of this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receiving party may disclose Confidential Information of the disclosing party pursuant to a subpoena or other court process only (i) after having given the disclosing party prompt notice of the receiving party’s receipt of such subpoena or other process and (ii) after the receiving party has given the disclosing party a reasonable opportunity to oppose such subpoena or other process or to obtain a protective order. Confidential Information of the disclosing party in the custody or control of the receiving party shall be promptly returned or destroyed upon the earlier of (i) the disclosing party’s written request or (ii) termination of this Agreement. Confidential Information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement shall be maintained confidential for a period of three (3) years after the disclosure thereof. The existence and terms of this Agreement shall be confidential in perpetuity.

10.2. Use of Flextronics Name is Prohibited . The existence and terms of this Agreement are Confidential Information and protected pursuant to Section 10.1 above. Accordingly, Customer may not use Flextronics’s name or identity or any other Confidential Information in any advertising, promotion or other public announcement without the prior express written consent of Flextronics.

10.3. Entire Agreement; Severability . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties relating to such transactions. If the scope of any of the provisions of this Agreement is too broad in any respect whatsoever to permit enforcement to its full extent, then such provisions shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the parties hereto consent and agree that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly and that the whole of such provisions of this Agreement shall not thereby fail, but that the scope of such provisions shall be curtailed only to the extent necessary to conform to law.

10.4. Amendments; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by written consent of both parties. The failure by either party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of future enforcement of that or any other provision. Neither party will be deemed to have waived any rights or remedies hereunder unless such waiver is in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the party against which such waiver is asserted.

10.5. Independent Contractor . Neither party shall, for any purpose, be deemed to be an agent of the other party and the relationship between the parties shall only be that of

 

-11-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


independent contractors. Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume or create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.

10.6. Expenses . Each party shall pay their own expenses in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with the resolution of Disputes shall be allocated as further provided in Section 10.11 below.

10.7. Insurance . Flextronics and Customer agree to maintain appropriate insurance to cover their respective risks under this Agreement with coverage amounts commensurate with levels in their respective markets. Customer specifically agrees to maintain insurance coverage for any finished Products or Materials the title and risk of loss of which passes to Customer pursuant to this Agreement and which is stored on the premises of Flextronics.

10.8. Force Majeure . In the event that either party is prevented from performing or is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than a payment obligation) due to any act of God, acts or decrees of governmental or military bodies, fire, casualty, flood, earthquake, war, strike, lockout, epidemic, destruction of production facilities, riot, insurrection, Materials unavailability, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the party invoking this section (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), and if such party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its effects, such party shall give prompt written notice to the other party, its performance shall be excused, and the time for the performance shall be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrences. Regardless of the excuse of Force Majeure, if such party is not able to perform within ninety (90) days after such event, the other party may terminate the Agreement.

10.9. Successors, Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives. Neither party shall have the right to assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the other party, not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Flextronics may assign some or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an affiliated Flextronics entity.

10.10. Notices . All notices required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed received (a) when delivered personally; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a commercial overnight carrier. All communications will be sent to the addresses set forth above or to such other address as may be designated by a party by giving written notice to the other party pursuant to this section.

10.11. Disputes Resolution; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the following binding dispute resolution procedures shall be the exclusive means used by the parties to resolve all disputes, differences, controversies and claims arising out of or relating to the Agreement or any other aspect

 

-12-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


of the relationship between Flextronics and Customer or their respective affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively, “ Disputes ”). Either party may, by written notice to the other party, refer any Disputes for resolution in the manner set forth below.

(b) Any and all Disputes shall be referred to arbitration under the rules and procedures of Judicial Arbiter Group, Inc. (“ JAG ”), who shall act as the arbitration administrator (the “ Arbitration Administrator ”).

(c) The parties shall agree on a single arbitrator (the “ Arbitrator ”). The Arbitrator shall be a retired judge selected by the parties from a roster of arbitrators provided by the Arbitration Administrator. If the parties cannot agree on an Arbitrator within seven (7) days of delivery of the demand for arbitration (“ Demand ”) (or such other time period as the parties may agree), the Arbitration Administrator will select an independent Arbitrator.

(d) Unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, the place of arbitration shall be Denver, Colorado, although the arbitrators may be selected from rosters outside Denver.

(e) The Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the arbitrability of all Disputes. The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the Federal Rules of Evidence (the “ Federal Rules ”), to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement, govern the conduct of the arbitration. To the extent that the Federal Arbitration Act and Federal Rules do not provide an applicable procedure, Colorado law shall govern the procedures for arbitration and enforcement of an award, and then only to the extent not inconsistent with the terms of this Section. Disputes between the parties shall be subject to arbitration notwithstanding that a party to this Agreement is also a party to a pending court action or special proceeding with a third party, arising out of the same transaction or series of related transactions and there is a possibility of conflicting rulings on a common issue of law or fact.

(f) Unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, each party shall allow and participate in discovery as follows:

(i) Non-Expert Discovery . Each party may (1) conduct three (3) non-expert depositions of no more than five (5) hours of testimony each, with any deponents employed by any party to appear for deposition in Denver, Colorado; (2) propound a single set of requests for production of documents containing no more than twenty (20) individual requests; (3) propound up to twenty written interrogatories; and (4) propound up to ten (10) requests for admission.

(ii) Expert Discovery . Each party may select a witness who is retained or specially employed to provide expert testimony and an additional expert witness to testify with respect to damages issues, if any. The parties shall exchange expert reports and documents under the same requirements as Federal Rules of Civil Procedure 26(a)(2) &(4).

(iii) Additional Discovery . The Arbitrator may, on application by either party, authorize additional discovery only if deemed essential to avoid injustice. In the event

 

-13-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


that remote witnesses might otherwise be unable to attend the arbitration, arrangements shall be made to allow their live testimony by video conference during the arbitration hearing.

(g) The Arbitrator shall render an award within six (6) months after the date of appointment, unless the parties agree to extend such time. The award shall be accompanied by a written opinion setting forth the findings of fact and conclusions of law. The Arbitrator shall have authority to award compensatory damages only, and shall not award any punitive, exemplary, or multiple damages. The award (subject to clarification or correction by the arbitrator as allowed by statute and/or the Federal Rules) shall be final and binding upon the parties, subject solely to the review procedures provided in this Section.

(h) Either party may seek arbitral review of the award. Arbitral review may be had as to any element of the award.

(i) This Agreement’s arbitration provisions are to be performed in Denver, Colorado. Any judicial proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the relationship of the parties, including without limitation any proceeding to enforce this Section, to review or confirm the award in arbitration, or for preliminary injunctive relief, shall be brought exclusively in a court of competent jurisdiction in the county of Denver, Colorado (the “ Enforcing Court ”). By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party accepts the jurisdiction of the Enforcing Court.

(j) Each party shall pay their own expenses in connection with the resolution of Disputes pursuant to this Section, including attorneys’ fees.

(k) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section to the contrary, in the event of any Dispute, prior to referring such Dispute to arbitration pursuant to Subsection (b) of this Section, Customer and Flextronics shall attempt in good faith to resolve any and all controversies or claims relating to such Disputes promptly by negotiation commencing within ten (10) calendar days of the written notice of such Disputes by either party, including referring such matter to Customer’s then-current President and Flextronics’s then current executive in charge of manufacturing operations in the region in which the primary activities of this Agreement are performed by Flextronics. The representatives of the parties shall meet at a mutually acceptable time and place and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the Dispute for a period of four (4) weeks. In the event that the parties are unable to resolve such Dispute pursuant to this Subsection (k), the provisions of Subsections (a) through (j) of this Section, inclusive, as well as Subsections (l), (m) and (n) of this Section shall apply.

(l) The parties agree that the existence, conduct and content of any arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be kept confidential and no party shall disclose to any person any information about such arbitration, except as may be required by law or by any governmental authority or for financial reporting purposes in each party’s financial statements.

 

-14-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


(m) IN THE EVENT OF ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PARTIES, WHETHER IT RESULTS IN PROCEEDINGS IN ANY COURT IN ANY JURISDICTION OR IN ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND HAVING HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, WAIVE ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL MATTERS SHALL BE DECIDED BY A JUDGE OR ARBITRATOR WITHOUT A JURY TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMISSIBLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW.

(n) In the event of any lawsuit between the parties arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties agree to prepare and to timely file in the applicable court a mutual consent to waive any statutory or other requirements for a trial by jury.

10.12. Even-Handed Construction . The terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement have been arrived at after mutual negotiation, and it is the intention of the parties that its terms and conditions not be construed against any party merely because it was prepared by one of the parties.

10.13. Controlling Language . This Agreement is in English only, which language shall be controlling in all respects. All documents exchanged under this Agreement shall be in English.

10.14. Controlling Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in all respects in accordance with the domestic laws and regulations of the State of Colorado, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions; except to the extent there may be any conflict between the law of the State of Colorado and the Incoterms of the International Chamber of Commerce, 2000 edition, in which case the Incoterms shall be controlling. The parties specifically agree that the 1980 United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, as may be amended from time to time, shall not apply to this Agreement. The parties acknowledge and confirm that they have selected the laws of the State of Colorado as the governing law for this Agreement in part because jury trial waivers are enforceable under Colorado law. The parties further acknowledge and confirm that the selection of the governing law is a material term of this Agreement.

10.15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.

 

[CUSTOMER]:     FLEXTRONICS:
By:  

/s/ Norm Foust

    By:  

[illegible]

Title:   VP of Ops 6/22/07     Title:   Director 7/3/07

 

-15-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Exhibit 1

Definitions

 

Affected Inventory Costs

   shall mean: (i) [***] of the Cost of all affected Inventory and Special Inventory in Flextronics’s possession and not returnable to the vendor or reasonably usable for other customers, whether in raw form or work in process, less the salvage value thereof, (ii) [***] of the Cost of all affected Inventory and Special Inventory on order and not cancelable, (iii) any vendor cancellation charges incurred with respect to the affected Inventory and Special Inventory accepted for cancellation or return by the vendor, (iv) the then current fees for any affected Product, and (v) expenses incurred by Flextronics related to labor and equipment specifically put in place to support the purchase orders and forecasts that are affected by such reschedule or cancellation (as applicable).

Approved Vendor List ” or “ AVL

   shall mean the list of suppliers currently approved by the Customer to provide the Materials specified in the bill of materials for a Product.

Confidential Information

   shall mean (a) the existence and terms of this Agreement and all information concerning the unit number and fees for Products and Inventory/Special Inventory and (b) any other information that is marked “Confidential” or the like or, if delivered verbally, confirmed in writing to be “Confidential” within 30 days of the initial disclosure. Confidential Information does not include information that (i) the receiving party can prove it already knew at the time of receipt from the disclosing party; or (ii) has come into the public domain without breach of confidence by the receiving party; (iii) was received from a third party without restrictions on its use; (iv) the receiving party can prove it independently developed without use of or reference to the disclosing party’s data or information; or (v) the disclosing party agrees in writing is free of such restrictions.

Cost

   shall mean the cost represented on the bill of materials supporting the most current fees for Products at the time of cancellation, expiration or termination, as applicable.

Customer Controlled Material

   shall mean those Materials provided by Customer or by suppliers with whom Customer has a commercial contractual or non-contractual relationship.

 

-16-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Customer Controlled Material Terms ”            

   shall mean the terms and conditions that Customer has negotiated with its suppliers for the purchase of Customer Controlled Materials.

Customer Indemnitees

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Damages

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

Disputes

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a)

Economic Order Inventory

   shall mean Materials purchased in quantities, above the required amount for purchase orders, in order to achieve price targets for such Materials.

Environmental Regulations

   shall mean any hazardous substance content laws and regulations including, without limitation, those related to the EU Directive 2002/95/EC about the Restriction of Use of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).

Fee List

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

Flexibility Table

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.

Flextronics Indemnitee

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2.

Force Majeure

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.8.

Inventory

   shall mean any Materials that are used to manufacture Products that are ordered pursuant to a purchase order from Customer.

Intellectual Property Rights

   shall mean all patents, copyrights, authors’ rights, trademarks, tradenames, know-how, trade secrets and other proprietary rights now existing or that may arise under the laws of the United States, any other country, or international treaty.

Lead Time(s)

   shall mean the Materials Procurement Lead Time plus the manufacturing cycle time required from the delivery of the Materials at Flextronics’s facility to the completion of the manufacture, assembly and test processes.

Long Lead Time Materials

   shall mean Materials with Lead Times exceeding the period covered by the accepted purchase orders for the Products.

Materials

   shall mean components, parts and subassemblies that comprise the Product and that appear on the bill of materials for the Product.

 

-17-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Materials Procurement Lead Time

   shall mean with respect to any particular item of Materials, the longer of (a) lead time to obtain such Materials as recorded on Flextronics’s MRP system or (b) the actual lead time, if a supplier has increased the lead time but Flextronics has not yet updated its MRP system.

Minimum Order Inventory

   shall mean Materials purchased in excess of requirements for purchase orders because of minimum lot sizes available from the supplier.

Monthly Charges

   shall mean a [***], in each case of the Cost of the Inventory and/or Special Inventory and/or of the fees for the Product affected by the reschedule or cancellation (as applicable) per month until such Inventory and/or Special Inventory and/or Product is returned to the vendor, used to manufacture Product or is otherwise purchased by Customer.

Product

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Production Materials

   shall mean Materials that are consumed in the production processes to manufacture Products including without limitation, solder, epoxy, cleaner solvent, labels, flux, and glue. Production Materials do not include any such production materials that have been specified by the Customer or any Customer Controlled Materials.

Special Inventory

   shall mean any Long Lead Time Materials and/or Minimum Order Inventory and/or Economic Order Inventory.

Specifications

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Work

   shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

-18-

[***] Information has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.13

REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER

FULL SERVICE LEASE

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

D ATE :   April 25, 2007
L ANDLORD :  

REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC,

a California limited liability company; MARK

GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R.

GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA

FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD)

DATED 25 FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA

G. MAZAR TRUST

L ANDLORD S A DDRESS :  

c/o Basin Street Properties

201 First Street, Suite 100

Petaluma, CA 94952

Attn: Scott W. Stranzl

Phone: (707) 795-4477

Fax: (707) 795-6283

T ENANT :  

CYAN OPTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

T ENANT S A DDRESS :  

a. Before Commencement Date:

 

201 First Street, Suite 213

Petaluma, CA 94952

 

Attn: Rick Johnston

Phone: (707) 235-4519

Fax: (707)763-3319

b. After Commencement Date:

 

1383 McDowell Blvd., Suite TBD

Petaluma, CA 94954

Attn: Rick Johnston

P REMISES :   Approximately Ten Thousand Seven Hundred and Two (10,702) rentable square feet of space in the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.
B UILDING :   That certain office building located within the Project, commonly known as 1383 McDowell


 

Blvd. and consisting of approximately 58,299

rentable square feet of space.

L OT :   007-411-024
P ROJECT :   That certain business center located in Petaluma, California, and commonly referred to as “Redwood Business Center” and consisting of approximately 250,000 rentable square feet of space.
T ERM :   Six (6) years

a. Commencement Date

  See Section 3.1.

b. Estimated Commencement Date

  June 1, 2007
B ASIC R ENT :  

a. Initial Monthly Base Rent

  Sixteen Thousand Fifty Three and 00/100 Dollars ($16,053.00)

b. Advanced Base Rent

  Sixteen Thousand Fifty Three and 00/100 Dollars

    (Paid Upon Lease Execution)

  ($16,053.00)

c. Adjustment Date of Monthly

 

    Base Rent

  See Addendum
B ASE Y EAR   2008
T ENANT S B UILDING P ERCENTAGE   18.36% (10,702/58,299)
S HARE :  
T ENANT P ROJECT P ERCENTAGE S HARE :   4.28% (10,702/250,000)
S ECURITY D EPOSIT :   None
P ERMITTED U SE :   For use as office space and laboratory with rack mounted electronic equipment and environmental chamber and for no other use or purpose.
P ARKING S PACES :   Tenant shall have the right to use 40 spaces on a non-exclusive basis in the parking areas shown on Exhibit A-2.

 

-ii-


R EAL E STATE B ROKERS :  

a. Landlord’s Broker:

  Meridian Commercial

b. Tenant’s Broker:

  N/A
G UARANTOR :  

Name:

   

Address:

  N/A

EXHIBITS AND ADDENDUM

 

Addendum:

   Three (3) pages

Exhibit A-1:

   Diagram of Premises

Exhibit A-2:

   Diagram of Project

Exhibit A-3:

   Identified Expansion
  

Space

Exhibit B:

   Work Letter Agreement

Exhibit B-1:

   Preliminary Space Plan

Exhibit C:

   Commencement Date
  

Memorandum

Exhibit D:

   Rules and Regulations

Exhibit E:

   Tenant’s Financial
  

Statement

 

-iii-


REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER

FULL SERVICE LEASE

THIS REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER FULL SERVICE LEASE (this “Lease”) dated as of April 25, 2007, is entered into by and between REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25 FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (“Landlord”), and CYAN OPTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

1. Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

1.1. Building . The term “Building” shall have the meaning set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

1.2. Building Common Areas . The term “Building Common Areas” shall mean the areas and facilities within the Building provided and designated by Landlord for the general use, convenience or benefit of Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Building (e.g., common stairwells, stairways, hallways, shafts, elevators, restrooms, janitorial telephone and electrical closets, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures servicing the Building).

1.3. Commencement Date . The term “Commencement Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

1.4. Common Areas . The term “Common Areas” shall mean the Building Common Areas and the Project Common Areas.

1.5. Lot . The term “Lot” shall mean the land upon which the Building is located, as more particularly described in the Basic Lease Information.

1.6. Premises . The term “Premises” shall have the meaning set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

1.7. Project . The term “Project” shall have the meaning set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

1.8. Project Common Areas . The term “Project Common Areas” shall mean the areas and facilities within the Project provided and designated by Landlord for the general use, convenience or benefit of Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Project (e.g., walkways, traffic aisles, accessways, utilities and communications conduits and facilities).

1.9. Rentable Area . The term “Rentable Area” shall mean the rentable area of the Premises, Building and Project as reasonably determined by Landlord. The parties agree that for all


purposes under this Lease, the Rentable Area of the Premises, Building and Project shall be deemed to be the number of rentable square feet identified in the Basic Lease Information.

1.10. Tenant’s Building Percentage Share . The term “Tenant’s Building Percentage Share” shall mean the percentage specified in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises or the Rentable Area of the Building is changed, then Tenant’s Building Percentage Share shall be adjusted to a percentage equal to the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of the Building.

1.11. Tenant’s Lot Percentage Share . The term “Tenant’s Lot Percentage Share” shall mean the percentage specified in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises or the Rentable Area of the Lot is changed, then Tenant’s Lot Percentage Share shall be adjusted to a percentage equal to the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of the Lot.

1.12. Tenant’s Project Percentage Share . The term “Tenant’s Project Percentage Share” shall mean the percentage specified in the Basic Lease Information. If the Rentable Area of the Premises or the Rentable Area of the Project is changed, then Tenant’s Project Percentage Share shall be adjusted to a percentage equal to the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of the Project.

1.13. Term . The term “Term” shall have the meaning set forth in the Basic Lease Information.

2. Premises .

2.1. Demise . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, for the Term, at the rent and upon the conditions set forth below, the Premises, together with the right in common to use the Common Areas.

2.2. Condition Upon Delivery . Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to thoroughly inspect the Premises and, subject to Landlord’s obligations under Section 9.2 and the Work Letter Agreement (if any), Tenant accepts the Premises in its existing “as is” condition, with all faults and defects and without any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied.

2.3. Reserved Rights . Landlord reserves the right to do the following from time to time:

(a) Changes . To install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate pipes, ducts, shafts, conduits, wires, appurtenant meters and mechanical, electrical and plumbing equipment and appurtenant facilities for service to other parts of the Building or Project above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces and within the walls of the Premises and in the central core areas of the Building and in the Building Common Areas, and to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate any pipes, ducts, shafts, conduits, wires, appurtenant meters and mechanical, electrical and plumbing equipment and appurtenant facilities servicing the Premises, which are located either in the Premises or elsewhere outside of the Premises;

 

-2-


(b) Boundary Changes . To change the boundary lines of the Lot or the Project;

(c) Facility Changes . To alter or relocate the Common Areas or any facility within the Project;

(d) Parking . To designate and/or redesignate specific parking spaces in the Project for the exclusive or non-exclusive use of specific tenants in the Project;

(e) Services . To install, use, maintain, repair, replace, restore or relocate public or private facilities for communications and utilities on or under the Building and/or Project; and

(f) Other . To perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas, Building and/or Project as Landlord may reasonably deem appropriate.

2.4. Work Letter Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall each perform the work required to be performed by it as described in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B . Landlord and Tenant shall each perform such work in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein.

3. Term .

3.1. Commencement Date . The Term shall be for the period of time specified in the Basic Lease Information unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Term shall commence on the date the Premises are delivered to the Tenant in “substantially completed” condition (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement), subject to adjustment for “Tenant Delays” as provided in the Work Letter Agreement (as so adjusted, the “Commencement Date”) and shall continue thereafter in full force and effect for the period specified as the Term or until this Lease is terminated as otherwise provided herein. For purposes of this Lease, the first “Lease Year” shall mean the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending twelve (12) months thereafter, except that if the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the first “Lease Year” shall mean the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date. Thereafter, the term “Lease Year” shall mean a period equal to twelve (12) full calendar months.

3.2. Delay in Delivery . If for any reason Landlord has not delivered to Tenant possession of the Premises by the Estimated Commencement Date, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

3.3. Commencement Date Memorandum . Following the date on which Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant and the Commencement Date, Landlord may prepare and deliver to Tenant a commencement date memorandum (the “Commencement Date Memorandum”) in the form of Exhibit C , attached hereto, subject to such changes in the form as may be required to insure the accuracy thereof. The Commencement Date Memorandum shall certify the date on which Landlord delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant and the dates

 

-3-


upon which the Term commences and expires. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver to Landlord the Commencement Date Memorandum within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Commencement Date Memorandum shall be conclusive upon Tenant as to the matters set forth in the Commencement Date Memorandum.

4. Rent .

4.1. Base Rent . For purposes of this Lease, the term “Rent” shall mean the Base Rent, Advanced Base Rent, all additional rent, and all of the other monetary obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Advanced Base Rent set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent specified in the Basic Lease Information, in advance, on or before the first day of each and every successive calendar month following the Commencement Date. If the Term commences on other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Base Rent shall be appropriately prorated on the basis of the number of days in such calendar month. Tenant’s payment of any Advanced Base Rent shall be credited against Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent beginning as of the Commencement Date. If the Term expires on other than the last day of a calendar month, the last payment of Base Rent shall be appropriately prorated based on the number of days in such calendar month.

4.2. Adjustments to Base Rent . The Base Rent shall be adjusted as provided in the Addendum attached hereto.

4.3. Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all amounts of money that Tenant is required to pay to Landlord under this Lease in addition to monthly Base Rent whether or not the same is designated “additional rent.” Tenant shall pay to Landlord all additional rent upon Landlord’s written request or otherwise as provided in this Lease.

4.4. Late Payment . Tenant acknowledges that late payment of Rent to Landlord will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of Rent or any other sums due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

4.5. Interest . In addition to the imposition of a late payment charge pursuant to Section 4.4 above, any Rent that is not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the rate that is the lesser of twelve percent (12%) per annum (the “Interest Rate”) or the maximum rate permitted by law. Payment of interest shall not excuse or cure any default hereunder by Tenant.

4.6. Payment . All payments due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be made to Landlord without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at

 

-4-


Landlord’s address for notices hereunder, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant.

5. Taxes .

5.1. Tenants Obligations . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Lot Percentage Share of any increase in Taxes over the Base Taxes during each year of the Term (prorated for any partial calendar year during the Term). The term “Base Taxes” shall mean those taxes incurred by Landlord during the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Building and/or Lot are sold during the Term or Extended Term, for a period of two (2) years commencing on the date of the closing of such sale, Tenant shall not be responsible to pay for any increase in Taxes resulting solely and exclusively from a reassessment of the value of the Building and/or Lot in connection with such sale.

5.2. Definition of Taxes . The term “Taxes” shall include all transit charges, housing fund assessments, real estate taxes and all other taxes relating to the Premises, Building, Lot and Project of every kind and nature whatsoever, including any supplemental real estate taxes attributable to any period during the Term; all taxes which may be levied in lieu of real estate taxes; and all assessments, assessment bonds, levies, fees, penalties (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency) and other governmental charges (including, but not limited to, charges for parking, traffic and any storm drainage/flood control facilities, studies and improvements, water and sewer service studies and improvements, and fire services studies and improvements); and all amounts necessary to be expended because of governmental orders, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature for public improvements, services, benefits or any other purpose, which are assessed, based upon the use or occupancy of the Premises, Building, Lot and/or Project, or levied, confirmed, imposed or become a lien upon the Premises, Building, Lot and/or Project, or become payable during the Term, and which are attributable to any period within the Term.

5.3. Limitation . Nothing contained in this Lease shall require Tenant to pay any franchise, estate, inheritance, succession or transfer tax of Landlord, or any income, profits or revenue tax or charge upon the net income of Landlord from all sources; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term under the laws of the United States Government or the State of California, or any political subdivision thereof, a tax or excise on rent, or any other tax however described, is levied or assessed by any such political body against Landlord on account of Rent, or any portion thereof, one hundred percent (100%) of any said tax or excise shall be included in the definition of Taxes and Tenant shall pay its proportionate share as additional rent.

5.4. Installment Election . In the case of any Taxes which may be evidenced by improvement or other bonds or which may be paid in annual or other periodic installments, Landlord shall elect to cause such bonds to be issued or such assessment to be paid in installments over the maximum period permitted by law.

5.5. Estimate of Tenant’s Share of Taxes . Prior to the commencement of each calendar year during the Term, or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s estimate of the amount of Taxes which will be payable by Tenant

 

-5-


for the ensuing calendar year. On or before the first day of each month during the ensuing calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, together with Base Rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated amount; provided, however, if Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the estimated amount of Tenant’s share of Taxes for the ensuing calendar year prior to the end of the current calendar year, Tenant shall be required to continue to pay to Landlord each month in advance Tenant’s estimated share of Taxes on the basis of the amount due for the immediately prior month until ten (10) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the estimated amount of Tenant’s share of Taxes for the ensuing calendar year. If at any time it appears to Landlord that Tenant’s share of Taxes payable for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord’s estimate, Landlord may give notice to Tenant of Landlord’s revised estimate for the year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for the year shall be based on the revised estimate.

5.6. Annual Adjustment . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year during the Term, or as soon after the one hundred twenty (120) day period as reasonably practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the adjustment to the Taxes for the prior calendar year. If, on the basis of the statement, Tenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments for the prior calendar year previously made by Tenant, Landlord shall apply the excess to the next payment of Taxes due. If, on the basis of the statement, Tenant owes an amount that is more than the amount of the estimated payments made by Tenant for the prior calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement. The year-end statement shall be binding upon Tenant unless Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of any objection thereto within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the year end statement. In addition, if, after the end of any calendar year or any annual adjustment of Taxes for a calendar year, any Taxes are assessed or levied against the Premises, Building, Lot or Project that are attributable to any period within the Term (e.g., supplemental taxes or escaped taxes), Landlord shall notify Tenant of its share of such additional Taxes and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor.

5.7. Personal Property Taxes . Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid, not less than ten (10) days prior to delinquency, any and all taxes and assessments levied upon all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, inventories and other personal property in, on or about the Premises. When possible, Tenant shall cause Tenant’s personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real or personal property of Landlord. On request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence of payment of Tenant’s business personal property taxes and deliver copies of such business personal property tax bills to Landlord.

5.8. Taxes on Tenant Improvements . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the full amount of any increase in Taxes during the Term resulting from any and all alterations and tenant improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about or made to the Premises, Building or Project for the benefit of, at the request of, or by Tenant.

6. Operating Expenses .

6.1. Obligation to Pay Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent during the Term (i) Tenant’s Building Percentage Share of any increase in Operating Expenses attributable to the ownership, operation, repair and/or maintenance of the

 

-6-


Building over the Base Operating Expenses attributable to the Building and (ii) a portion of any increase in Operating Expenses attributable to the ownership, repair and maintenance of the Project over the Base Operating Expenses for the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord has the right to allocate certain Operating Expenses incurred in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and/or maintenance of the to one or more particular buildings within the Project to the extent Landlord determines that it is reasonable to do so based upon the nature of the expense. The term “Base Operating Expenses” shall mean those Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the calendar year specified as the Base Year in the Basic Lease Information.

6.2. Definition of Operating Expenses . The term “Operating Expenses” shall include all expenses and costs of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership, operation, repair and/or maintenance of the Building, Common Areas and/or Project, the surrounding property, and the supporting facilities, including, without limitation: (A) all maintenance, janitorial and security costs, (B) costs for all materials, supplies and equipment; (C) all costs of water, heat, gas power, electricity, refuse collection, parking lot sweeping, landscaping, and other utilities and services provided or allocated to the Building and the Common Areas; (D) all property management expenses, including, without limitation, all property management fees and all expense and cost reimbursements, (E) all costs of alterations or improvements to the Building or Common Areas made to achieve compliance with federal, state and local law including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. Section 12101 et seq.), or to reduce Operating Expenses or improve the operating efficiency of the Building or the Project, all of which costs will be amortized over the useful life of such alteration or improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest upon the unamortized balance at the Interest Rate or such other higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of making the alterations or improvements; (F) premiums for insurance maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or with respect to the Building and the Project; (G) costs for repairs, replacements, uninsured damage or insurance deductibles and general maintenance of the Building, Common Areas and Project, but excluding any repairs or replacements paid for out of insurance proceeds or by other parties; (H) all costs incurred by Landlord for making any capital improvements or structural repairs to the Building or the Common Areas, which costs will be amortized over the useful life of such improvement, repair or modification, as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest upon the unamortized balance at the Interest Rate or such other higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing the improvements or making the improvements or repairs; (I) all costs of maintaining machinery, equipment and directional signage or other markers; and (J) the share allocable to the Building of dues and assessments payable under any reciprocal easement or common area maintenance agreements or declarations or by any owners associations affecting the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay Controllable Operating Expenses (defined below) during the Term or Extended Term, in excess of an amount equal to one hundred and three percent (103%) of the Controllable Operating Expenses paid by Tenant for the immediately preceding calendar year. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Controllable Operating Expenses” shall mean and include all Operating Expenses other than Taxes and the cost of electrical and HVAC service exclusively serving the laboratory within the Premises, which electrical and HVAC service will be separately metered by an Emon Deamon and Tenant shall pay for all costs of such separately metered HVAC and electrical service.

 

-7-


6.3. Less Than Full Occupancy . If the Building or the Project are less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during any year of the Term, Operating Expenses for each such calendar year shall be adjusted to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Operating Expenses as though ninety-five percent (95%) of the total rentable area of the Building and/or the Project as applicable had been occupied.

6.4. Estimates of Operating Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord each month at the same time and in the same manner as monthly Base Rent one-twelfth (1/12th) of Landlord’s estimate of the amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant for the then-current calendar year. If at any time it appears to Landlord that Tenant’s share of Operating Expenses payable for the current calendar year will vary from Landlord’s estimate, Landlord may give notice to Tenant of Landlord’s revised estimate for the calendar year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for the calendar year shall be based on the revised estimate. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year, or as soon after such 120-day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement in reasonable detail of the actual amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant for such calendar year. Landlord’s failure to provide such statement to Tenant within the 120-day period shall not act as a waiver and shall not excuse Tenant or Landlord from making the adjustments to reflect actual costs as provided herein. If on the basis of such statement Tenant owes an amount that is less than the estimated payments for such calendar year previously made by Tenant, Landlord shall credit such excess against the next payment of Operating Expenses due. If on the basis of such statement Tenant owes an amount that is more than the estimated payments for such calendar year previously made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the statement. In addition, if, after the end of any calendar year or any annual adjustment of Operating Expenses for a calendar year, Operating Expenses are incurred or billed to Landlord that are attributable to any period within the Term (e.g., sewer district flow fees), Landlord shall notify Tenant of its share of such additional Operating Expenses and Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor. The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Section 6.4 with respect to the reconciliation between the estimated and actual amounts of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant for the last year of the Term shall survive the termination of this Lease.

6.5. Payment at End of Term . Any amount payable by Tenant which would not otherwise be due until after the termination of this Lease, shall, if the exact amount is uncertain at the time that this Lease terminates, be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon such termination in an amount to be estimated by Landlord with an adjustment to be made once the exact amount is known.

7. Permitted Use .

7.1. Use and Compliance with Laws . The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Information. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply promptly with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, orders, and requirements in effect during the Term relating to the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will tend to create waste or a nuisance, or that unreasonably disturbs other tenants of the Building or Project, nor shall Tenant place or maintain any signs, antennas, awnings, lighting or plumbing fixtures, loudspeakers, exterior decoration or similar devises on the Building or the Project

 

-8-


or visible from the exterior of the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not use any corridors, sidewalks, stairs, elevators or other areas outside of the Premises for storage or any purpose other than access to the Premises. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept on the Premises any foul or noxious gas or substance, nor shall Tenant do or permit to be done anything in and about the Premises, either in connection with activities hereunder expressly permitted or otherwise, which would cause an increase in premiums for or a cancellation of any policy of insurance (including fire insurance) maintained by Landlord in connection with the Premises, Building or Project or which would violate the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions, the design guidelines, the sign guidelines affecting the Building or the land on which it is located, or the Rules (as the term is defined under Section 7.4.2 below).

7.2. Signs . Tenant shall not attach or install any sign to or on any part of the outside of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or in the halls, lobbies, windows or elevator banks of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Any signage approved by Landlord shall be subject to prior approval of and conformance with the requirements of the design review committee of the Project and the design review agency of the applicable city and/or county, and shall be installed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall (i) maintain all permitted signage in good condition and repair, and (ii) remove such signage upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore the Building and the Project to their condition existing immediately prior to the placement or erection of said sign or signs in such a condition that no discoloration or other evidence of the prior sign appears on the Building where the sign previously was affixed. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may maintain, repair and/or remove such signage and restore the Building and or Project to its original condition without notice to Tenant and at Tenant’s expense, the cost of which shall be payable by Tenant as additional rent.

7.3. Suitability . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, Building or with respect to the suitability or fitness of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose.

7.4. Use of Common Areas .

7.4.1. Right to Use Common Areas . Landlord gives Tenant and its authorized employees, agents, customers, representatives and invitees the nonexclusive right to use the Common Areas with others who are entitled to use the Common Areas, subject to Landlord’s rights as set forth in this Section 7.4.

7.4.2. Rules . All Common Areas shall be subject to the exclusive control and management of Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect to the Common Areas. Tenant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the current rules and regulations (the “Rules”) attached hereto as Exhibit D , and agrees that they may, from time to time, be modified or amended by Landlord in a commercially reasonable manner. Tenant agrees to abide by and conform with the Rules; to cause its

 

-9-


concessionaires and its and their employees and agents to abide by the Rules; and to use its best efforts to cause its customers, invitees and licensees to abide by the Rules.

7.4.3. Use . Landlord shall have the right to close temporarily any portion of the Common Areas for the purpose of discouraging use by parties who are not tenants or customers of tenants; to use portions of the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements or repairs or alterations to the Building or the Project; to use or permit the use of the Common Areas by others to whom Landlord may grant or have granted such rights; and to do and perform such acts in, to, and with respect to, the Common Areas as in the use of good business judgment Landlord shall determine to be appropriate for the Project.

7.4.4. Change in Common Areas . Landlord shall have the right to increase or reduce the Common Areas, provided the Project meets the parking requirement under Section 7.6 below.

7.4.5. Recycling . Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in the Project in recycling waste paper, cardboard or such other materials identified under any trash recycling program that may be established in order to reduce trash collection costs.

7.5. Environmental Matters .

7.5.1. Hazardous Materials . The term “Hazardous Materials” as used herein means any petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, P.C.B.’s, or chemicals, compounds, materials, mixtures or substances that are now or hereafter defined or listed in, or otherwise classified as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous waste”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “infectious waste”, “toxic substance”, “toxic pollutant” or any other formulation intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity or toxicity pursuant to any federal, state or local environmental law, regulation, ordinance, resolution, order or decree relating to industrial hygiene, environmental protection or the use, analysis, generation, manufacture, storage, release, disposal or transportation of the same (“Hazardous Materials Laws”).

7.5.2. Tenant’s Covenants . Except for ordinary office supplies and janitorial cleaning materials which in common business practice are customarily and lawfully used, stored and disposed of in small quantities, Tenant shall not use, manufacture, store, release, dispose or transport any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project without giving prior written notice to Landlord and obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Tenant shall at its own expense procure, maintain in effect, and comply with all conditions of any and all permits, licenses, and other governmental and regulatory approvals required in connection with Tenant’s generation, use, storage, disposal and transportation of Hazardous Materials. Except as discharged into the sanitary sewer in strict accordance and conformity with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws, Tenant shall cause any and all Hazardous Materials removed from the Premises to be removed and transported solely by duly licensed haulers to duly licensed facilities for final disposal of such materials and wastes. Tenant shall not maintain or install in, on, under or about the Premises, the

 

-10-


Building or the Project any above or below ground storage tanks, clarifiers or sumps, nor any wells for the monitoring of ground water, soils or subsoils.

7.5.3. Notice . Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord in writing of (a) any enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory action instituted, completed or threatened pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Law; (b) any claim made or threatened by any person or entity against Tenant or the Premises relating to damage, contribution, cost, recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from or claimed to result from any Hazardous Materials; and (c) any reports, information, inquiries or demands made, ordered, or received by or on behalf of Tenant which arise out of or in connection with the existence or potential existence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, any complaints, notices, warnings, asserted violations, or mandatory or voluntary informational filings with any governmental agency in connection therewith, and immediately supply Landlord with copies thereof.

7.5.4. Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold harmless Landlord, and each of Landlord’s officers, directors, partners, employees, affiliates, joint venturers, members, trustees, owners, shareholders, principals, agents, representatives, lenders, successors and assigns, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, fines, penalties, forfeitures, losses, cleanup and remediation costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) or death of or injury to any person or damage to any property whatsoever, arising from or caused in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by (i) the use, analysis, generation, manufacture, storage, release, disposal, or transportation of Hazardous Materials by Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees to, in, on, under, about or from the Premises, the Building or the Project, or (ii) Tenant’s failure to comply with any Hazardous Materials Law. Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall include, without limitation, and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, all costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup, detoxification or decontamination of the Premises, the Building, or the Project and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial action or other required plans in connection therewith, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

7.5.5. Landlord’s Rights . Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises at all times upon reasonable prior notice for the purposes of ascertaining compliance by Tenant with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws; provided, however, that in the instance of an emergency no notice shall be required. Landlord shall have the option to declare a default of this Lease for the release or discharge of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or invitees on the Premises, Building or Project in violation of law or in deviation from prescribed procedures in Tenant’s use or storage of Hazardous Materials. If Tenant fails to comply with any of the provisions under this Section 7.5, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to remove or otherwise cleanup any Hazardous Materials from the Premises, the Building or the Project. In such case, the costs of any Hazardous Materials investigation, removal or other cleanup (including, without limitation, transportation, storage, disposal and attorneys’ fees and costs) will be additional rent due under this Lease, whether or not a court has ordered the cleanup, and will become due and payable on demand by Landlord.

 

-11-


7.6. Parking : Landlord grants to Tenant and Tenant’s customers, suppliers, employees and invitees during the Term the right to use in the parking areas designated on Exhibit A-2 the number of parking spaces stated in the Basic Lease Information on a non-exclusive basis for the use of motor vehicles, subject to rights reserved to Landlord as specified in this Section 7.6. Landlord reserves the right to grant similar nonexclusive rights to other tenants; to promulgate rules and regulations relating to the use of the including parking area; to make changes in the parking layout from time to time; and to do and perform any other acts in and to these areas and improvements as Landlord determines to be advisable. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities and to abide by and conform with the rules and regulations and to cause its employees and agents to abide by and conform to the rules and regulations. Upon request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with license plate numbers of all vehicles driven by its employees and to cause Tenant’s employees to park only in spaces specifically designated for tenant parking. Landlord shall have the unqualified right to rearrange or reduce the number of parking spaces; provided, however, the ratio of the number of parking spaces available to Tenant will be no less than 3.8 spaces per 1,000 usable square feet of the Premises.

8. Services .

8.1. Utilities and Services . Landlord shall (i) furnish the Premises with electricity for lighting fixtures and office machines, water, heat and air conditioning and (ii) provide daily janitorial service on normal business days. Landlord shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install separate metering for electricity and water to the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request for the cost of providing heat and air conditioning to the Premises in excess of that required for normal office use or during other than usual business hours and the cost of providing power to the Premises for other than normal desk-top office equipment.

8.2. No Liability . Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages or personal injuries to any person directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall there be any Rent abatement by reason of, any interruption or curtailment whatsoever in utility services; provided, in the event of any material interruption in essential utility services in excess of two (2) continuous business days that prevents the normal operation of Tenant’s business in the Premises, which is solely caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, commencing on the third (3rd) continuous business day of such interruption until such essential utility services are restored, Rent shall abate to the extent the Premises are not usable and are not used for the normal operation of Tenant’s business.

9. Maintenance and Repairs .

9.1. Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain the Premises in good order, condition and repair, including without limitation, (i) all interior surfaces, ceilings, walls, door frames, window frames, floors, carpets, draperies, window coverings and fixtures, (ii) all windows, doors, locks and closing devices, entrances, plate glass, and signs, (iii) all phone lines, electrical wiring, equipment, switches, outlets and light bulbs, (iv) all of Tenant’s personal property, improvements and alterations, and (vii) all other fixtures and special items installed by or for the benefit of, or at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall not enter onto the

 

-12-


roof area of the Building, except for the purpose of maintaining the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment to the extent Tenant is required to do so under the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall repair any damage to the roof area caused by its entry.

9.2. Landlord’s Repairs and Maintenance . Landlord shall keep in good condition and repair the foundation, roof structure, exterior walls and other structural parts of the Building, and all other portions of the Building not the obligation of Tenant or any other tenant in the Building. Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute, including Civil Code Sections 1941 and 1942, which would afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease due to Landlord’s failure to keep the Building in good order, condition and repair. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any damage, inconvenience or interference with the use of the Premises by Tenant as the result of Landlord performing any such maintenance and repair work.

9.3. Failure to Repair or Maintain . In the event Tenant fails to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Section 9, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, give Tenant notice to do such acts as are reasonably required to so maintain the Premises. If Tenant shall fail to commence such work and diligently prosecute it to completion, then Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to do such acts and expend such funds at the expense of Tenant as are reasonably required to perform such work. Any amounts so expended by Landlord will be additional rent due under this Lease, and such amounts will become due and payable on demand by Landlord. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any such damages, inconvenience or interference with the use of the Premises by Tenant as a result of performing such work.

9.4. Surrender of Premises . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The term “ordinary wear and tear” as used herein shall mean wear and tear which manifests itself solely through normal intensity of use and passage of time consistent with the employment of commercially prudent measures to protect finishes and components from damage and excessive wear, the application of regular and appropriate preventative maintenance practices and procedures, routine cleaning and servicing, waxing, polishing, adjusting, repair, refurbishment and replacement at a standard of appearance and utility and as often as appropriate for Class A corporate and professional office occupancies in the Petaluma office market. The term “ordinary wear and tear” would thus encompass the natural fading of painted surfaces, fabric and materials over time, and carpet wear caused by normal foot traffic. To the extent that such wear and tear exceeds the normal Class A office occupancy standards of the Petaluma office market, such would be considered items of deferred maintenance indicative of a degradation of the improvements. The term “ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that could have been prevented by Tenant’s employment of ordinary prudence, care and diligence in the occupancy and use of the Premises and the performance of all of its obligations under this Lease. Items not considered reasonable wear and tear hereunder include the following for which Tenant shall bear the obligation for repair and restoration (except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees or agents) (i) excessively soiled, stained, worn or marked surfaces or finishes; (ii) damage, including holes in building surfaces (e.g., cabinets, doors, walls, ceilings and floors) caused by the installation or removal of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, decorations, equipment, alterations, utility installations, security systems, communications systems (including cabling, wiring and conduits), displays and signs; and (iii) damage to any component,

 

-13-


fixture, hardware, system or component part thereof within the Premises, and any such damage to the Building or Project, caused by Tenant or its agents, contractors or employees, and not fully recovered by Landlord from insurance proceeds. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, agrees to repair any damages to the Premises caused by or in connection with the removal of any articles of personal property, business or trade fixtures, signs, machinery, equipment, cabinetwork, furniture, moveable partitions or permanent improvements or additions, including without limitation thereto, repairing the floor and patching and painting the walls where required by Landlord to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any loss or liability resulting from delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant resulting from such delay.

10. Alterations .

10.1. Consent Required . Tenant shall not make any alterations, improvements or additions (each, an “Alteration”) in, on or about the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make Alterations without Landlord’s prior written consent where (i) the reasonably estimated cost of the Alteration and together with the cost of any other Alteration made during the immediately preceding twelve (12) months does not exceed $5,000, and (ii) such Alterations do not affect or involve the structural integrity, roof membrane, exterior areas, building systems or water-tight nature of the Premises, Building or Project. In requesting Landlord’s consent, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, submit to Landlord complete drawings and specifications describing the Alteration and the identity of the proposed contractor.

10.2. Conditions .

10.2.1. Notice . Before commencing any work relating to Alterations, Tenant shall notify Landlord of the expected date of commencement thereof and of the anticipated cost thereof. Landlord shall then have the right at any time and from time to time to post and maintain on the Premises such notices as Landlord reasonably deems necessary to protect the Premises and Landlord from mechanics’ liens or any other liens.

10.2.2. Liens . Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished to Tenant for use in the Premises. Tenant shall not permit any mechanics’ liens or any other liens to be levied against the Premises for any labor or materials furnished to Tenant in connection with work performed on the Premises by or at the direction of Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) from any liens and encumbrances arising out of any work performed or materials furnished by or at the direction of Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within five (5) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause such lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith, including attorneys’ fees and costs, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the Interest Rate.

 

-14-


10.2.3. Compliance with Laws . All Alterations in or about the Premises performed by or on behalf of Tenant shall be done in a first-class, workmanlike manner, shall not unreasonably lessen the value of leasehold improvements in the Premises, and shall be completed in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, as well as the requirements of insurers of the Premises and the Building.

10.2.4. Labor Disputes . Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall remove any contractor, subcontractor or material supplier from the Premises and the Building if the work or presence of such person or entity results in labor disputes in or about the Building or Project or damage to the Premises, Building or Project.

10.2.5. Americans with Disabilities Act . Landlord, at Landlord’s sole discretion, may refuse to grant Tenant permission for Alterations that require, because of application of Americans with Disabilities Act or other laws, substantial improvements or alterations to be made to the Common Areas.

10.2.6. End of Term . Landlord, by written notice, may require that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, remove any Alterations prior to or upon the expiration of this Lease, and restore the Premises to their condition prior to such Alterations. Unless Landlord requires their removal, as provided above, all Alterations made to the Premises shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant’s machinery, equipment (including without limitation, all of Tenant’s rack mounted electronic equipment), and trade fixtures, other than any which may be affixed to the Premises so that they cannot be removed without material damage to the Premises, shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant subject to the provisions of Section 9.4 above.

10.3. Antenna . Tenant shall have the right for the duration of the Term to install, maintain and operate solely for its use (and not for use by any third party) a satellite dish antenna or wireless access antenna, mounted on a non-penetrating structure, and related plenum-rated cabling (collectively, the “Antenna”) on the roof of the Building in a location selected by Landlord. Tenant shall (a) install and maintain the Antenna at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (b) obtain and maintain all required governmental permits for the Antenna, (c) comply with all applicable codes and permits concerning the installation, maintenance and operation of the Antenna, and (d) place the Antenna behind visual screening as required by Landlord. If the installation and/or maintenance of the Antenna requires any penetration of the roof of the Building, Landlord may elect for Landlord’s contractor to perform the installation or maintenance thereof at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not make any physical changes to the Antenna without Landlord’s prior written approval in each instance. Prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall remove the Antenna and repair all damage to the Building (including without limitation, the roof and conduits thereof) as a result of the installation, operation, maintenance, use or removal of the Antenna, and restore that Building to its condition as of the date of installation of the Antenna. Tenant shall not allow any provider of telecommunication, video, data or related services to locate any equipment on the roof of the Building to the extent the equipment is for use by persons or entities other than Tenant.

 

-15-


11. Insurance and Indemnity .

11.1. Insurance . Tenant shall obtain and maintain during the Term the following insurance:

11.1.1. Commercial General Liability Insurance . Commercial general liability insurance (occurrence form) having a combined single limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate per location, if Tenant has multiple locations, providing coverage for, among other things, blanket contractual liability, premises, product/completed operations and personal injury coverage (in a form, with a deductible amount, and with carriers reasonably acceptable to Landlord).

11.1.2. Automobile Liability Insurance . Comprehensive automobile liability insurance having a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, and insuring Tenant against liability for claims arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of any owned, hired, borrowed or non-owned automobiles;

11.1.3. Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance . Workers’ compensation insurance having limits not less than those required by state statute and federal statute, if applicable, and covering all persons employed by Tenant in the conduct of its operations on the Premises (including the all states endorsement and, if applicable, the volunteers endorsement), together with employer’s liability insurance coverage in the amount of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000);

11.1.4. Property Insurance . “Special Form” property insurance (or its equivalent if “Special Form” property insurance is not available), including vandalism and malicious mischief, boiler and machinery comprehensive form, if applicable, and endorsement for earthquake sprinkler damage, each covering damage to or loss of Tenant’s personal property, fixtures and equipment, including electronic data processing equipment (“EDP Equipment”), media and extra expense, and all alterations, additions and improvements made by or at the request of Tenant to the Premises other than those tenant improvements owned by Landlord (and coverage for the full replacement cost thereof). EDP Equipment, media and extra expense shall be covered for perils insured against in the so-called “EDP Form”. If the property of Tenant’s invitees is to be kept in the Premises, warehouser’s legal liability or bailee customers insurance for the full replacement cost of such property;

11.1.5. Business Income/Extra Expense Insurance . Business income with extra expense insurance (form CP 0030 or equivalent) in an amount not less than the annual Base Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant hereunder for the then current calendar year, with a minimum fifty percent (50%) coinsurance percentage, the agreed value option and building ordinance (Form CP 1531 or equivalent). Any boiler and machinery policies or endorsements obtained shall also include these same provisions and coverages; and

11.1.6. Additional Insurance . Any such other insurance as Landlord or Landlord’s lender may reasonably require consistent with insurance coverages typically required by commercial landlords of similar property in the vicinity of Petaluma, California. Notwithstanding

 

-16-


the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain such additional insurance during the Term or Extended Term, to the extent the result of obtaining such additional insurance would result in Tenant paying in excess of an amount equal to one hundred and three percent (103%) of the total insurance premiums paid by Tenant for the immediately preceding calendar year.

11.2. General . The insurance carrier shall be authorized to do business in the State of California, with a policyholders and financial rating of at least A:IX Class status as rated in the most recent edition of Best’s Key-Rating guide. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide that (i) it may not be canceled or altered in such a manner as to adversely affect the coverage afforded thereby without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, (ii) Landlord is designated as an additional insured, and (iii) such insurance is primary with respect to Landlord and that any other insurance maintained by Landlord is excess and noncontributing with such insurance. If, in the opinion of Landlord’s lender or in the commercially reasonable opinion of Landlord’s insurance adviser, the specified amounts of coverage are no longer adequate, such coverage shall, within thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, be appropriately increased to coverages consistent with those typically required by commercial landlords of similar property in the vicinity of Petaluma, California. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain such increased coverages during the Term or Extended Term, to the extent the result of obtaining such increased coverages would result in Tenant paying in excess of an amount equal to one hundred and three percent (103%) of the total insurance premiums paid by Tenant for the immediately preceding calendar year. Prior to the commencement of the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a duplicate of such policy or a certificate thereof to Landlord for retention by it with endorsements. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policy or any renewal or modification thereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a replacement or renewal binder, followed by a duplicate policy or certificate within a reasonable time thereafter. If Tenant fails to obtain such insurance or to furnish Landlord any such duplicate policy or certificate as herein required, Landlord may, at its election, without notice to Tenant and without any obligation to do so, procure and maintain such coverage and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand as additional rent for any premium so paid by Landlord.

11.3. Waiver of Claims . Landlord waives all claims against Tenant and Tenant’s officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and representatives for loss or damage to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any valid and collectable insurance policy insuring Landlord or would have been insured against but for any deductible amount under any such policy. Tenant waives all claims against Landlord and Landlord’s officers, directors, partners, employees, affiliates, joint venturers, members, trustees, owners, shareholders, principals, agents, representatives, successors and assigns, for loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is insured against under any valid and collectable insurance policy insuring Tenant or required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease, or would have been insured against but for any deductible amount under any such policy. The insuring party shall, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required under this Lease, give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. Tenant agrees that in the event of a sale, assignment or transfer of the Premises by Landlord, this waiver of subrogation shall continue in favor of the original Landlord and any subsequent Landlord.

 

-17-


11.4. Landlord’s Insurance . During the Term, Landlord shall keep the Building insured against loss or damage by fire, with extended coverage and vandalism, malicious mischief and special extended perils (all risk) endorsements or their equivalents, in amounts not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost of the Building and structures insured. Landlord may maintain rent insurance, for the benefit of Landlord, equal to at least one year’s Base Rent hereunder. If this Lease is terminated as a result of damage by fire, casualty or earthquake, all insurance proceeds shall be paid to and retained by Landlord, subject to the rights of any authorized encumbrancer of Landlord.

11.5. Earthquake and Flood . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord does not, at the time of the signing of this Lease, insure the Building for earthquake or flood damage. Landlord may, when Landlord deems the premiums to be reasonable, insure the Building fully or partially for earthquake and/or flood damage. At such time, the premium for earthquake and/or flood insurance will be added to the Operating Expenses for purposes of determining additional rent.

11.6. Indemnity . Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income there from, damage to any property or injury to or death of any person in, on, or about the Premises, the Building, or any other portion of the Project arising at any time and from any cause, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord, and Landlord’s officers, directors, partners, employees, affiliates, joint venturers, members, trustees, owners, shareholders, principals, agents, representatives, successors and assigns, from and against all claims, costs, damages, actions, indebtedness and liabilities (except such as may arise from the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, and Landlord’s officers, directors, partners, employees, affiliates, joint venturers, members, trustees, owners, shareholders, principals, agents, representatives, successors and assigns) arising by reason of any death, bodily injury, personal injury, property damage or any other injury or damage in connection with (i) any condition or occurrence in or about or resulting from any condition or occurrence in or about the Premises during the Term, or (ii) any act or omission of Tenant, or Tenant’s agents, representatives, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, successors and assigns, wherever it occurs. The foregoing indemnity obligation of Tenant shall include reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord from the first notice that any claim or demand is to be made. The provisions of this Section 11.6 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease with respect to any damage, injury, or death occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

12. Damage or Destruction .

12.1. Landlord’s Obligation to Rebuild . Subject to the provisions of Sections 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4 below, if, during the Term, the Premises are totally or partially destroyed from any insured casualty, Landlord shall, within ninety (90) days after the destruction, commence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they were in immediately before the destruction and prosecute the same diligently to completion. Such destruction shall not terminate this Lease. Landlord’s obligation shall not include repair or replacement of Tenant’s alterations or Tenant’s equipment, furnishings, fixtures and personal property. If the existing laws do not permit the Premises to be restored to substantially the same condition as they were in immediately before

 

-18-


destruction, and Landlord is unable to get a variance to such laws to permit the commencement of restoration of the Premises within the 90-day period, then either party may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after expiration of the 90-day period.

12.2. Right to Terminate . Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease if the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged by fire or other casualty, regardless of whether the casualty is insured against under this Lease, if Landlord reasonably determines that (i) there are insufficient insurance proceeds made available to Landlord to pay all of the costs of the repair or restoration or (ii) the repair or restoration of the Premises or the Building cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the casualty. If Landlord elects to exercise the right to terminate this Lease as a result of a casualty, Landlord shall exercise the right by giving Tenant written notice of its election to terminate this Lease within forty-five (45) days after the date of the casualty, in which event this Lease shall terminate fifteen (15) days after the date of the notice. If Landlord does not exercise its right to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining all of the necessary permits and approvals for the repair or restoration of the Premises or the Building as soon as practicable and thereafter prosecute the repair or restoration of the Premises or the Building diligently to completion and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

12.3. Last Year of Term . In addition to Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease under Section 12.2, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant if the Premises or Building is substantially destroyed or damaged during the last twelve (12) months of the Term. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of its election to terminate this Lease under this Section 12.3, if at all, within forty-five (45) days after Landlord determines that the Premises or Building has been substantially destroyed. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, the repair of the Premises or Building shall be governed by Sections 12.1, 12.2 and 12.4.

12.4. Uninsured Casualty . If the Premises are damaged from any uninsured casualty to any extent whatsoever, Landlord may within ninety (90) days following the date of such damage: (i) commence to restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as they were in immediately before the destruction and prosecute the same diligently to completion, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; or (ii) within the 90-day period Landlord may elect not to so restore the Premises, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate. In either such event, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intention within the 90-day period.

12.5. Abatement of Rent . In the event of destruction or damage to the Premises which materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, if this Lease is not terminated as above provided, there shall be an abatement or reduction of Rent between the date of destruction and the date Landlord substantially completes its reconstruction obligations, based upon the extent to which the destruction materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises. All other obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Except for abatement of Rent, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any loss suffered by Tenant due to damage or destruction of the Premises or any work of repair undertaken as herein provided.

 

-19-


12.6. Waiver . The provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), and any successor statutes, are inapplicable with respect to any destruction of the Premises, such sections providing that a lease terminates upon the destruction of the Premises unless otherwise agreed between the parties to the contrary.

13. Eminent Domain .

13.1. Condemnation . If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken as a result of the exercise of the power of eminent domain or sold in lieu of condemnation (“Condemned”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date of title vesting in such proceeding. In the case of a partial condemnation of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable area of the Premises, either Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease as to the balance of the Premises by notice to the other within thirty (30) days after the date of title vesting in such proceeding. In the event of a partial condemnation of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the monthly Rent thereafter to be paid shall be equitably reduced on a rentable square footage basis. If the continued occupancy of Tenant is materially interfered with for any time during the partial taking, notwithstanding the partial taking does not terminate this Lease as to the part not so taken, the Rent shall proportionately abate so long as Tenant is not able to continuously occupy the part remaining and not so taken.

13.2. Award . If the Premises are wholly or partially Condemned, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award paid in connection with such condemnation, and Tenant waives any right or claim to any part thereof from Landlord or the condemning authority. Tenant shall have the right to claim and recover from the condemning authority, but not from Landlord, such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant in Tenant’s own right on account of any and all costs which Tenant might incur in moving Tenant’s merchandise, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment to a new location.

14. Assignment and Subletting .

14.1. Assignment and Subletting; Prohibition . Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease, in whole or in part (each hereinafter referred to as an “assignment”), nor sublet or permit occupancy by any party other than Tenant of all or any part of the Premises (each hereinafter referred to as a “sublet” or “subletting”), without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and additional rent hereunder. Any purported assignment or subletting contrary to the provisions of this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a waiver of the necessity for obtaining Landlord’s consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. Landlord may consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting, or any amendment to or modification of this Lease with the assignees of Tenant, without notifying Tenant or any successor of Tenant, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto, and such action shall not relieve Tenant or any successor of Tenant of any liability under this Lease. As additional rent hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any request by Tenant for consent to an assignment or subletting.

 

-20-


14.2. Information to be Furnished . If Tenant desires at any time to assign its interest in this Lease or sublet the Premises, Tenant shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant; (ii) the nature of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s business to be conducted in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including the date upon which the assignment shall be effective or the commencement date of the sublease (hereinafter referred to as the “Transfer Effective Date”) and a copy of the proposed form of assignment or sublease; and (iv) such financial information, including financial statements, and other information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed assignee or subtenant.

14.3. Landlord’s Election . At any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in Section 14.2, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect to (i) terminate this Lease as to the space in the Premises that Tenant proposes to sublet; (ii) terminate this Lease as to the entire Premises (available only if Tenant proposes to assign all of its interest in this Lease or the total amount of rentable square feet of space that Tenant proposes to sublease, together with the aggregate amount of rentable square feet of space in the Premises previously subleased by Tenant or recaptured by Landlord pursuant to this Section, exceeds fifty percent (50%) or more of the original Premises), (iii) consent to the proposed assignment or subletting by Tenant; or (iv) withhold its consent to the proposed assignment or subletting by Tenant. However, if Tenant desires to sublease a portion of the Premises because of adverse business conditions (as reasonably determined by Tenant), Landlord’s election shall be limited to subsections (iii) and (iv) only and Landlord shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease as to the entire or proposed subleased Premises pursuant to either subsection (i) or (ii) above.

14.4. Termination , If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease with respect to all or a portion of the Premises pursuant to Section 14.3(i) or (ii) above, this Lease shall terminate effective as of the later of (a) the one hundred twentieth (120th) day after Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of its election to terminate this Lease or (b) the Transfer Effective Date. If Landlord terminates this Lease with respect to less than all of the Premises, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s sole election, either (i) reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in partitioning the Premises to provide the occupants of each premises commercially reasonable and secured access to their respective premises, legal fire exits, access to bathrooms and utility rooms and loading facilities, and in separately metering all utility services (including heating and air conditioning zoning) servicing each premises, including all design, permitting and construction costs, or (ii) perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, all the work described in subsection (i) relating to the partitioning of the Premises to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all in accordance with plans approved by Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for all costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing the plans for the partitioning work and all other related work.

14.5. Withholding Consent . Without limiting other situations in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, Landlord and Tenant agree that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in any one (1) or more of the following situations: (1) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed subtenant or assignee or the proposed use of the Premises would detract from the status of the Building as a first-class office building, generate vehicle or foot traffic, parking or occupancy density materially in excess of the amount customary for the Building or the Project or result in a materially greater use of

 

-21-


the elevator, janitorial, security or other Building services (e.g., HVAC, trash disposal and sanitary sewer flows) than is customary for the Project; (2) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the creditworthiness of the proposed subtenant or assignee does not meet the credit standards applied by Landlord in considering other tenants for the lease of space in the Project on comparable terms, or Tenant has failed to provide Landlord with reasonable proof of the creditworthiness of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (3) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the business history, experience or reputation in the community of the proposed subtenant or assignee does not meet the standards applied by Landlord in considering other tenants for occupancy in the Project; (4) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a governmental entity, agency or department or the United States Post Office; or (5) the proposed subtenant or assignee is a then existing or prospective tenant of the Project. If Landlord fails to elect any of the alternatives within the thirty (30) day period referenced in Section 14.3, it shall be deemed that Landlord has refused its consent to the proposed assignment or sublease.

14.6. Bonus Rental . If, in connection with any assignment or sublease, Tenant receives rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the assignment or sublease, in excess of the Rent called for hereunder, or in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of each such payment of Rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after Tenant’s receipt of such Rent or other consideration. To the extent that a subtenant or assignee purchases goods or services from sublandlord or an affiliate of sublandlord for an amount in excess of the fair market value for such goods or services, such costs incurred or amounts expended shall be deemed to be “other consideration” for purposes of calculating excess Rent due to Landlord hereunder.

14.7. Scope . The prohibition against assigning or subletting contained in this Section 14 shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. If this Lease is assigned, or if the underlying beneficial interest of Tenant is transferred, or if the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Rent due herein and apportion any excess rent so collected in accordance with the terms of Section 14.6, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions regarding assignment and subletting, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. No assignment or subletting shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee), and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

14.8. Executed Counterparts . No sublease or assignment shall be valid, nor shall any subtenant or assignee take possession of the Premises, until a fully executed counterpart of the sublease or assignment has been delivered to Landlord and Landlord, Tenant and the applicable assignee or subtenant have entered into a consent to assignment or sublease in a form acceptable to Landlord.

 

-22-


14.9. Transfer of a Majority Interest . If Tenant is a non-publicly traded corporation, the transfer (as a consequence of a single transaction or any number of separate transactions) of fifty percent (50%) or more or of a controlling interest or the beneficial ownership interest of the voting stock of Tenant issued and outstanding as of the Effective Date shall constitute an assignment hereunder for which Landlord’s prior written consent is required. If Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company, trust or an unincorporated association, the transfer of a controlling or majority interest therein shall constitute an assignment hereunder for which Landlord’s prior written consent is required.

14.10. Affiliated Transfers . The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iii) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) being sometimes herein referred to as “Affiliates”) shall not be deemed an assignment or subletting under this Section 14 (hence, the aforesaid events shall not be subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior consent and the provisions of Section 14.6 shall not apply thereto), provided in all instances that:

14.10.1. any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Section 14;

14.10.2. Tenant gives Landlord prior notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate, except solely for those assignments or sublettings in connection with which any applicable law precludes Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of prior notice of such assignments or sublettings then, in all such instances, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord subsequent notice of same within ten (10) days following the first (1st) day on which Tenant is permitted by law to deliver notice of thereof to Landlord;

14.10.3. the successor of Tenant has as of the effective date of any such assignment or sublease a tangible net worth and net assets, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), equal or greater than that of Tenant on the Commencement Date and immediately prior to such transfer, and

14.10.4. any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee (i.e., any such Affiliate), other than in the case of an Affiliate resulting from a merger or consolidation, shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease.

15. Default by Tenant .

15.1. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant under this Lease:

15.1.1. Payment . A failure by Tenant to pay Rent within five (5) days after written notice that such payment is due;

 

-23-


15.1.2. Bankruptcy . The bankruptcy or insolvency of Tenant, any transfer by Tenant to defraud creditors, any assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or the commencement of any proceedings of any kind by or against Tenant under any provision of the Federal Bankruptcy Act or under any other insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization act unless, in the event any such proceedings are involuntary, Tenant is discharged from the same within sixty (60) days thereafter; the appointment of a receiver for a substantial part of the assets of Tenant; or the levy upon this Lease or any estate of Tenant hereunder by any attachment or execution;

15.1.3. Abandonment or Vacation . The abandonment or vacation of the Premises;

15.1.4. Performance of Lease Terms . Tenant’s failure to perform any of the terms, covenants, agreements or conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant (excluding any event of default under Section 15.1.1 above), which default has not been cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within the 30-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if within such period Tenant shall commence such cure and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and

15.1.5. Failure to Comply . Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions contained in Sections 18 and 19.

An event of default shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition, any notice required to be given by Landlord under this Lease shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under Section 1161 of the California Civil Code of Procedure. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250.00) for each notice of default given to Tenant under this Lease, which amount is the amount the parties reasonably estimate will compensate Landlord for the cost of giving such notice of default.

15.2. Remedies . In the event of any default or breach by Tenant, Landlord may at any time thereafter, without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy at law or in equity which Landlord may have by reason of such default or breach:

15.2.1. Continue Lease . Pursue the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 whereby Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect after Tenant’s breach and recover the Rent and any other monetary charges as they become due, without terminating Tenant’s right to sublet or assign this Lease, subject only to reasonable limitations as herein provided. During the period Tenant is in default, Landlord shall have the right to do all acts necessary to preserve and maintain the Premises as Landlord deems reasonable and necessary, including removal of all persons and property from the Premises, and Landlord can enter the Premises and relet them, or any part of them, to third parties for Tenant’s account. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of remodeling the Premises required by the reletting, and like costs. Reletting can be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term.

 

-24-


15.2.2. Perform . Pay or perform such obligation due (but shall not be obligated to do so), if Tenant fails to pay or perform any obligations when due under this Lease within the time permitted for their payment or performance. In such case, the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of any such obligation will be Additional Rent due under this Lease and will become due and payable on demand by Landlord.

15.2.3. Terminate . Terminate Tenant’s rights to possession by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, the following: (A) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (B) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that is proved could have been reasonably avoided; plus (C) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that is proved could be reasonably avoided; plus (D) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result therefrom; plus (E) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable State law. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the unamortized portion of any tenant improvement allowance, free rent or other allowance provided by Landlord to Tenant and any brokerage commission or finders fee paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease (amortized with interest at the Interest Rate on a straight line-basis over the original term of this Lease.) Upon any such termination of Tenant’s possessory interest in and to the Premises, Tenant (and at Landlord’s sole election, Tenant’s sublessees) shall no longer have any interest in the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to make any reasonable repairs, alterations or modifications to the Premises which Landlord in its sole discretion deems reasonable and necessary. The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in subparagraphs (A) and (B) above is computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate an individual is permitted by law to charge. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in subparagraph (C) above is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

15.2.4. Additional Remedies . Pursue any other legal or equitable remedy available to Landlord. Unpaid installments of Rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Tenant under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.

15.3. Waiver of Right of Redemption . In the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default by Tenant hereunder, Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture as provided by law.

15.4. Continue . Even though Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises, this Lease shall continue in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession, and Landlord may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including

 

-25-


the right to recover Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

15.5. Tenant’s Exercise Rights . In the event Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease then, at Landlord’s sole election: (i) Tenant shall not have the right to exercise any available right, option or election under this Lease (“Tenant’s Exercise Rights”), (ii) Tenant shall not have the right to consummate any transaction or event triggered by the exercise of any of Tenant’s Exercise Rights, and (iii) Landlord shall not be obligated to give Tenant any required notices or information relating to the exercise of any of Tenant’s Exercise Rights hereunder.

16. Default by Landlord . Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord, or the holder of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease covering the Premises, fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord certified mail, postage prepaid, and to the holder of any first mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease covering the Premises whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord or the holder of any such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to terminate this Lease by reason of Landlord’s default, and Tenant’s remedies shall be limited to an action for monetary damages at law.

17. Security Deposit . On execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord cash in the amount specified as the Security Deposit in the Basic Lease Information. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance by Tenant of all of the provisions of this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other charge in default, or the payment of any other sum to which Landlord may become obligated by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. If Landlord so uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, then within ten (10) days after demand therefor Tenant shall deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the deposit to the full amount thereof, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. If Tenant performs all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Landlord, shall be returned to Tenant without payment of interest for its use (or, at Landlord’s option to the last assignee, if any, of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and after Tenant has vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

-26-


18. Estoppel Certificate .

18.1. Obligation to Execute Estoppel . Tenant shall within ten (10) days after notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement certifying (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect), (ii) the amount of the Rent and the Security Deposit, (iii) the date to which the Rent has been paid, (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, if any are claimed, and (v) such other matters as may reasonably be requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Building.

18.2. Failure to Execute Estoppel . Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance, and (iii) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance.

18.3. Financial Statements . If Landlord desires to sell all or any portion of its interest in the Building or the Project or to finance or refinance the Building or the Project, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord and any lender or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant as may be reasonably required by Landlord or such lender or prospective purchaser and are then maintained by Tenant in the normal course of Tenant’s business and accounting practices. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord in confidence and shall be used for the purposes herein set forth. In addition, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request, but not more frequently than once in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s most current annual financial statements audited by Tenant’s certified public accountant. If audited financial statements are not available, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s financial statements certified to be true and correct by Tenant’s chief financial officer. Tenant’s annual financial statements shall not be dated more than twelve (12) months prior to the date of Landlord’s request.

19. Subordination . This Lease, at Landlord’s sole option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the Building and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, refinancings and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant’s right to quiet possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior to or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. If any mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease is subordinate is foreclosed or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is given to the mortgagee or beneficiary, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the grantee under the deed in lieu of foreclosure; if any ground lease to which this Lease is subordinate is terminated, Tenant shall attorn to the ground lessor. Tenant agrees

 

-27-


to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be, or to evidence such attornnent. Any such document of attorn vent shall also provide that the successor shall not disturb Tenant in its use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

20. Attorneys’ Fees . In any action or proceeding which Landlord or Tenant brings against the other party in order to enforce its respective rights hereunder or by reason of the other party failing to comply with all of its obligations hereunder, whether for declaratory or other relief, the unsuccessful party therein agrees to pay all costs incurred by the prevailing party therein, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, to be fixed by the court, and said costs and attorneys’ fees shall be made a part of the judgment in said action. A party shall be deemed to have prevailed in any action (without limiting the definition of prevailing party) if such action is dismissed upon the payment by the other party of the amounts allegedly due or the performance of obligations which were allegedly not performed, or if such party obtains substantially the relief sought by such party in the action, regardless or whether such action is prosecuted to judgment.

21. Notices . All notices, consents, demands, and other communications from one party to the other given pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, delivered by courier service, delivered by national overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express, Airborne Express and UPS), sent via facsimile (confirmation receipt required), or deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, and addressed as follows: To Tenant at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a notice to Landlord; to Landlord at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place and to such other parties as Landlord may from time to time designate in a notice to Tenant. All notices shall be effective upon delivery or refusal of delivery.

22. General Provisions .

22.1. Applicable Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, notwithstanding any choice of law statutes, regulations, provisions or requirements to the contrary.

22.2. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

22.3. Waiver . No waiver of any provision hereof by either party shall be deemed by the other party to be a waiver of any other provision, or of any subsequent breach of the same provision. Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent act by the other party.

22.4. Holdover . Should Tenant, or any of its successors in interest, hold over in the Premises, or any part thereof after the expiration of the Term unless otherwise agreed to in writing, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as tenancy from month-to-month only, at a monthly rent equal to the greater of (1) One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the Base Rent owed

 

-28-


during the final year of the Term, as the same may have been extended, together with the Additional Rent due under this Lease, or (ii) fair market rent for the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord. The inclusion of the preceding sentence shall not be construed as Landlord’s permission for Tenant to hold over. Subject to the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns.

22.5. Entry . Upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant (which notice shall not be required in the event of an emergency), Landlord and Landlord’s representatives and agents shall have the right to enter the Premises during regular business hours for the purpose of inspecting the same, showing the same to prospective purchasers or lenders, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements, or additions to the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Landlord may at any time during the last nine (9) months of the Term place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” sign. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Sale” sign.

22.6. Subleases . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual cancellation thereof or the termination of this Lease by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.

22.7. Limitation of Liability . In the event that Landlord or any successor owner of the Building sells or conveys the Building, then all liabilities and obligations of Landlord or the successor owner under this Lease accruing after the sale or conveyance shall terminate and become binding on the new owner, and Tenant shall release Landlord from all liability under this Lease (including, without limitation, the Security Deposit), except for acts or omissions of Landlord occurring prior to such sale or conveyance. Tenant expressly agrees that (i) the obligations of Landlord shall not constitute personal obligations of the officers, directors, partners, employees, affiliates, joint venturers, members, trustees, owners, shareholders, or other principals, agents or representatives of Landlord (“Member of Landlord”), and (ii) Tenant shall have recourse only to Landlord’s interest in the Building of which the Premises are a part for the satisfaction of such obligations and not against the other assets of Landlord. In this regard, Tenant agrees that in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease, that (i) no Member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of Landlord), (ii) no judgment will be taken against any Member of Landlord, and any judgment taken against any Member of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time without hearing, (iii) no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any Member of Landlord, and (iv) these agreements by Tenant are enforceable both by Landlord and by any Member of Landlord.

22.8. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of the corporation, company or partnership in accordance with, where applicable, a duly adopted resolution of the board of directors of the corporation, the vote of the members of the limited liability company or the vote of the partners within the partnership, and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, company or partnership

 

-29-


in accordance with its respective articles of incorporation and bylaws, operating agreement or partnership agreement.

22.9. Time . Time is expressly declared to be of the essence of this Lease and of each and every covenant, term, condition, and provision hereof.

22.10. Joint and Several Liability . If there is more than one party comprising Tenant, the obligations imposed on Tenant shall be joint and several.

22.11. Construction . The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for nor against either Landlord or Tenant.

22.12. Definitions . As used in this Lease and whenever required by the context thereof, each number, both singular and plural, shall include all numbers and in each gender shall include all genders. Landlord and Tenant, as used in this Lease or in any other instrument referred to in or made a part of this Lease, shall likewise include both the singular and the plural, a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, individual or person acting in any fiduciary capacity as executor, administrator, trustee or in any other representative capacity.

22.13. Exhibits . The Basic Lease Information, Exhibits and Addendum attached to this Lease and incorporated herein by reference thereto.

22.14. Force Majeure . Any delay in construction, repairs, or rebuilding any building, improvement or other structure herein shall be excused and the time limit extended to the extent that the delay is occasioned by reason of acts of God, labor troubles, laws or regulations of general applicability, acts of Tenant or Tenant Delays (as the term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement), or other occurrences beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Accordingly, Landlord’s obligation to perform shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for performance shall be extended for a period equal to the period of such delay.

22.15. Broker’s Fee . Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person, with respect to this Lease in any manner, except the brokerage firm(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information. Each party shall hold harmless the other party from all damages resulting from any claim that may be asserted against the other party by any broker, finder, or other person with whom the other party has or purportedly has dealt. Landlord shall pay any commissions or fees that are payable to the broker or finder specified in the Basic Lease Information, with respect to this Lease in accordance with the provisions of a separate commission contract.

22.16. Intentionally Deleted

22.17. Entire Agreement . This Lease, including attached Exhibits, Addendum, and Basic Lease Information, contains all agreements and understandings of the parties and supersedes and cancels any and all prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements, instruments, understandings, and communications of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein. This Lease, including the attached Exhibits, Addendum, and Basic Lease Information, may be modified

 

-30-


only in a writing signed by each of the parties. The Exhibits, Addendum and Basic Lease Information attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by reference.

22.18. Addendum . The Addendum attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference. If no Addendum, state “none” in the following space:                     .

[SIGNATURE TO APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

-31-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease on the date first mentioned above.

 

“Landlord”     “Tenant”
REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER,LLC,     CYAN OPTICS, INC.,
a California limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:   G&W Ventures, LLC,     By:  

/s/ Michael Hatfield

  Managing Member       Michael Hatfield
        Its:                                                                                                               
By:  

/s/ Matthew T. White

     
  Matthew T. White,      
  Manager     By:  

 

        Name:                                                                                                         
        Its:                                                                                                               
MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R.      
GARWOOD 1991 TRUST      
By:  

/s/ Mark Garwood

     
  Mark Garwood, Trustee      
ELIVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST      
(UAD) DATED 25 FEBRUARY 1987      
By:  

/s/ Elvia Fernandez Garwood, trustee

     
  Elvia Fernandez Garwood, Trustee      
ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST      
By:  

/s/ Andrea G. Mazar

     
  Andrea G. Mazar, Trustee      

 

-32-


ADDENDUM

 

1. Base Rent.

The Base Rent during the Term shall be as follows:

 

Lease Year

   Monthly Base Rent Per Sq. Ft.  

Year 1 (mos. 1- 6)

     Free   

Year 1 (mos. 7 -12)

   $ 1.50   

Year 2

   $ 1.50   

Year 3

   $ 2.50   

Year 4

   $ 2.59   

Year 5

   $ 2.68   

Year 6

   $ 2.77   

 

2. Option to Extend .

 

  a. Exercise of Option.

Tenant shall have an option to extend the term of the lease on all the provisions contained in this Lease, except for Base Rent, for one five (5) year period (the “Extended Term”) following expiration of this Term, by giving notice of exercise of the option (“Option Notice”) to Landlord at least nine (9) months before the expiration of this Term. Provided that, if Tenant is in default on the date of giving the option notice, the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective.

Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be at ninety-five percent (95%) of the then current Fair Market Rental Rate (defined below) determined as set forth below, but in no event shall the rent be less than the immediately preceding rental rate.

Tenant shall have no other right to extend the term beyond the Extended Term.

 

  b. Determination of Fair Market Rent.

 

  (1)

Agreement on Rent. For the purposes of this Lease, the “Fair Market Rental Rate” means the monthly base rent (i.e., rent other than operating expenses, taxes and insurance premiums) expected to prevail as of the commencement of an Extended Term for the entire Extended

 

Addendum Page 1


  Term (including appropriate increases) with respect to leases of comparable space in the vicinity of the Project of a quality and with interior improvements, parking, site amenities, building systems, location, identity and access all comparable to that of the Premises, for a term equal to the Extended Term. Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Option Notice, by written notice to Tenant (“Landlord’s Rent Notice”), Landlord shall advise Tenant as to Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination, Tenant shall advise Landlord as to Tenant’s determination of Fair Market Rental Rate by written notice (“Tenant’s Rent Notice”) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s Rent Notice. If Tenant fails to deliver Tenant’s Rent Notice to Landlord within the time period provided above, Tenant shall be bound by Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate as set forth in Landlord’s Rent Notice. If Tenant shall timely deliver to Landlord Tenant’s Rent Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to reach agreement as to the Fair Market Rental Rate within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Rent Notice.

 

  (2) Selection of Brokers. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree as to the amount of the Fair Market Rental Rate within the aforementioned fifteen (15) day period as evidenced by a written amendment to this Lease executed by them, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period, Landlord and Tenant shall each, at its sole cost and by giving notice to the other party, appoint a competent real estate broker licensed in California with at least five (5) years’ full-time commercial real estate leasing experience in Sonoma County to determine the Fair Market Rental Rate. If either Landlord or Tenant does not appoint a broker within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall determine the Fair Market Rental Rate. If Landlord and Tenant as stated in this Section appoint two (2) brokers, they shall attempt to select a third broker meeting the qualifications stated in this Section within ten (10) days. If they are unable to agree on the third broker, either Landlord or Tenant, by giving ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, can apply to the then president of the real estate board of the county in which the Building is located, or to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the county in which the Building is located, for the selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph. Landlord and Tenant each shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third broker and of paying the third broker’s fee. The third broker, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant.

 

Addendum Page 2


  (3) Value Determined By Three (3) Brokers. The brokers shall determine the Fair Market Rental Rate by using the “Market Comparison Approach” with the relevant market being office buildings located in markets comparable to the City of Petaluma. Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third broker, Landlord’s broker shall arrange for the simultaneous delivery to Landlord of written appraisals from each of the brokers and the three (3) appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by three (3); the resulting quotients shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate. If, however, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal of the Fair Market Rental Rate are/is more than ten percent (10%) lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal shall be disregarded. If only one (1) appraisal is disregarded, the remaining two (2) appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by two (2); the resulting quotient shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate. If both the low appraisal and the high appraisal of the Fair Market Rental Rate is/are disregarded as stated in this Section, the middle appraisal shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate.

 

  c. Notice to Landlord and Tenant; Lease Amendment.

After the monthly Base Rent for an Extended Term has been set, Landlord and Tenant immediately shall execute an amendment to the Lease stating the monthly Base Rent.

 

3. Lease Termination Right .

Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease subject to the execution of a lease with Basin Street Properties of 25,000 square foot or greater, within Redwood Business Center, if we cannot accommodate your growth in this initial building.

 

4. Right of First Offer to Lease .

Landlord grants to Tenant a Right of First Offer to lease adjacent space and/or adjacent building that remains vacant or becomes available upon the vacation thereof by the then-current tenant including, without limitation, the approximately three thousand (3,000) rentable square feet of spaced located adjacent to the Premises and shown on Exhibit A-3 attached to the Lease (the “Identified Expansion Space”). As such space becomes available to lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof and offer such space to Tenant for lease. Tenant shall have (a) with respect to the Identified Expansion Space, fifteen (15) business days and (b) with respect to any other space becoming available, ten (10) business days in which to notify Landlord in writing of its intention to lease such space. Landlord and Tenant are free to agree on the rent term and interior improvements for such additional space and shall not be bound by the terms of this Lease. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the terms for such a

 

Addendum Page 3


lease within ten (10) days of Tenant’s notice of intent to lease such space, Landlord shall be free to lease the space to another tenant.

 

Addendum Page 4


EXHIBIT A-1

DIAGRAM OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A-1


EXHIBIT A-2

DIAGRAM OF PROJECT

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A-2


EXHIBIT A-3

IDENTIFIED EXPANSION SPACE

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit A-3


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT supplements that certain lease (the “Lease”) dated April 25, 2007, executed by REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25 FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (“Landlord”), and CYAN OPTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as those capitalized terms contained in the Lease.

1. Landlord shall be responsible for constructing within the Premises the tenant improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the preliminary space plan (the “Preliminary Space Plan”) attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 . The Tenant Improvements for the Premises will be more particularly described in the plans and construction drawings (the “Construction Drawings”) as approved below. Any additional work (the “Tenant Extra Improvements”) required under the approved Construction Drawings shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2. Following execution of this Lease, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to provide to Tenant the Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements. The Construction Drawings shall indicate the specific requirements of the Premises, outlining in detail interior partitions, floor coverings, a reflected ceiling plan, plumbing fixtures and electrical plans (setting forth the electrical requirements of Tenant), all in conformity with the Preliminary Space Plan. The Construction Drawings shall include full energy calculations as required by the State of California and the city agencies.

3. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall either approve or disapprove of the Construction Drawings by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall specify in detail the changes or modifications to the Construction Drawings required by Tenant. Any such request for changes or modifications shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. If Landlord approves of Tenant’s proposed change or modification, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to revise the Construction Drawings and resubmit the Construction Drawings to Tenant for its review and approval in accordance with the procedure set forth above. Tenant acknowledges that the Construction Drawings are subject to the approval of the appropriate government authorities. It shall be Tenant’s responsibility to ensure that the design and function of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements are suitable for Tenant’s business and needs. The improvements shall be constructed in accordance with current building standards, laws, regulations, ordinances and codes. Landlord shall not be required to install any Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements which do not conform to the Construction Drawings.

4. Landlord shall furnish and install the Tenant Improvements as set forth on Exhibit B-1 and B-2. The Tenant Improvements to be paid by Landlord shall not exceed $50.00 per rentable square foot and shall include:

 

Exhibit B, Page 1


(a) The costs of the Preliminary Space Plan and final Construction Drawings (including the cost of one revision only) and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation; and

(b) The costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary authorizations from the city, county and the State of California.

Any additional units, quantities or costs of the Tenant Improvements required in accordance with the approved Construction Drawings shall be deemed Tenant Extra Improvements and shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall pay for all Tenant Extra Improvements within fifteen (15) days following receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor, which demand(s) may be submitted to Tenant prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Extra Improvements. If Tenant fails to pay within such fifteen-day period, Landlord may, in addition to all other available remedies, (i) delay the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has not commenced, or (ii) stop construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has commenced, in either case until such time as Tenant has paid Landlord for all Tenant Extra Improvements for which Tenant has received a written demand from Landlord.

5. In no event shall the Tenant Improvements payable by Landlord include (i) the costs of procuring or installing any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone or computer equipment or wiring or other personal property (“Personal Property”) or (ii) any Change Orders (as the term is defined in Paragraph 6 below). Such items shall be paid by Tenant.

6. Following Tenant’s approval of the Construction Drawings, Tenant may request changes or modifications thereto (“Change Order”), however, the cost of any Change Order(s) shall be borne by Tenant. If Tenant shall request any Change Order, then Landlord shall promptly give Tenant a written estimate of (a) the cost of engineering and design services to prepare the Change Order, (b) the cost of work to be performed pursuant to the Change Order, and (c) the time delay expected because of such requested Change Order. Within three (3) days after Tenant’s receipt of the written estimate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves the written estimate. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s submission to Tenant of any invoice for costs incurred in connection with such Change Order, Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord. If such written authorization is not received by Landlord, then Landlord shall not be obligated to commence work on the Premises and Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Premises in accordance with Paragraph 7 below.

7. If the Commencement Date of the Lease has not occurred on or before the Estimated Commencement Date, and if the cause of the delay in the occurrence of the Commencement Date is attributable to Tenant, then the Lease shall begin on the date the Commencement Date otherwise would have occurred but for the Tenant delays (“Tenant Delays”). Tenant Delays shall include, without limitation, those caused by (a) Tenant’s failure to approve the Construction Drawings within the time period noted above, (b) Tenant’s request for special materials not available when needed for construction in accordance with the construction schedule, (c) Change Orders, (d) Tenant’s or Tenant’s agents’ interference with Landlord’s work. All costs and expenses occasioned by a Tenant

 

Exhibit B, Page 2


Delay, including, without limitation, increases in labor or materials, shall be borne by Tenant, and (e) Tenant’s failure to pay for Tenant Extra Improvement within the time period noted above.

8. Tenant may, with Landlord’s written consent, enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date solely for the purpose of installing its Personal Property and telecommunications equipment in the Premises as long as such entry will not interfere with the orderly construction and completion of the Premises (hereinafter, “Tenant’s Work”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its desired time(s) of entry and shall submit for Landlord’s written approval the scope of the Tenant’s Work to be performed and the name(s) of the contractor(s) who will perform such work. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and any mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering, secured by or affecting the Premises or the Building, from and against any and all claims, actions, losses, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and claims for worker’s compensation) of any nature whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with the Tenant’s Work (including, without limitation, claims for breach of warranty, personal injury or property damage).

9. During the course of construction, at Tenant’s expense, Tenant shall obtain or maintain public liability and worker’s compensation insurance, in amounts acceptable to Landlord, and which name Landlord and Tenant as parties insured from and against any and all liability for death of or injury to person or damage to property caused in or about or by reason of the construction of the Tenant’s Work.

10. Upon substantial completion of the Premises in accordance with the Construction Drawings, Tenant waives any right or claim against Landlord for any cause directly or indirectly arising out of the condition of the Premises, appurtenances thereto, improvements thereon, and equipment therein. Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects therein, except that Landlord warrants the Premises against latent defects and violations of law with respect to the original construction of the Tenant Improvements for a period of two (2) years from the date of substantial completion.

11. The Premises shall be deemed “substantially completed” as of the date that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the approved Construction Drawings (except for those punch list items referenced in Paragraph 13 below), such that Tenant can reasonably conduct business within the Premises;

(b) A certificate of occupancy and/or finalized building permit has been issued for the Premises; and

(c) All base building facilities shall be in good operating order.

12. Tenant shall inspect the Premises immediately prior to occupancy and compile and furnish Landlord with a punch list of any missing or deficient Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the corrective work noted in the punch list in a prompt, good and workman-like manner. Punch list corrections shall not delay the Commencement

 

Exhibit B, Page 3


Date, nor shall a delay in making corrections be grounds for a delay or reduction in any rent payments due Landlord.

13. All floor area calculations are from the center line of the partitions and the outside line of the exterior and hall walls. No deduction is allowed for the columns, sprinkler risers, roof drains, or air conditioning units serving Tenant and located within the Premises.

14. Landlord shall select the manufacturer and vendor of all building materials and equipment with respect to the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements to be constructed hereunder.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord’s participation in the preparation of the Preliminary Space Plan and the Construction Drawings shall not constitute any representation or warranty, express or implied, that the Preliminary Space Plans or the Construction Drawings are in conformity with applicable governmental codes, regulations or rules. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Premises are intended for use by Tenant and the specification and design requirements for the Tenant Improvements are not within the special knowledge or experience of Landlord.

16. Tenant shall not mortgage, grant a security interest in or otherwise encumber all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements.

[SIGNATURES TO APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

Exhibit B, Page 4


“Landlord”       “Tenant”

REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER,LLC,

      CYAN OPTICS, INC.,

a California limited liability company

      a Delaware corporation

By:

  G&W Ventures, LLC,       By:      /s/ Michael Hatfield
  Managing Member       Michael Hatfield
        Its:President and CEO
By:   /s/ Matthew T. White      
  Matthew T. White,      
  Manager       By:       
        Name:                                                                                                             
        Its:                                                                                                                     
MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R.      
GARWOOD 1991 TRUST      

By:

 

/s/ Mark Garwood, trustee

     
 

Mark Garwood, Trustee

     

ELIVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD)

DATED 25 FEBRUARY 1987

     

By:

 

/s/ Elvia Fernandez Garwood, trustee

     
  Elvia Fernandez Garwood, Trustee      

ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST

     

By:

         
 

Andrea G. Mazar, Trustee

     

 

Exhibit B, Page 5


ALLOWANCE WORK LETTER AGREEMENT SUMMARY

 

  1. Landlord produces CD’s and provides to Tenant with request for approval/disapproval

 

  2. Tenant has 5 business days to approve or disapprove

 

  3. Tenant pays for all extras within 15 days of request

 

  4. If Tenant requests change order - our obligation to provide written estimate for all costs together with time delay

 

Exhibit B, Page 6


EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

With respect to that certain lease (“Lease”) dated             ,             , between             , a             (“Tenant”), and ,             , a             (“Landlord”), pursuant to which Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord approximately             rentable square feet of space (“Premises”) in the building located at             , Tenant hereby acknowledges and certifies to Landlord as follows:

 

  (1) The Commencement Date is             and the Expiration Date is             ;

 

  (2) The Premises contain             rentable square feet of space; and

 

  (3) Tenant has accepted and is currently in possession of the Premises and the Premises are acceptable for Tenant’s use.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Commencement Date Memorandum is executed this             day of             , 20        .

 

“Tenant”

   

   

a  
By:    
Name:    
Its:    

 

Exhibit C, Page 1


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

It is further agreed that the following rules and regulations (these “Rules and Regulations”) shall be and are hereby made a part of this Lease, and Tenant agrees that Tenant’s employees and agents, or any others permitted by Tenant to occupy or enter the Premises, will at all times abide by these Rules and Regulations, unless otherwise specified or provided for in the Lease, to wit:

1. The driveways, entrances and exits to the Project, sidewalks, passages, building entries, lobbies, corridors, stairways, and elevators of the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or Tenant’s agents or employees, or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises. Tenant or Tenant’s agents or employees shall not loiter on the lawn areas or other common areas of the Project.

(a) Furniture, freight equipment and supplies will be moved in or out of the Building only through the rear service entrances or other entrances designated by Landlord and then only during such hours and in such manner as may be reasonably prescribed by Landlord. Tenant shall cause its movers to use only the loading facilities and entrances designated by Landlord. In the event Tenant’s movers damage any part of the Building or Project, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount required to repair said damage upon Landlord’s written request.

(b) No safe or article, the weight of which may in the opinion of Landlord constitute a hazard to or damage to the Building or the Building’s equipment, shall be moved into the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, but such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree to the location of such articles in the Premises. All damage done to the Project, Building or Premises by putting in, taking out or maintaining extra heavy equipment shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

(c) Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked any and all entrances and exits of the Building and Project and gates or doors closing the parking areas thereof during such hours as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Project and all tenants therein; provided, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Premises at all times except in the event of an emergency requiring the temporary closure of the Building.

2. Except as otherwise provided for in the Lease, no sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the inside or outside of the Building unless of such color, size and style and in such place upon or in the Building as shall be first approved in writing by Landlord. No furniture or other materials shall be placed in front of the Building or in any lobby or corridor without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove all non permitted signs and furniture without notice to Tenant.

3. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor or cleaning contractor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning or taking care of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except as

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


otherwise provided in the Lease, Landlord shall in no way be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property from the Premises, however occurring. The janitor of the Building may at all times keep a pass key, and other agents of Landlord shall at all times be allowed admittance to the Premises in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Lease.

4. Water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which the same are intended, and any damage resulting to the same from misuse on the part of Tenant or Tenant’s agents or employees, shall be paid for by Tenant. No person shall waste water by tying back or wedging the faucets or in any other manner.

5. No animals except seeing-eye dogs or other animals necessary to the functioning of handicapped personnel shall be allowed on the lawns or sidewalks or in the offices, halls, and corridors of the Building.

6. No persons shall disturb the occupants of this or adjoining buildings or premises by the use of any radio, sound equipment or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises, nor interfere in any way with the other tenants or those having business with them. Should sound mitigation measures be required due to sounds originating in the Premises, the costs of such measures shall be paid for by Tenant.

7. Bicycles or other vehicles, other than wheel chairs, shall not be permitted in the offices, halls, corridors and lobbies in the Building nor shall any obstruction of sidewalks or entrances of the Building by such be permitted.

8. Tenant shall not allow anything to be placed on the outside of the Building, nor shall anything be thrown by Tenant or Tenant’s agents or employees, out of the windows or doors, or down the corridors, ventilation ducts or shafts of the Building. Tenant, except in case of fire or other emergency, shall not open any outside window.

9. No awnings shall be placed over any window or entrance.

10. All garbage, including wet garbage, refuse or trash shall be placed by Tenant in the receptacles designated by Landlord for that purpose. Tenant shall not burn any trash or garbage at any time in or about the leased Premises or any area of the Project. Tenant and Tenant’s officers, agents, and employees shall not throw cigar or cigarette butts or other substances or litter of any kind in or about the Project.

11. Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other machinery or carry on any mechanical business, other than such mechanical business which normally is identified with general use in the Premises. Explosives or other articles of an extra hazardous nature shall not be brought into the Building complex.

12. Any painting or decorating as may be agreed to be done by and at the expense of Landlord shall be done during regular weekday working hours. Should Tenant desire such work on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or outside of regular working hours, Tenant shall pay for the extra cost thereof, if any.

 

Exhibit D, Page 2


13. Tenant and Tenant’s agents and employees shall park their vehicles in areas designated from time-to-time for employee parking.

14. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw, bore, or drill into, paint or in any way deface the common area walls, exterior walls, roof, foundations, bearing walls, or pillars without the prior written consent of Landlord. The expense of repairing any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant

15. No waiver of any rule or regulation by Landlord shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by Landlord or his authorized agent

16. Tenant shall be responsible for cleaning up any trash blowing around their facility that may have been left by their customers or employees.

17. In the event of any conflict between these Rules and Regulations or any further or modified rules and regulations from time to time issued by Landlord, and the Lease provisions, the Lease provisions shall govern and control.

18. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other tenants of the Project Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant or to any other person for the non-observance or violation of these Rules and Regulations by any other tenant or person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to its occupancy of the space herein leased, and Tenant shall abide by any additional rules and regulations which are ordered or requested by Landlord or by any governmental authority.

 

Exhibit D, Page 3


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) dated as of March 30, 2010 is entered into between REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC, a California limited liability company, successor in interest REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25, FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (collectively, “Landlord”), and CYAN OPTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT based upon the following facts, understandings and intentions:

A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Redwood Business Center Full Service Lease dated as of April 25, 2007 (“Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant approximately Ten Thousand Seven Hundred and Two (10,702) rentable square feet of space (the “Premises”) within the building known as Redwood Business Center, Petaluma, California (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties, the receipt and adequacy of which are her by acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Lease Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended through and including May 31, 2015.

2. Expansion Space . Tenant hereby agrees to add to the Premises and lease from Landlord, and Landlord hereby agrees to add to the Premises and lease to Tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease as modified by this Amendment, an additional Five Thousand Sixty Two (5,062) rentable square feet (“Expansion Space”) located on the third floor of the Building and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto.

3. Expansion Space – Rent Commencement . With respect to the Expansion Space, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall commence on the date (the “Rent Commencement Date”) the Expansion Space is delivered to the Tenant in “substantially completed” condition (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement described in Section 8 below), subject to adjustment for “Tenant Delays” as provided in the Work Letter Agreement. Landlord estimates that the Rent Commencement Date shall occur on June 1, 2010 (the “Estimated Rent Commencement Date”). If for any reason Landlord has not delivered to Tenant possession of the Expansion Space by the Estimated Rent Commencement Date, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

 

1


4. Expansion Space Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be as follows:

 

M ONTHS

   T OTAL  M ONTHLY  B ASE   R ENT
P ER S QUARE F OOT
     T OTAL  M ONTHLY  B ASE   R ENT  

6/1/10 — 5/31/11

   $ 2.10       $ 10,630.20   

6/1/11 — 5/31/12

   $ 2.16       $ 10,933.92   

6/1/12 — 5/31/13

   $ 2.23       $ 11,288.26   

6/1/13 — 5/31/14

   $ 2.30       $ 11,642.60   

6/1/14 — 5/31/15

   $ 2.36       $ 11,946.32   

5. Original Premises Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for the original Premises (i.e., excluding the Expansion Space) shall be as follows:

 

M ONTHS

   T OTAL  M ONTHLY  B ASE   R ENT
P ER S QUARE F OOT
     T OTAL  M ONTHLY  B ASE   R ENT  

3/1/10 — 5/31/10

   $ 2.37       $ 25,363.74   

6/1/10 — 5/31/11

   $ 2.44       $ 26.112.88   

6/1/11 — 5/31/12

   $ 2.51       $ 26,862.02   

6/1/12 — 5/31/13

   $ 2.59       $ 27,718.18   

6/1/13 — 5/31/14

   $ 2.30       $ 24,614.60   

6/1/14 — 5/31/15

   $ 2.36       $ 25,363.74   

6. Building Percentage Share . Effective upon the delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, Tenant’s Building Percentage Share shall increase to 27.04% (Premises r.s.f. / Building r.s.f. = 15,764 r.s.f / 58,299 r.s.f.).

7. Base Year . The base year is hereby amended to mean 2010.

8. Work Letter Agreement . Landlord and Tenant shall each perform the work required to be performed by it as described in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter Agreement”). Landlord and Tenant shall each perform such work in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein.

9. Condition of Expansion Space . Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to thoroughly inspect the Expansion Space and, subject to Landlord’s obligations under the Work Letter Agreement, Tenant accepts the Premises in its existing “as is” condition, with all faults and defects and without any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, without limitation, the suitability or fitness of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s activities or for any other purpose.

10. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, represents the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant concerning the subject matter hereof, and there are no understandings or agreements between them relating to the Lease or the Premises not set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No party hereto has relied upon any representation,


warranty or understanding not set forth herein, either oral or written, as an inducement to enter into this Amendment.

11. Continuing Obligations . Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

12. Counterparts/Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and delivered via facsimile.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.


REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC,   CYAN OPTICS, INC.,
a California limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
By:   Redwood Technology Center, LLC     By:   /s/ Michael Hatfield
  a California limited liability company     Name:   Mike Hatfield
  Its: Manager and Sole Member     Its:    
  By:   G&W Ventures, LLC      
    a California limited liability company      
    Its: Manager      
  By:   /s/ Matthew T. White      
  Matthew T. White, Manager      

 

AMERIVINE TOWN CENTER, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:   Amerivine Inc.
  a California corporation
  Its: Sole Member
By:   /s/ David F. Coleman
  David F. Coleman
  Its: President


EXHIBIT A

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER AGREEMENT supplements that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”) dated March 30, 2010, executed by REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25, FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST, as Landlord, and CYAN OPTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant. The Amendment modifies that certain Redwood Business Center Full Service Lease dated as of April 25, 2007 (as modified by the Amendment, the “Lease”), and all capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as those capitalized terms contained in the Lease.

1. Landlord shall be responsible for constructing within the Expansion Space the tenant improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the approved space plan (the “Approved Space Plan”) attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 with the tenant improvement finishes (the “Tenant Improvement Finishes”) set forth on Exhibit B-2 . The Tenant Improvements for the Expansion Space will be more particularly described in the plans and construction drawings (the “Construction Drawings”) as approved below. Any changes from the Approved Space Plan or Tenant Improvement Finishes that increase construction costs or delay the construction schedule (as reasonably determined by Landlord), including without limitation additional units, quantities or changes to brands or finishes, shall be deemed additional work (the “Tenant Extra Improvements”) and shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2. Following execution of the Amendment, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to provide to Tenant the Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements. The Construction Drawings shall indicate the specific requirements of the Expansion Space, outlining in detail interior partitions, floor coverings, a reflected ceiling plan, plumbing fixtures and electrical plans (setting forth the electrical requirements of Tenant), all in conformity with the Approved Space Plan. The Construction Drawings shall include full energy calculations as required by the State of California and the city agencies.

3. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall either approve or disapprove of the Construction Drawings by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall specify in detail the changes or modifications to the Construction Drawings required by Tenant. Any such request for changes or modifications shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. If Landlord approves of Tenant’s proposed change or modification, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to revise the Construction Drawings and resubmit the Construction Drawings to Tenant for its review and approval in accordance with the procedure set forth above. Tenant acknowledges that the Construction Drawings are subject to the approval of the appropriate government authorities. It shall be Tenant’s responsibility to ensure that the design and function of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements are suitable for Tenant’s business and needs. The improvements shall be constructed in accordance with current building standards, laws, regulations, ordinances and codes. Landlord


shall not be required to install any Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements which do not conform to the Construction Drawings.

4. Landlord shall furnish and install the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements as set forth on the Construction Drawings. Landlord shall pay for the cost of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements up to a maximum of $51.30 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, for a total maximum amount (the “Landlord Allowance”) of $259,680.60 ($51.30 x 5,062 r.s.f.). All costs to furnish and install the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements 5,062 r.s.f.). All costs to furnish and install the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements (including without limitation design, engineering, permit and all other soft costs) in excess of the Landlord Allowance shall be paid by Tenant within fifteen (15) days following receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor, which demand(s) may be submitted to Tenant prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements based on Landlord’s estimate of such costs. If Tenant fails to pay within such fifteen-day period, Landlord may, in addition to all other available remedies, (i) delay the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has not commenced, or (ii) stop construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has commenced, in either case until such time as Tenant has paid Landlord for all Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements for which Tenant has received a written demand from Landlord.

5. In no event shall the Tenant Improvements payable by Landlord include (i) the costs of procuring or installing any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone or computer equipment or wiring or other personal property (“Personal Property”) or (ii) any Change Orders (as the term is defined in Paragraph 6 below). Such work shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

6. Tenant may request changes or modifications to the Approved Space Plan or Tenant Improvement Finishes, or once approved, the Construction Drawings (each a “Change Order”), however, the cost of any Change Order(s) shall be borne by Tenant. If Tenant shall request any Change Order, then Landlord shall promptly give Tenant a written estimate of (a) the cost of engineering and design services to prepare the Change Order, (b) the cost of work to be performed pursuant to the Change Order, and (c) the time delay expected because of such requested Change Order. Within three (3) days after Tenant’s receipt of the written estimate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves the written estimate. If Tenant approves the written estimate, then Tenant shall accompany its approval with a check made payable to Landlord in the amount of the estimated cost of the Change Order. Upon Landlord’s completion of the Change Order and submission of the final cost thereof to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord any additional amounts incurred in excess of the written estimate. If such written authorization and check are not received by Landlord, then Landlord shall not be obligated to commence work on the Expansion Space and Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Expansion Space in accordance with Paragraph 7 below.

7. If the Rent Commencement Date has not occurred on or before the Estimated Rent Commencement Date, and if the cause of the delay in the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date is attributable to Tenant, then the Rent Commencement Date shall be the date the Rent Commencement Date otherwise would have occurred but for the Tenant delays (“Tenant Delays”).


Tenant Delays shall include, without limitation, those caused by (a) Tenant’s failure to approve the Construction Drawings within the time period noted above, (b) Tenant’s request for special materials not available when needed for construction in accordance with the construction schedule, (c) Change Orders, (d) Tenant’s or Tenant’s agents’ interference with Landlord’s work, and (e) Tenant’s failure to pay for Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra improvements within the time period noted above. All costs and expenses occasioned by a Tenant Delay, including, without limitation, increases in labor or materials, shall be borne by Tenant.

8. Tenant may, with Landlord’s written consent, enter the Expansion Space fifteen (15) days prior to the Rent Commencement Date solely for the purpose of installing its data cabling, computer and telecommunications equipment in the Expansion Space as long as such entry will not interfere with the orderly construction and completion of the Expansion Space (hereinafter, “Tenant’s Work”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its desired time(s) of entry and shall submit for Landlord’s written approval the scope of the Tenant’s Work to be performed and the name(s) of the contractor(s) who will perform such work. Tenant’s Work shall comply with the Construction Standards attached hereto as Exhibit B-3 . Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and any mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering, secured by or affecting the Expansion Space or the Building, from and against any and all claims, actions, losses, liabilities, damages, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and claims for worker’s compensation) of any nature whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with the Tenant’s Work (including, without limitation, claims for breach of warranty, personal injury or property damage).

9. During the course of construction, at Tenant’s expense, Tenant shall obtain or maintain public liability and worker’s compensation insurance, in amounts acceptable to Landlord, and which name Landlord and Tenant as parties insured from and against any and all liability for death of or injury to person or damage to property caused in or about or by reason of the construction of the Tenant’s Work.

10. Upon substantial completion of the Expansion Space in accordance with the Construction Drawings, Tenant waives any right or claim against Landlord for any cause directly or indirectly arising out of the condition of the Expansion Space, appurtenances thereto, improvements thereon, and equipment therein. Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects therein, except that Landlord warrants the Expansion Space against latent defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion.

11. The Expansion Space shall be deemed “substantially completed” as of the date that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the approved Construction Drawings (except for those punch list items referenced in Paragraph 12 below), such that Tenant can reasonably conduct business within the Expansion Space; and

(b) A certificate of occupancy and/or finalized building permit has been issued for the Expansion Space.


12. Tenant shall inspect the Expansion Space immediately prior to occupancy and compile and furnish Landlord with a punch list of any missing or deficient Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the corrective work noted in the punch list in a prompt, good and workman-like manner. Punch list corrections shall not delay the Rent Commencement Date, nor shall a delay in making corrections be grounds for a delay or reduction in any rent payments due Landlord.

13. All floor area calculations are from the centerline of the partitions and the outside line of the exterior and hall walls. No deduction is allowed for the columns, sprinkler risers, roof drains, or au conditioning units serving Tenant and located within the Expansion Space.

14. Landlord shall select the manufacturer and vendor of all building materials and equipment with respect to the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements to be constructed hereunder.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease or this Work Letter, Landlord’s participation in the preparation of the Approved Space Plan and the Construction Drawings shall not constitute any representation or warranty, express or implied, that the Approved Space Plans or the Construction Drawings are in conformity with applicable governmental codes, regulations or rules. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Expansion Space is intended for use by Tenant and the specification and design requirements for the Tenant Improvements are not within the special knowledge or experience of Landlord.

16. Tenant shall not mortgage, grant a security interest in or otherwise encumber all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements.


REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC,   CYAN OPTICS, INC.,
a California limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
By:   Redwood Technology Center, LLC     By:   /s/ Michael Hatfield
  a California limited liability company     Name:   Mike Hatfield
  Its: Manager and Sole Member     Its:    
  By:   G&W Ventures, LLC      
    a California limited liability company      
    Its: Manager      
  By:   /s/ Matthew T. White      
  Matthew T. White, Manager      

 

AMERIVINE TOWN CENTER, LLC,
a California limited liability company
By:   Amerivine Inc.
  a California corporation
  Its: Sole Member
By:   /s/ David F. Coleman
  David F. Coleman
  Its: President


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) dated as of April 30, 2012 is entered into between REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC, a California limited liability company, successor in interest REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25, FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (collectively, “Landlord”), and CYAN, INC., a Delaware corporation doing business in California as Cyan California (“Tenant”).

THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT based upon the following facts, understandings and intentions:

A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Redwood Business Center Full Service Lease dated as of April 25, 2007 and amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”) dated as of March 30, 2010 (as so amended, the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant approximately Fifteen Thousand Seven Hundred Sixty Four (15,764) rentable square feet of space (the “Current Premises”) within the building known as Redwood Business Center, Petaluma, California (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Expansion Space . The Tenant hereby agrees to add to the Current Premises and lease from Landlord, and Landlord hereby agrees to add to the Current Premises and lease to Tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease as modified by this Amendment, an additional Four Thousand One Hundred Fifteen (4,115) rentable square feet (“Expansion Space”) located on the second floor of the Building and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. Effective upon the delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, the term “Premises” shall mean collectively the Current Premises and the Expansion Space.

2. Expansion Space Condition . Tenant acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to thoroughly inspect the Expansion Space and, subject to Landlord removing the existing tenant’s personal property and delivering the Expansion Space in broom clean condition, Tenant accepts the Expansion Spaces in its existing “as is” condition, with all faults and defects and without any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, including, without limitation, the suitability or fitness of the same for the conduct of Tenant’s activities or for any other purpose.

3. Expansion Space Rent Commencement . With respect to the Expansion Space, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall commence on the date (the “ES Rent Commencement Date”)

 

1


the Expansion Space is delivered to the Tenant in the condition required by Section 2 above. Landlord estimates that the ES Rent Commencement Date shall occur on June 1, 2012 (the “Estimated ES Rent Commencement Date”). If for any reason Landlord has not delivered to Tenant possession of the Expansion Space by the Estimated ES Rent Commencement Date, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

4. Expansion Space Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be as follows:

 

MONTHS

   TOTAL MONTHLY BASE
RENT PER SQUARE FOOT
     TOTAL MONTHLY BASE
RENT
 

ES Rent Commencement Date — 5/31/13

   $ 2.17       $ 8,929.55   

6/1/13 — 5/31/14

   $ 2.24       $ 9,217.60   

6/1/14 — 5/31/15

   $ 2.31       $ 9,505.65   

5. Expansion Space Base Year . The Base Year for the Expansion Space shall be 2010.

6. Building Percentage Share . Effective upon the ES Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Building Percentage Share shall increase to 34.10% (Premises r.s.f. / Building r.s.f. = 19,879 r.s.f. / 58,299 r.s.f.).

7. Current Premises Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for the Current Premises (i.e., excluding the Expansion Space) shall be as provided in the First Amendment.

8. Right of First Offer . Landlord grants to Tenant a right of first offer to lease additional space on the third (3rd) floor of the Building that becomes available upon the vacation thereof by the current or then-current tenant. As such space becomes available to lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing thereof and offer such space to Tenant for lease. Tenant shall have ten (10) days in which to notify Landlord in writing of its intention to lease such space. Landlord and Tenant are free to agree on the rent, term and interior improvements for such additional space and shall not be bound by the terms of the Lease. If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree in writing on the terms for such a lease within ten (10) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of intent to lease such space, Landlord shall be free to lease the space to another tenant.

9. Termination Right . If at any time during the Term Tenant leases the entire third (3rd) floor of the Building from Landlord or if Tenant and Landlord negotiate in good faith for Tenant to lease the entire third (3rd) floor and are unable to mutually agree upon terms for such space, then Tenant shall have the one time right to terminate the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space only. Such termination right shall be exercised by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord concurrently with the execution and delivery of the lease or amendment for the entire third floor space. Such termination shall be effective ten (10) days after delivery of such third-floor space to Tenant. If Tenant does not timely deliver notice of termination as provided in this Section 9, then Tenant shall be deemed to have waived such right and it shall be of no further force or effect.

 

2


10. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, represents the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant concerning the subject matter hereof, and there are no understandings or agreements between them relating to the Lease, the Current Premises or the Expansion Space not set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No party hereto has relied upon any representation, warranty or understanding not set forth herein, either oral or written, as an inducement to enter into this Amendment.

11. Continuing Obligations . Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

12. Counterparts/Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and delivered via facsimile.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC,   CYAN, INC.,
a California limited liability company   a Delaware corporation doing business in
      California as Cyan California
By:   Redwood Technology Center, LLC    
  a California limited liability company    
  Its: Manager and Sole Member   By:   /s/ Michael Hatfield
      Name:   Michael Hatfield
      Its:    
By:   G&W Ventures, LLC    
  a California limited liability company    
  Its:   Manager    
  By:   /s/ Matthew T. White    
    Matthew T. White, Manager    

AMERIVINE TOWN CENTER, LLC ,

a California limited liability company

   
By:   Amerivine Inc.    
  a California corporation    
  Its:   Sole Member    
  By:   /s/ David F. Coleman    
    David F. Coleman    
    Its: President    

 

4


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Amendment”) dated as of Sept. 4, 2012 is entered into between REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC, a California limited liability company, successor in interest to REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25, FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (collectively, “Landlord”), and CYAN INC., WHICH WILL DO BUSINESS IN CALIFORNIA AS CYAN CALIFORNIA, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

THE PARTIES ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT based upon the following facts, understandings and intentions:

A. Landlord and Tenant previously entered into that certain Redwood Business Center Full Service Lease dated as of April 25, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of March 30, 2010 and amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of April 30, 2012 (collectively, the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant approximately Nineteen Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy Nine (19,879) rentable square feet of space (the “Current Premises”) within the building known as Redwood Business Center, Petaluma, California (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease. The capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings given to such terms in the Lease.

B. Landlord and Tenant now desire to amend the Lease as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants and promises of the parties, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Expansion Space . The Tenant hereby agrees to add to the Current Premises and lease from Landlord, and Landlord hereby agrees to add to the Current Premises and lease to Tenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease as modified by this Amendment, an additional Two Thousand Nine Hundred One (2,901) rentable square feet (“Expansion Space”) located on the second floor of the Building and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto. Effective upon the delivery of the Expansion Space to Tenant, the term “Premises” shall mean collectively the Current Premises and the Expansion Space.

2. Expansion Space Rent Commencement . With respect to the Expansion Space, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall commence on the date (the “ES Rent Commencement Date”) the Expansion Space is delivered to the Tenant in the condition required by the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”), subject to adjustment for Tenant Delays as provided in the Work Letter. Landlord estimates that the ES Rent Commencement Date shall occur on November 1, 2012 (the “Estimated ES Rent Commencement Date”). If for any reason Landlord has not delivered to Tenant possession of the Expansion Space by the Estimated ES Rent

 

1


Commencement Date, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom.

3. Term . The Term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space shall be for six (6) years commencing on the ES Rent Commencement Date (defined in Section 2 above) and expiring six (6) years thereafter. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Current Premises shall remain as provided in the Lease.

4. Expansion Space Base Rent . The monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be as follows:

 

YEAR

   TOTAL MONTHLY BASE
RENT PER SQUARE FOOT
     TOTAL MONTHLY BASE
RENT
 

Months 1-3

   $ 0.00       $ 0.00   

Months 4-12

   $ 2.17       $ 6,295.17   

Year 2

   $ 2.24       $ 6,498.24   

Year 3

   $ 2.30       $ 6,672.30   

Year 4

   $ 2.37       $ 6,875.37   

Year 5

   $ 2.44       $ 7,078.44   

Year 6

   $ 2.52       $ 7,310.52   

The monthly Base Rent for the Current Premises (i.e., excluding the Expansion Space) shall remain as provided in the Lease.

5. Expansion Space Base Year . The Base Year for the Expansion Space shall be 2012. The Base Year for the Current Premises shall remain as provided in the Lease.

6. Building Percentage Share . Effective upon the ES Rent Commencement Date, Tenant’s Building Percentage Share shall increase to 39.07% (Premises r.s.f. / Building r.s.f. = 22,780 r.s.f. / 58,299 r.s.f.).

7. Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Lease, represents the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant concerning the subject matter hereof, and there are no understandings or agreements between them relating to the Lease, the Current Premises or the Expansion Space not set forth in writing and signed by the parties hereto. No party hereto has relied upon any representation, warranty or understanding not set forth herein, either oral or written, as an inducement to enter into this Amendment.

8. Continuing Obligations . Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Amendment, the Lease remains unmodified and in full force and effect. To the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

 

2


9. Counterparts/Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts and delivered via facsimile.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC,

a California limited liability company

   

CYAN, INC., WHICH WILL DO

BUSINESS IN CALIFORNIA AS CYAN

CALIFORNIA, a Delaware corporation

By:   Redwood Technology Center, LLC      
  a California limited liability company      
  Its: Manager and Sole Member     By:  

/s/ Mark Floyd

          Name:   Mark Floyd
          Its:   CEO
  By:   G&W Ventures, LLC      
    a California limited liability company      
    Its: Manager      
    By:  

/s/ Matthew T. White

     
      Matthew T. White, Manager      

AMERIVINE TOWN CENTER, LLC ,

a California limited liability company

     
By:   Amerivine Inc.      
  a California corporation      
  Its: Sole Member      
  By:  

/s/ David F. Coleman

     
    David F. Coleman      
    Its: President      

 

 

4


EXHIBIT A

Expansion Space

 

LOGO

 

EXHIBIT A


EXHIBIT B

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

THIS WORK LETTER Agreement supplements that certain Second Amendment to Lease (the “Amendment”) dated Sept. 4, 2012, executed by REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC, a California limited liability company, successor in interest REDWOOD TECHNOLOGY CENTER, LLC, a California limited liability company; MARK GARWOOD AND PAULETTE R. GARWOOD 1991 TRUST; ELVIA FERNANDEZ GARWOOD TRUST (UAD) DATED 25, FEBRUARY 1987 and ANDREA G. MAZAR TRUST (collectively, “Landlord”), and CYAN INC., WHICH WILL DO BUSINESS IN CALIFORNIA AS CYAN CALIFORNIA, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning given to them in the Amendment.

1. Landlord shall be responsible for constructing within the Expansion Space the tenant improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) described in the approved space plan (the “Approved Space Plan”) attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 with the tenant improvement finishes (the “Tenant Improvement Finishes”) set forth on Exhibit B-2 . The Tenant Improvements for the Expansion Space will be more particularly described in the plans and construction drawings (the “Construction Drawings”) as approved below. Any changes from the Approved Space Plan or Tenant Improvement Finishes that increase construction costs or delay the construction schedule (as reasonably determined by Landlord), including without limitation additional units, quantities or changes to brands or finishes, shall be deemed additional work (the “Tenant Extra Improvements”) and shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

2. Following execution of the Amendment, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to provide to Tenant the Construction Drawings for the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements. The Construction Drawings shall indicate the specific requirements of the Expansion Space, outlining in detail interior partitions, floor coverings, a reflected ceiling plan, plumbing fixtures and electrical plans (setting forth the electrical requirements of Tenant), all in conformity with the Approved Space Plan. The Construction Drawings shall include full energy calculations as required by the State of California and the city agencies.

3. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall either approve or disapprove of the Construction Drawings by written notice to Landlord. If Tenant disapproves of the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall specify in detail the changes or modifications to the Construction Drawings required by Tenant. Any such request for changes or modifications shall be subject to Landlord’s approval. If Landlord approves of Tenant’s proposed change or modification, Landlord shall arrange for Landlord’s architect to revise the Construction Drawings and resubmit the Construction Drawings to Tenant for its review and approval in accordance with the procedure set forth above. Tenant acknowledges that the Construction Drawings are subject to the approval of the appropriate government authorities. It shall be Tenant’s responsibility to ensure that the design and function of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements are suitable for Tenant’s business and needs. The improvements shall be constructed in accordance with current building standards, laws, regulations, ordinances and codes. Landlord

 

EXHIBIT B


shall not be required to install any Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements which do not conform to the Construction Drawings.

4. Landlord shall furnish and install the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements as set forth on the Construction Drawings. Landlord shall pay for the cost of the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements up to a maximum of 45.00 per rentable square foot of the Expansion Space, for a total maximum amount (the “Landlord Allowance”) of $130,545 ($45.00 x 2,901 r.s.f.). All costs to furnish and install the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements (including without limitation construction management fees on costs in excess of the Landlord Allowance, design, engineering, permit, and all other soft costs) in excess of the Landlord Allowance shall be paid by Tenant within fifteen (15) days following receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor, which demand(s) may be submitted to Tenant prior to commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements based on Landlord’s estimate of such costs. If Tenant fails to pay within such fifteen-day period, Landlord may, in addition to all other available remedies, (i) delay the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has not commenced, or (ii) stop construction of the Tenant Improvements and/or the Tenant Extra Improvements if such work has commenced, in either case until such time as Tenant pays such amounts.

5. In no event shall the Tenant Improvements payable by Landlord include (i) the costs of procuring or installing any trade fixtures, equipment, appliances, furniture, furnishings, telephone or computer equipment or wiring or other personal property (“Personal Property”) or (ii) any Change Orders (as the term is defined in Paragraph 6 below). Such work shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

6. Tenant may request changes or modifications to the Approved Space Plan or Tenant Improvement Finishes, or once approved, the Construction Drawings (each a “Change Order”), however, the cost of any Change Order(s) shall be borne by Tenant. If Tenant shall request any Change Order, then Landlord shall promptly give Tenant a written estimate of (a) the cost of engineering and design services to prepare the Change Order, (b) the cost of work to be performed pursuant to the Change Order, and (c) the time delay expected because of such requested Change Order. Within three (3) days after Tenant’s receipt of the written estimate, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether it approves the written estimate. If Tenant approves the written estimate, then Tenant shall accompany its approval with a check made payable to Landlord in the amount of the estimated cost of the Change Order. Upon Landlord’s completion of the Change Order and submission of the final cost thereof to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord any additional amounts incurred in excess of the written estimate. If such written authorization and check are not received by Landlord, then Landlord shall not be obligated to commence work on the Expansion Space and Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the completion of the Expansion Space in accordance with Paragraph 7 below.

7. If the ES Rent Commencement Date of the Lease has not occurred on or before the Estimated ES Rent Commencement Date, and if the cause of the delay in the occurrence of the ES Rent Commencement Date is attributable to Tenant, then the ES Rent Commencement Date shall be

 

2


on the date the ES Rent Commencement Date otherwise would have occurred but for the Tenant delays (“Tenant Delays”). Tenant Delays shall include, without limitation, those caused by (a) Tenant’s failure to approve the Construction Drawings within the time period noted above, (b) Tenant’s request for special materials not available when needed for construction in accordance with the construction schedule, (c) Change Orders, (d) Tenant’s or Tenant’s agents’ interference with Landlord’s work, and (e) Tenant’s failure to pay for Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements within the time period noted above. All costs and expenses occasioned by a Tenant Delay, including, without limitation, increases in labor or materials, shall be borne by Tenant.

8. Tenant may, with Landlord’s written consent, enter the Expansion Space fifteen (15) days prior to the ES Rent Commencement Date solely for the purpose of installing its data cabling, computer and telecommunications equipment in the Expansion Space as long as such entry will not interfere with the orderly construction and completion of the Expansion Space (hereinafter, “Tenant’s Work”). Tenant shall notify Landlord of its desired time(s) of entry and shall submit for Landlord’s written approval the scope of the Tenant’s Work to be performed and the name(s) of the contractor(s) who will perform such work. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and any mortgagee, ground lessor or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering, secured by or affecting the Expansion Space or the Building, from and against any and settlements entered into or final judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and claims for worker’s compensation) of any nature whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with the Tenant’s Work (including, without limitation, claims for breach of warranty, personal injury or property damage).

9. During the course of construction, at Tenant’s expense, Tenant shall obtain or maintain public liability and worker’s compensation insurance, in amounts acceptable to Landlord, and which name Landlord and Tenant as parties insured from and against any and all liability for death of or injury to person or damage to property caused in or about or by reason of the construction of the Tenant’s Work.

10. Upon substantial completion of the Expansion Space in accordance with the Construction Drawings, Tenant waives any right or claim against Landlord for any cause directly or indirectly arising out of the condition of the Expansion Space, appurtenances thereto, improvements thereon, and equipment therein. Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects therein, except that Landlord warrants the Expansion Space against latent defects for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion.

11. The Expansion Space shall be deemed “substantially completed” as of the date that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) The Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the approved Construction Drawings (except for those punch list items referenced in Paragraph 12 below), such that Tenant can reasonably conduct business within the Expansion Space; and

(b) A certificate of occupancy and/or finalized building permit has been issued for the Expansion Space.

 

3


12. Tenant shall inspect the Expansion Space immediately prior to occupancy and compile and furnish Landlord with a punch list of any missing or deficient Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the corrective work noted in the punch list in a prompt, good and workman-like manner. Punch list corrections shall not delay the ES Rent Commencement Date, nor shall a delay in making corrections be grounds for a delay or reduction in any rent payments due Landlord.

13. All floor area calculations are from the centerline of the partitions and the outside line of the exterior and hall walls. No deduction is allowed for the columns, sprinkler risers, roof drains, or air conditioning units serving Tenant and located within the Expansion Space.

14. Landlord shall select the manufacturer and vendor of all building materials and equipment with respect to the Tenant Improvements and Tenant Extra Improvements to be constructed hereunder.

15. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Amendment or this Work Letter, Landlord’s participation in the preparation of the Approved Space Plan and the Construction Drawings shall not constitute any representation or warranty, express or implied, that the Approved Space Plans or the Construction Drawings are in conformity with applicable governmental codes, regulations or rules. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Expansion Space are intended for use by Tenant and the specification and design requirements for the Tenant Improvements are not within the special knowledge or experience of Landlord.

16. Tenant shall not mortgage, grant a security interest in or otherwise encumber all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements or Tenant Extra Improvements.

 

4


REDWOOD BUSINESS CENTER 1 LLC,   CYAN, INC., WHICH WILL DO
a California limited liability company   BUSINESS IN CALIFORNIA AS CYAN
        CALIFORNIA, a Delaware corporation
By:   Redwood Technology Center, LLC    
  a California limited liability company    
  Its: Manager and Sole Member   By:   /s/ Mark Floyd
        Name:   Mark Floyd
        Its:   CEO
  By:  

G&W Ventures, LLC

   
    a California limited liability company    
    Its: Manager    
    By:   /s/ Matthew T. White    
      Matthew T. White, Manager    

AMERIVINE TOWN CENTER, LLC ,

a California limited liability company

   
By:   Amerivine Inc.    
  a California corporation    
  Its: Sole Member    
  By:   /s/ David F. Coleman    
    David F. Coleman    
    Its: President    

 

5


EXHIBIT B-1

Approved Space Plan

 

LOGO

 

6


EXHIBIT B-2

Tenant Improvement Finishes

 

1.    Carpet    Manufactured by Cambridge, “Rush Hour” 24 oz Select from Color Samples-Direct Glue Down Product    Throughout U.O.N. No Carpet Pad
2.    Base    Burke, 4” inch top set base, rubber. Color TBD    Throughout U.O.N.
3.    Doors    Solid wood core prefinished maple, 3’-0” x 8’ - 10”    As indicated on plans
4.    Frames    Western Integrated Materials, Inc or ICI Aluminum KD, clear anodized. Matching side light frames.    As indicated on plans
5.    Hardware    Manufactured by Schlage, latchset ND-Series, Sparta Design brushed chrome (Passage at all interior)    Lock on suite entrance
6.    Suspended Ceiling System    Standard 2’ x 4’ Grid, 2’ x 4’ Second Look Tile by Armstrong Cortega, White Tiles    Throughout U.O.N.
7.    Lighting Design /Build    2’x 4’ Parabolic Drop-in fixtures. Per approved Title 24 energy calculations    1 each per 110 usable square feet maximum
8.    Wall Finishes    Smooth Wall level 4 , one coat primer, two coats of Low Sheen paint    Throughout U.O.N. Color “TBD”
9.    Window Covering    Horizontal Mini-blinds: Levelor Contract grade is building standard. Exterior windows only    Exterior Windows only
10.    Vinyl Flooring    12”x12” Armstrong “Excelon” Standard Grade    As indicated on plans
11.    Electrical Power Design /Build   

Duplex power receptacles: Wall mounted, Typical Office Conference Room, 3 dedicated circuits per 3000 sq ft for equipment.

Open Office Workstations: Ceiling J-Box only or wall J-Box for base feed to electrified furniture partition.

   White or Ivory Color 2 duplex receptacles 4 duplex receptacles Zone Circuits per code as indicated on plans, or provision 3 (Three) Workstations per circuit
12.    Telephone/Data Rough Provisions and Trim Device   

Combination telephone and data conduit stubbed above ceiling with ring and pull wire, wall mounted.

Typical Office and Conference Room Open Office Area Cubical Workstations.

Telecom Closet: Louvered Door, 1 120V dedicated outlet

   Open wall ring only, tenant to provide trim device and terminations. 1 receptacle location. As indicated on plans, or feed to cubical clusters. 1 Sheet of Plywood for Phone System Mounting
13.    Glass Interior    Glass sidelight adjacent to interior door; 2’-0” wide.    Locations shown on space plan
14.    HVAC System Design /Build   

Variable air volume system with economizer cycle.

Zoning based on window and interior exposure.

   1 zone approx 1500 sq ft Complete Air Balance
15.    Fire Sprinkler Design /Build   

Recessed heads.

Chrome or White depending on building standard.

Center Tiles throughout

   Throughout U.O.N.

 

7


16.    Cabinets   

Plastic laminate, Wilsonart or Nevamar with White or Black melamine interiors.

6 - 8 Ln Ft in Break Room

   Upper and Lower, or as indicated on plans

 

8

Exhibit 10.14

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 21, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and CYAN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.1.2 Growth Capital Loan .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make advances to Borrower (each a “ Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively the “ Growth Capital Advances ”), from time to time, prior to the Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Growth Capital Commitment. The entire amount Growth Capital Commitment is available to Borrower on the Effective Date. If the full amount of the Growth Capital Commitment is not advanced on the Effective Date, each Growth Capital Advance, shall be in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or (ii) the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Growth Capital Commitment, in each case, at any time prior to the Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date. After repayment, no Growth Capital Advance may be reborrowed.


(b) Repayment .

(i) Interest-Only Payments . Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest-only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month following the month in which a Funding Date occurs with respect to a Growth Capital Advance and continuing thereafter during the Interest-Only Period on the first (1st) calendar day of each successive month.

(ii) Principal and Interest Payments . Borrower shall make thirty-six (36) consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month after the Interest-Only Period (the “ Conversion Date ”), which would fully amortize the outstanding Growth Capital Advances, as of the Conversion Date, over the Repayment Period. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Growth Capital Advances is due and payable in full on the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

(c) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Growth Capital Advances are accelerated by Bank following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or otherwise as provided herein, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Growth Capital Advance through the date the prepayment is made; plus (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to each Growth Capital Advance; plus (iii) the Make-Whole Premium; plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable as of the date of repayment, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(d) Voluntary Prepayment . At Borrower’s option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Growth Capital Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise to prepay the Growth Capital Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Growth Capital Advance through the date the prepayment is made; plus (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to each Growth Capital Advance; plus (iii) the Make-Whole Premium; plus (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to this Agreement.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to

 

2


the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(ii) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), during the Interest Only Period, the principal amount outstanding for each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal the Prime Rate, plus one half of one percent (0.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below. Commencing on the Conversion Date, the principal amount outstanding for each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate on the Conversion Date, plus one half of one percent (0.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto, unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the first calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Revolving Line Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) (the “ Revolving Line Commitment Fee ”) of which, (i) Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), shall be paid on the Effective Date and (ii) the balance (Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000)) shall be paid to Bank on December 21, 2013;

(b) Growth Capital Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500) (the “ Growth Capital Commitment Fee ”) shall be paid on the Effective Date;

 

3


(c) Termination Fee . Upon termination of this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Line for any reason prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, in addition to the payment of any other amounts then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank;

(d) Make-Whole Premium . The Make-Whole Premium when due hereunder pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d);

(e) Good Faith Deposit . Borrower has paid to Bank a deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied to the Revolving Line Commitment Fee and the Growth Capital Commitment Fee;

(f) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(g) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

4


2.6 Withholding . Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(c) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(f) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

5


(g) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(h) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Post-Closing Conditions . Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank:

(a) landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for the Borrower’s offices located at 1383 N. McDowell Boulevard, Suite 300, Petaluma, California 94954 by the landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto; and

(b) bailee’s waiver in favor of Bank for each location where Borrower maintains property with a third party, by each such third party, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the

 

6


making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing .

(a) Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

(b) Growth Capital Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance. Together with any such notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Growth Capital Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Growth Capital Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Growth Capital Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon

 

7


payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred percent (100.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim with an estimated value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral in violation of this Agreement, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. If required by Bank, Borrower’s only obligation with respect to the perfection of the pledge of the direct or beneficial ownership interest of any capital stock of any Foreign Subsidiary shall be to file a UCC-1 financing statement and to comply will all Governmental Approvals with respect to such pledge.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is

 

8


organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect, or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith and the Collateral Accounts which Borrower has complied with the terms of Section 6.6(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States, (b) over-the-counter software that is

 

9


commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate. To Borrower’s knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made in writing that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) For any Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account.

(b) All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

 

10


as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except (a) to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, or (b) if such taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien.” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that

 

11


actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a) Borrowing Base Reports . Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month, aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the “ Borrowing Base Reports ”);

(b) Borrowing Base Certificate . Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month and together with the Borrowing Base Reports, a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer;

(c) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request;

 

12


(e) Annual Operating Budget and Financial Projections . Within thirty (30) days after approval by the Borrower’s Board of Directors or more frequently as updated, (i) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (ii) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(f) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(g) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(h) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(i) Legal Action Notice. A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

(j) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested

 

13


pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof and other than taxes which do not, individually or in the aggregate, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance .

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as the sole lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that, proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property or the purchase of other property useful to Borrower’s business; provided that any such replaced or repaired property or other property useful to Borrower’s business (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest to the extent the destroyed or damaged property constitutes Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement), and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.5 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain its primary and its domestic Subsidiaries’ primary domestic operating accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

 

14


(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any domestic Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each domestic Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.7 Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, subject to periodic reporting as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 0.80 to 1.00, provided however after the effective date of the IPO, an Adjusted Quick of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

6.8 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.9 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.10 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . Allow Bank, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months (or more frequently as Bank shall

 

15


determine conditions warrant, in its sole discretion). unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.11 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of Borrower’s use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of its business for the payment of ordinary course business expenses in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (e) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and (f) other Transfers not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.1 in an amount to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) fail to provide notice to Bank of any Key Person departing from or ceasing to be employed by Borrower within five (5) days after their departure from Borrower; or (ii) consummate any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such

 

16


transaction own more than 49% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors).

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations not already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) (an “ Acquisition ”) other than in connection with a Permitted Acquisition. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except (a) as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein and (b) such agreements that may contain such restrictions, provided that such agreements do not prohibit Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property in favor of Bank and provided further that the counter parties to such agreements are not permitted to receive a security interest in Borrower’s Intellectual Property.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b) hereof.

 

17


7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof and prior to any Event of Default make payments in cash for any fractional shares upon such conversion or in connection with the exercise of such convertible securities, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) other than transactions with Subsidiaries that are not otherwise prohibited by Section 7 of this Agreement, and (c) equity or debt financings with Borrower’s investors, provided that any such debt financings shall constitute Subordinated Debt.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

18


8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 3.3, 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8(b), 6.10 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Investor Abandonment; Priority of Security Interest.

If Bank determines in its good faith judgment that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to not continue to fund the Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable; or there is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

19


(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default that has not been cured during the applicable cure period, if any, in such agreement resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); or (b) any breach or default that has not been cured during the applicable cure period, if any, in such agreement by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

20


(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the Dollar Equivalent (or one hundred five percent (105%) if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

21


(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

22


9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

23


If to Borrower:    Cyan, Inc.
   1383 N. McDowell Boulevard, Suite 300
   Petaluma, California 94954
   Attention: Scott Bauer, CFO
   Fax: (707) 763-3319
   Email:
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   2400 Hanover Street
   Palo Alto, California 94304
   Attention: Liam Fairbairn, Relationship Manager
   Fax: (650) 320-0016
   Email:

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a

 

24


private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), the Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

25


12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of

 

26


information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”) (provided that Bank Entities are bound by the same confidentiality obligations herein); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

27


12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Adjusted Quick Ratio ” means a ratio of Quick Assets to Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Acquisition ” is defined in Section 7.3

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

 

28


Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank has the right to decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment to mitigate the impact of events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which may adversely affect the Collateral or its value.

Borrowing Base Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Borrowing Base Report ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

 

29


Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A.

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Conversion Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b)(ii).

 

30


Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Overadvance, Growth Capital Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Currency ” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right upon prior written notice to Borrower at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(b) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(c) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

31


(d) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor if fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts owing from such Account Debtor have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(f) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and that Bank otherwise approves of in writing;

(g) Accounts billed from and/or payable to Borrower outside of the United States unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws (sometimes called foreign invoiced accounts);

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

(i) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(j) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(k) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(l) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(m) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(n) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(o) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the

 

32


goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(p) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(q) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(r) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(s) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or other payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(t) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(u) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed forty percent (40%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by

 

33


Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a) of this Agreement.

Growth Capital Commitment ” is Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Growth Capital Commitment Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement.

Growth Capital Commitment Termination Date ” is the earlier to occur of (a) March 31, 2013 or (b) an Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing.

Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is, for each Growth Capital Advance, thirty-six (36) months after the Conversion Date for such Growth Capital Advance.

Hedge Agreement ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index

 

34


transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, means all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Interest-Only Period ” means, for each Growth Capital Advance, a twelve (12) month period, commencing on the Funding Date of each Growth Capital Advance and continuing through the last day of the twelve (12th) consecutive month following such Funding Date.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all

 

35


merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

IPO ” is an initial, underwritten public offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in Borrower receiving at least Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) in aggregate net proceeds from such offering.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, (ii) President, and (ii) Chief Financial Officer who are, as of the Effective Date, (i) Mark Floyd, (ii) Michael Hatfield, and (iii) Scott Bauer, respectively.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Make-Whole Premium ” is an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the outstanding Growth Capital Advance if the prepayment is made on or before the Growth Capital Maturity Date.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6 during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this

 

36


Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition, consisting of a single transaction or a series of related transactions, by the Borrower in the form of Acquisitions of any other Person if (a) prior to the effective date of the IPO (i) total cash consideration for all such Acquisitions does not in the aggregate exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Acquisition; (iii) Borrower is the surviving legal entity; and (iv) Borrower shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Acquisition, with the covenant contained in Section 6.7 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended month as if such transaction had occurred on the first (1st) day of the relevant month for testing such compliance and (b) after the effective date of the IPO (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Acquisition; (ii) Borrower is the surviving legal entity; (iii) total cash consideration for any such Acquisition shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the Tangible Net Worth of Borrower, and (iv) Borrower shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, with the covenant contained in Section 6.7 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended month as if such transaction had occurred on the first (1st) day of the relevant month for testing such compliance.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

37


(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business, including any unsecured Indebtedness incurred with corporate credit cards;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a), (c), and (k) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Indebtedness that also constitutes an Investment that is permitted under clause (g) of the definition of Permitted Investments;

(h) Indebtedness in connection with the issuance of surety bonds, performance bonds, and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) (i) prior to the effective date of the IPO, Indebtedness owing under Hedge Agreements with other financial institutions entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business in order to manage interest rate, exchange rate, or commodity price risk, not incurred for speculative purposes, and not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time and (ii) after the effective date of the IPO, Indebtedness owing under Hedge Agreements with other financial institutions entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business in order to manage interest rate, exchange rate, or commodity price risk, not incurred for speculative purposes, and not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(j) (i) prior to the effective date of the IPO, Indebtedness owing under Letters of Credit with other financial institutions entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time and (ii) after the effective date of the IPO, Indebtedness owing under Letters of Credit with other financial institutions entered into in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(k) (i) prior to the effective date of the IPO, other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time and (ii) after the effective date of the IPO, other Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by Section 7.4 not exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

(l) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (k) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

38


Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy approved the Borrower’s Board of Directors, as amended from time to time;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of, or held in, deposit accounts or securities accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest if so required pursuant to Section 6.6;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) (i) Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (j) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(k) (i) prior to the effective date of the IPO, other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time and (ii) after the effective date of the IPO, other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

39


Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

 

40


(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts if so required pursuant to Section 6.6;

(k) Liens on Equipment (i) of any Subsidiary which are in existence at the time that such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and (ii) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Equipment is purchased or otherwise acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary thereof pursuant to an Acquisition; provided that, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), (A) such Liens (1) are not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such Permitted Acquisition, (2) are applicable only to specific Equipment, (3) are not “blanket” or all asset Liens, and (4) do not attach to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (B) (1) prior to the effective date of the IPO, the Indebtedness secured by such Liens on Equipment shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time, and (2) after the effective date of the IPO, the Indebtedness secured by such Liens on Equipment shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time; and

(l) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than Indebtedness) and leases, statutory obligations, surety bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the greater of (a) three and one quarter of one percent (3.25%) or (b) the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Quick Assets ” is, on any date, (a) Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank, which shall not be less than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) at any time, plus (b) Borrower’s unrestricted cash in a Collateral Account with any bank or financial institution (other than Bank) provided that Borrower has caused the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or which such cash is maintained in a Collateral Account to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account, plus (c) net billed accounts receivable.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

41


Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

Repayment Period ” is a period of time equal to thirty-six (36) consecutive months commencing on the Conversion Date.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is December 21, 2014.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

42


Tangible Net Worth ” is, on any date, the sum of (a) the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries excluding any amounts attributable to (i) goodwill, (ii) intangible items including unamortized debt discount and expense, Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, (iii) notes, accounts receivable and other obligations owing to Borrower from its officers or other Affiliates, and (iv) reserves not already deducted from assets, minus (b) Total Liabilities.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, but excluding all Subordinated Debt.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
CYAN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Scott Bauer

  Name:   Scott Bauer
  Title:  
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Liam Fairbairn

  Name:   Liam Fairbairn
  Title:  


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property, (b) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; or (c) any interest of Borrower under any lease, contract, or agreement to which Borrower is a party if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease from granting a security interest in such lease or under which such an assignment or Lien would cause a default to occur under such lease (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-407(a) of the Code); provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank; or (d) intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the first use thereof, whether by the actual use thereof in commerce, the recording of a statement of use with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or otherwise, but only to the extent that granting of a security interest in such intent-to-use trademarks would be contrary to applicable law.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To:        Date:                     

L OAN P AYMENT :

 

  
From Account #  

 

  (Deposit Account #)
Principal $  

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

Cyan, Inc.

 
To Account #  

 

  (Loan Account #)
and/or Interest $  

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #  

 

  (Loan Account #)
Amount of Advance $  

 

To Account #  

 

  (Deposit Account #)
 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:  

 

Beneficiary Bank:  

 

City and State:  

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  

 

 

Amount of Wire: $

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

(For International Wire Only)  
 
Intermediary Bank:  

 

    Transit (ABA) #:  

 

For Further Credit to:  

 

Special Instruction:  

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

Telephone #:  

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

Telephone #:  

 

 


E XHIBIT C – B ORROWING B ASE C ERTIFICATE

 

 

Borrower: Cyan, Inc.

Lender: Silicon Valley Bank

Commitment Amount: $10,000,000

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1.

 

Accounts Receivable (invoiced) Book Value as of                     

   $                

2.

 

Additions (Please explain on next page)

   $                

3.

 

Less: Intercompany / Employee / Non-Trade Accounts

   $                

4.

 

NET TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

   $                

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

  

5.

 

90 Days Past Invoice Date

   $                

6.

 

Credit Balances over 90 Days

   $                

7.

 

Balance of 50% over 90 Day Accounts (Cross-Age or Current Affected)

   $                

8.

 

Foreign Account Debtor Accounts

   $                

9.

 

Foreign Invoiced and/or Collected Accounts

   $                

10.

 

Contra / Customer Deposit Accounts

   $                

11.

 

U.S. Government Accounts

   $                

12.

 

Promotion or Demo Accounts; Guaranteed Sale or Consignment Sale Accounts

   $                

13.

 

Accounts with Memo or Pre-Billings

   $                

14.

 

Contract Accounts; Accounts with Progress / Milestone Billings

   $                

15.

 

Accounts for Retainage Billings

   $                

16.

 

Trust / Bonded Accounts

   $                

17.

 

Bill and Hold Accounts

   $                

18.

 

Unbilled Accounts

   $                

19.

 

Non-Trade Accounts (If not already deducted above)

   $                

20.

 

Accounts with Extended Term Invoices (Net 90+)

   $                

21.

 

Chargebacks Accounts / Debit Memos

   $                

22.

 

Product Returns / Exchanges

   $                

23.

 

Disputed Accounts; Insolvent Account Debtor Accounts

   $                

24.

 

Deferred Revenue, if applicable / Other (Please explain on next page)

   $                

25.

 

Concentration Limits (40%)

   $                

26.

 

TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

   $                

27.

 

Eligible Accounts (#4 minus #26)

   $                

28.

 

ELIGIBLE AMOUNT OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #27)

   $                

BALANCES

  

29.

 

Maximum Loan Amount

   $ 10,000,000   

30.

 

Total Funds Available [Lesser of #29 or #28]

   $                

31.

 

Present balance owing on Line of Credit

   $                

32.

 

Outstanding under Sublimits

   $                

33.

 

RESERVE POSITION (#30 minus #31 and #32)

   $                

[Continued on following page.]


Explanatory comments from previous page:

 

 

 

 

 

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

       BANK USE ONLY
COMMENTS:      Received by:   

 

          AUTHORIZED SIGNER
CYAN, INC.      Date:   

 

       Verified:   

 

By:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  Authorized Signer      Date:   

 

Date:  

 

     Compliance Status:    Yes    No  


EXHIBIT D – COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO: SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM: CYAN, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Cyan, Inc., (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and subject, in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

   Monthly within 30 days    Yes  No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)

   FYE within 180 days    Yes  No

Board Projections

   Board approval within 30 days    Yes  No

Borrowing Base Certificate, A/R & A/P Agings

   Monthly within 20 days    Yes  No

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

        

Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least

   0.80:1.00        :1.00   

Adjusted Quick Ratio, after the effective date of the IPO, of at least

   1.25:1.00        :1.00   


Other Matters:
Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower of more than 5% ownership change and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes        No    

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

CYAN, INC.     BANK USE ONLY
      Received by:  

 

By:  

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  Name:     Date:  

 

  Title:     Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:       Yes    No


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

 

I. Adjusted Quick Ratio (Section 6.7(a))

Required: An Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 0.80 to 1.00, provided however after the effective date of the IPO, an Adjusted Quick of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

Actual:     

 

A.

  

Unrestricted cash at Bank

   $                

B.

  

Net billed accounts receivable

   $                

C.

  

Quick Assets (line A plus line B)

   $                

D.

  

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

   $                

E.

  

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Debt), and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year

   $                

F.

  

Aggregate value of the current portion of Deferred Revenue

   $                

G.

  

Current Liabilities (line D, plus line E, minus line F)

   $                

H.

  

Adjusted Quick Ratio (line C divided by line G)

  

Is line H at least least 0.80 to 1.00, provided however after the effective date of the IPO, at least 1.25 to 1.00.?

 

     No, not in compliance         Yes, in compliance


Exhibit E

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :   Cyan, Inc.    D ATE :                  , 2012
B ANK :   Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

         ¨
         ¨
         ¨
         ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.


Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                      of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-2-

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 19, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Cyan, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

April 4, 2013